2020
Owner's Manual
WARNING – California
Proposition 65
“Operating, servicing and maintaining
a passenger vehicle or off-road
vehicle can expose you to chemicals
including engine exhaust, carbon
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which
are known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do
not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated
area and wear gloves or wash your
hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passengervehicle.”
FOREWORD
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
If technical assistance is needed on your vehicle, authorized Kia dealerships factorytrained technicians, recommended special tools, and genuine Kia replacement parts.
This Owner's Manual will acquaint you with the operation of features and equipment
that are either standard or optional on this vehicle, along with the maintenance
needs of this vehicle. Therefore, you may find some descriptions and illustrations not
applicable to your vehicle. You are advised to read this publication carefully and follow
the instructions and recommendations. Please always keep this manual in the vehicle
for your, and any subsequent owner's, reference.
All information contained in this Owner's Manual was accurate at the time of publication. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the company
reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligations.
Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!
2019 KIA MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia
Motors America, Inc.
Printed in Korea
How to use this manual
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from
your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual
can assist you in many ways.
We strongly recommend that you
read the entire manual. In order to
minimize the chance of death or
injury, you must read the WARNING
and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how
to enjoy your vehicle. By reading
your manual, you learn about features, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject, it has an
alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
Chapters: This manual has nine
chapters plus an index. Each chapter
begins with a brief list of contents
so you can tell at a glance if that
chapter has the information you
want.
You will find various WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this manual. These WARNINGs were prepared to enhance your personal
safety. You should carefully read
and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these
WARNINGs, CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which harm, serious bodily injury or
death could result if the warning is
ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which damage to your vehicle could
result if the caution is ignored.
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
Table of Contents
Introduction
1
Your vehicle at a glance
2
Safety features of your vehicle
3
Features of your vehicle
4
Driving your vehicle
5
What to do in an emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting
safety defects
8
Abbreviation
A
Index
I
Introduction 1
Introduction
Fuel requirements .................................................................... 1-2
Vehicle break-in process ......................................................... 1-4
Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle.................. 1-5
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ............... 1-5
Introduction
Fuel requirements
INTRODUCTION
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Fuel requirements
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and gasoline or gasohol con-
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having a pump
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher. (Do not use methanol blended fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified. (Consult an
authorized Kia dealer for details.)
• Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise the Check Engine
light will illuminate.
WARNING
Refueling
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off. Attempts
to force more fuel into the tank
can cause fuel overflow onto you
and the ground causing a risk of
fire.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage, especially in the event of
an accident.
1
2
taining methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or
unleaded gasoline.
Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol may be used in your vehicle.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Ethanol provides less
energy than gasoline and it attracts
water, and it is thus likely to reduce
your fuel efficiency and could lower
your MPG results.
Methanol may cause drivability
problems and damage to the fuel
system, engine control system and
emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the
manufacturer's warranty if they
result from the use of:
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
3. Gasohol containing more than
15% ethanol.
Introduction
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel
comprised of 85% ethanol and 15%
gasoline, and is manufactured
exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel
Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible
with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may
result in poor engine performance
and damage to your vehicle's engine
and fuel system. Kia recommends
that customers do not use fuel with
an ethanol content exceeding 15%.
Fuel requirements
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
1
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the
use of these fuels may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
does not cover damage to the fuel
system or any performance problems caused by the use of "E85"
fuel.
NOTICE
Never use any fuel containing methanol. Discontinue use of any methanol containing product which may
inhibit proper drivability.
Other fuels
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),
MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene
(Fe), and Other metalic additives,
may cause vehicle and engine damage or cause misfiring, poor acceler-
Some gasoline contains harmful
manganese- based fuel additives
Such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadieny l Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia
does not recommend the use of
gasoline containing MMT. This type
of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission
control system. The Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on the cluster may
come on.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
components of the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system.
ation, engine stalling, catalyst
melting, clogging, abnormal corrosion, life cycle reduction, etc.
1
3
Introduction
Vehicle break-in process
Fuel Additives
Vehicle break-in process
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with
detergent additives such as TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help
prevent deposit formation in the
engine. These gasolines will help the
engine run cleaner and enhance
performance of the Emission Control System.
No special break-in period is needed.
By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000
km) you may add to the perfor-
For more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com) For
customers who do not use TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline regularly, and
have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, additives that you can buy separately
may be added to the gasoline.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of additive
should be added to the fuel tank at
every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
every engine oil change is recommended. Additives are available
from your authorized Kia dealer
along with information on how to
use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to: •
Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance. • Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
1
4
mance, economy and life of your
vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to
seat properly.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
Introduction
Risk of burns when parking or
stopping vehicle
• Do not park or stop the vehicle
near flammable items such as
leaves, paper, oil, and tire. Such
items placed near the exhaust
system can become a fire hazard.
• When an engine idles at a high
rpm with the rear side of the
vehicle in close proximity of the
wall, heat of the exhaust gas can
cause discoloration or fire. Keep
enough space between the rear
part of the vehicle and the wall.
• Be sure not to touch the exhaust/
catalytic systems while the
engine is running or right after
the engine is turned off. There is
a risk of burns since the systems
are extremely hot.
Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle
Vehicle data collection and event
data recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The main
purpose of an EDR is to record, in
certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle,
data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to
record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a
short period of time, typically 30
seconds or less. The EDR in this
vehicle is designed to record such
data as:
• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/ fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs;
no data are recorded by the EDR
under normal driving conditions and
no personal data (e.g., name, gen1
5
1
Introduction
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders
der, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties,
such as law enforcement, could
combine the EDR data with the type
of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
1
6
Your vehicle at a glance 2
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview...................................................................... 2-2
Interior overview....................................................................... 2-5
Instrument panel overview ..................................................... 2-7
Engine compartment ............................................................... 2-9
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview
YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE
Exterior overview
Front view
OSK3018001NR
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Hood
2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle)
Head lamp (Maintenance)
3. Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle)
Front fog lamp (Maintenance)
4. Wheel and tire (Maintenance)
Wheel and tire (Specification)
5. Outside rearview mirror
6. Sunroof
2
2
4-29
4-89
7-64
4-93
7-66
7-34
8-4
4-44
4-34
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview
7. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your vehicle)
Front windshield wiper blades (Maintenance)
8. Windows
9. Parking assist system
4-96
7-29
4-24
4-84
2
2
3
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview
Rear view
OSK3018002NR
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Door locks
2. Fuel filler lid
3. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance)
4. High mounted stop lamp (Maintenance)
5. Rear window wiper blade
6. Liftgate
7. Antenna
8. Rearview camera
9. Parking assist system (Rear)
2
4
4-17
4-31
7-67, 7-68
7-69
4-99, 7-31
4-21
4-146
4-88
4-81, 4-84
Your vehicle at a glance
Interior overview
Interior overview
2
OSK3018005NR
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Inside door handle
2. Power window switch
3. Central Door lock/unlock switch
4. Power window lock switch
5. Outside rearview mirror control
6. Outside rearview mirror folding
7. Fuel filler lid open lever
8. Instrument panel illumination control switch
9. LKA system On/OFF button
10.BCW On/Off button
11.Head-Up Display shutter On/Off button
12.ISG Off button
13.Parking distance warning On/Off button
4-18
4-25
4-19
4-27
4-44
4-45
4-31
4-47
5-127
5-101
4-78
5-95
4-81, 4-84
2
5
Your vehicle at a glance
14.ESC Off button
15.Steering wheel
16.Tilt and telescopic steering control lever
17.Inner fuse panel
18.Hood release lever
19.Transmission shift lever
20.Seat
2
6
Interior overview
5-44
4-38
4-40
7-49
4-29
5-18, 5-21, 5-27
3-5
Your vehicle at a glance
Instrument panel overview
Instrument panel overview
2
OSK3018004NR
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Audio remote control buttons
Steering wheel audio controls (Refer to the "CAR MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
USER'S MANUAL".)
3-53
2. Driver's front air bag
3. Horn
4-41
4. Cruise control button
5-75, 5-79
5. Instrument cluster
4-46
6. Lighting control lever
4-90
7. Wiper and washer control lever
4-96
8. Ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP button
5-9, 5-12
9. Audio (Refer to the "CAR MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM USER'S MANUAL".)
10.Hazard warning flasher
6-3
11.Climate control system
4-115
2
7
Your vehicle at a glance
12.Front seat warmer / Seat air ventilation
13.Power outlet
14.Heated steering wheel On/Off button
15.Drive mode button
16.Center console storage box
17.Parking brake
18.Glove box
19.Passenger's front air bag
20.USB charger
2
8
Instrument panel overview
4-133, 4-135
4-136
4-40
5-99
4-130
5-40
4-130
3-53
4-137
Your vehicle at a glance
Engine compartment
Engine compartment
Gasoline Engine (Gamma 1.6 TGDI)
2
OSK3078001NR
Gasoline Engine (Nu 2.0L MPI)
OSK3078053NR
* The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir
7-21
2. Engine oil filler cap
7-19
3. Brake / clutch fluid reservoir
7-24
4. Air cleaner
7-26
5. Fuse box
7-50
6. Negative battery terminal
6-7, 7-31
7. Positive battery terminal
6-7, 7-31
8. Engine oil dipstick
7-19
9. Radiator cap
6-8, 7-21
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
7-25
2
9
Safety features of your vehicle 3
Safety features of your vehicle
Important safety precautions ................................................ 3-3
Seat ............................................................................................. 3-5
• Feature of Seat Leather........................................................ 3-8
• Front seat adjustment - manual seat................................ 3-8
• Front seat adjustment - power seat................................ 3-10
• Headrest for front seat....................................................... 3-11
• Seatback pocket (if equipped) ........................................... 3-14
• Headrest for rear seat ........................................................ 3-14
• Armrest .................................................................................. 3-15
• Folding the rear seat............................................................ 3-15
Seat belts ................................................................................. 3-19
• Seat belt restraint system ................................................. 3-19
• Driver's seat belt warning................................................... 3-20
• Front passenger's seat belt warning ................................ 3-21
• Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system with emergency
locking retractor ................................................................... 3-22
• Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat 3-point
system with combination locking retractor..................... 3-23
• Stowing the rear seat belt.................................................. 3-26
• Pre-tensioner seat belt....................................................... 3-26
• Seat belt precautions........................................................... 3-28
• Care of seat belts ................................................................. 3-30
Child Restraint System (CRS) ............................................... 3-31
• Children always in the rear ................................................. 3-31
• Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ........................ 3-33
• Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)......................... 3-35
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system.........3-41
• How does the air bag system operate? ........................... 3-42
3 Safety features of your vehicle
• Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger's
seat .........................................................................................3-43
• Air bag warning light............................................................3-44
• Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) components and
functions ................................................................................3-44
• Occupant Detection System (ODS)....................................3-47
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag..............................3-53
• Side air bag ............................................................................3-55
• Curtain air bag.......................................................................3-57
• Air bag collision sensors ......................................................3-59
• Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and
non-inflation conditions of the air bag)............................3-60
• Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Care ....................3-62
• Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle .....................................................................................3-62
• Air bag warning label ...........................................................3-63
Safety features of your vehicle
SAFETY FEATURES OF YOUR
VEHICLE
Important safety precautions
You will find many safety precautions and recommendations
throughout this section, and
throughout this manual.
The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.
Important safety precautions
Air bag hazards
While air bags can save lives, they
can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close
to them, or who are not properly
restrained. Infants, young children,
and shorter adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
3
Driver distraction
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with air
bags, ALWAYS make sure you and
your passengers wear your seat
belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain all children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in
a rear seat, not the front seat.
Infants and small children should be
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint. Larger children should use
a booster seat with the lap/shoulder
belt until they can use the seat belt
properly without a booster seat.
Driver distraction presents a serious
and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers.
Safety should be the first concern
when behind the wheel and drivers
need to be aware of the wide array
of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects,
eating, personal grooming, other
passengers, and using cellular
phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention
off the road or their hands off the
wheel to focus on activities other
than driving. To reduce your risk of
distraction or getting into an accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile
devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones,
navigation units, etc.) when your
vehicle is parked or safely
stopped.
3
3
Safety features of your vehicle
• ONLY use your mobile device
when allowed by laws and when
conditions permit safe use.
NEVER text or email while driving.
Most states have laws prohibiting
drivers from texting. Some states
and cities also prohibit drivers
from using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile
device distract you from driving.
You have a responsibility to your
passengers and others on the
road to always drive safely, with
your hands on the wheel as well
as your eyes and attention on the
road.
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater
the risk, but serious injuries can also
occur at lower speeds. Never drive
faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of
such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and
perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
3
4
Important safety precautions
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat
Seat
3
OSK3038001NR
Front seat
1. Forward and backward
2. Seatback angle
3. Seat cushion height
4. Lumbar support (if equipped)
5. Head rest
Rear seat
6. Seatback folding
7. Headrest
WARNING
Loose objects
Do not place anything in the driver's
footwell or under the front seats.
Loose objects in the driver's foot
area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals.
*: if equipped
3
5
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Uprighting seat
Do not press the release lever on a
manual seatback without holding
and controlling the seatback. The
seatback will spring upright possibly
impacting you or other passengers.
WARNING
Driver responsibility for passengers
ODEEV058002NR
The driver must advise the passengers to keep the seatback in an
upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion. If a seat is reclined
during an accident, the restraint
system's ability to restrain will be
greatly reduced.
3
6
Seat
WARNING
Seat cushion
Occupants should never sit on aftermarket seat cushions or sitting
cushions. The passenger ODS system may not operate properly, or
passenger's hips may slide under
the lap portion of the seat belt
during an accident or a sudden stop.
WARNING
Driver's seat
• Never attempt to adjust the seat
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control of
your vehicle.
• Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position of the
seatback. Storing items against
the seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden
stop or collision.
• Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable control
of the your vehicle. A distance of
at least 10 in (25 cm) from your
chest to the steering wheel is recommended. Failure to do so can
result in air bag inflation injuries
to the driver.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Rear seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback
before driving. Failure to do so could
result in passengers or objects being
thrown forward injuring vehicle
occupants.
WARNING
Unexpected Seat Movement
After adjusting a manual seat,
always check that it is locked by
shifting your weight to the front
and back. Sudden or unexpected
movement of the driver's seat could
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle.
WARNING
Seat adjustment
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat forward will cause strong
pressure on the abdomen.
• Do not place your hand near the
seat bottom or seat track while
adjusting the seat. Your hand
could get caught in the seat
mechanism.
Seat
WARNING
Luggage and Cargo
Do not stack pile or stack luggage or
cargo higher than the seatback in
the cargo area. In an accident the
cargo could strike and injure a passenger. If objects are large, heavy or
must be piled, they must be secured
in the cargo area.
WARNING
Cargo Area
Do not allow passengers to ride in
the cargo area under any circumstance. The cargo area is solely for
the purpose of transporting luggage
or cargo.
WARNING
Small Objects
Use extreme caution when picking
up small objects trapped under the
seats or between the seat and the
center console. Your hands might be
cut or injured by the sharp edges of
the seats mechanism.
3
7
3
Safety features of your vehicle
Feature of Seat Leather
Leather is made from the outer skin
of an animal, which goes through a
special process to be available for
use. Since it is a natural substance,
each part differs in thickness or
density.
• Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature
and humidity.
• The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
• The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
CAUTION
• Belts with metallic accessories,
zippers or keys inside the back
pocket may damage the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It
may change the nature of natural
leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could
bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.
NOTICE
Wrinkles or abrasions may appear
naturally from usage. It is not a
fault of product. Wrinkles or abrasions are not covered by warranty.
3
8
Seat
Front seat adjustment - manual
seat
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control levers located on
the outside of the seat cushion.
OSK3038002NR
Forward and backward
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked
securely by trying to move forward
and backward without using the
lever. If the seat moves, it is not
locked properly.
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Safety features of your vehicle
Seatback angle
Seat
• To lower the seat cushion, push
down the lever several times.
• To raise the seat cushion, pull up
the lever several times.
WARNING
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be danOSK3038003NR
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up
the seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat
and adjust the seatback of the
seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its
original position for the seatback
to lock.)
Seat cushion height (if equipped)
gerous. Even when buckled up, the
protections of your restraint system (seat belts and/or air bags) is
greatly reduced by reclining your
seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against
your hips and chest to work prop-
3
erly. When the seatback is reclined,
the shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger's
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger's neck will strike the
shoulder belt.
OSK3038004NR
To change the height of the seat
cushion, push the lever upwards or
downwards.
3
9
Safety features of your vehicle
Front seat adjustment - power
seat (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located
on the outside of the seat cushion.
Before driving, adjust the seat to
the proper position so you can easily
control the steering wheel, pedals
and switches on the instrument
panel.
Seat
To move the seat forward or backward:
• Push the control switch forward
or backward to move the seat to
the desired position. Release the
switch once the seat reaches the
desired position.
Seatback angle
CAUTION
Power seating adjustments
• The power seating controls function by electronic motor. Excessive operation may cause damage
to the electrical equipment.
• Do not operate two or more
power seat control switches at
the same time. Doing so may
damage the power seat motor or
electrical components.
OSK3038006NR
To recline the seatback:
• Push the control switch forward
or backward to move the seatback to the desired angle. Release
the switch once the seat reaches
the desired position.
Forward and backward
Seat cushion height
OSK3038005NR
OSK3038007NR
3
10
Safety features of your vehicle
To change the height of the seat:
• Pull the front portion of the control switch up to raise or press
down to lower the front part of
the seat cushion. Pull the rear
portion of the control switch up to
raise or press down to lower the
seat cushion. Release the switch
once the seat reaches the desired
position.
Seat
Headrest for front seat
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
3
Lumbar support for driver's seat (if
equipped)
ODEEV058006NR
The headrest not only provides
comfort for the driver and front
passenger, but also helps protect
the head and neck in the event of a
rear collision.
OSK3038008NR
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch on the side of the seat.
1. Press the front portion of the
switch to increase support, or the
rear portion of the switch, to
decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it
reaches the desired position.
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of
the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of
gravity of most people's head is
similar with the height of the top of
their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
3
11
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Headrest removal/adjustment
• Do not operate the vehicle with
the headrests removed. Headrests can provide critical neck and
head support in a crash.
• Do not adjust the headrest height
while the vehicle is in motion.
Driver may lose control of the
vehicle.
Seat
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the headrest and
seat cushion raised, the headrest
may come in contact with the sun
visor or other parts of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Excessive pulling or pushing may
damage the headrest.
ODEEV058008NR
Adjusting the height up and down
Removal
Type A
OSK3038010NR
To raise the headrest:
1. Pull it up to the desired position
(1).
2. To lower the headrest, push and
hold the release button (2) on the
headrest support.
3. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
3
12
OSK3038011NR
Safety features of your vehicle
Type B
Seat
Reinstallation
Type A
3
OSK3038012NR
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever or switch (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button
(3) while pulling the headrest up
(4).
OSK3038013NR
Type B
WARNING
Headrest Removal
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed or
reversed. Headrests can provide
critical neck and head support in a
crash.
OSK3038014NR
To reinstall the headrest:
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into
the holes while pressing the
release button (1).
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever or switch (3).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height.
3
13
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Headrest Reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to the
head or neck, always make sure the
headrest is locked into position and
adjusted properly after reinstalling.
Seat
Headrest for rear seat
The rear seat is equipped with
headrests in all the seating positions
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front passenger's
seatback.
ODEEV058014NR
The headrest not only provides
comfort for passengers, but also
helps protect the head and neck in
the event of a collision.
OSK3038015NR
WARNING
Seatback pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in
the seatback pockets. In an accident
they could come loose from the
pocket and injure vehicle occupants.
3
14
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of
the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of
gravity of most people's heads is
similar with the height as the top of
their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
Safety features of your vehicle
Adjusting the height up and down
Seat
while pressing the release button
(1).
Then adjust it to the appropriate
height and ensure that it locks in
position.
Armrest (if equipped)
To use the armrest, pull it forward
from the seatback.
3
OSK3038020NR
• To raise the headrest, pull it up to
the desired position (1).
• To lower the headrest, push and
hold the release button (2) on the
headrest support and lower the
headrest to the desired position
(3).
Removal and reinstallation
OSK3038019NR
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks may be folded
to facilitate carrying long items or
to increase the luggage capacity of
the vehicle.
OSK3038021NR
• To remove the headrest, raise it
as far as it can go then press the
release button (1) While pulling
the headrest upward (2).
• To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes
3
15
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Folded Seatback
The purpose of the fold-down rear
seatbacks is to allow you to carry
longer objects that could not otherwise be accommodated.
• Never allow a passenger to sit on
top of the folded down seatback
while the car is moving. This is not
a proper seating position since no
seat belts are available for use.
This could result in serious injury
or death in case of an accident or
sudden stop.
Seat
stowed luggage and cargo. Then,
the seat belt webbing should be
placed in the webbing guide to
prevent the seat belt from being
damaged by loaded cargo, etc. If
the seat belt is loose, it may
cause damage or noise. In that
case, return the seatback to the
upright position and put the webbing out from the guide to realign
it.
To fold down the rear seatback
1. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
2. Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
WARNING
Objects
Objects carried on the folded down
seatback should not extend higher
than the top of the front seatbacks.
This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage
during sudden stops.
3. When folding the seatback, insert
the rear seat belt buckle in the
pocket between the rear seatback
and cushion then make sure both
seat belts do not interfere with
3
16
OSK3038016NR
4. Pull on the seatback folding lever,
then fold the seat toward the
front of the vehicle. When you
return the seatback to its upright
position, always be sure it has
locked into position by pushing on
the top of the seatback.
OSK3038018NR
Safety features of your vehicle
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward by lifting
up seatback. Pull the seatback
firmly until it clicks into place.
Make sure the seatback is locked
in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
To unfold the rear seat
Seat
WARNING
Uprighting seat
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, hold the seatback
and return it slowly. If the seatback
is returned without holding it, the
back of the seat could spring forward, resulting in injury caused by
being struck by the seatback.
WARNING
OSK3038050NR
1. To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward. Pull the
seatback firmly until it clicks into
place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place. When you return
the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has locked
into position by pushing on the
top of the seatback.
If you cannot see the red line at
the bottom of folding lever, it
means the seatback is locked
completely.
2. Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
3. When the seatback is completely
installed, check the seatback folding lever again.
Rear Seatback
To ensure maximum protection in
the event of an accident or sudden
stop, when returning the rear seat
to the upright position:
• Be careful not to damage the seat
belt webbing or buckle.
• Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to become pinched
or caught in the rear seat.
• Ensure the seatback is completely
locked into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seatback.
Failure to adhere to any of these
instructions could result in serious
injury or death in the event of a
crash.
3
17
3
Safety features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Damaging rear seat belt buckles
When you fold the rear seatback,
insert the buckle between the rear
seatback and cushion. Doing so can
prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback.
CAUTION
Rear seat belts
When returning the rear seatbacks
to the upright position, remember
to return the rear shoulder belts to
their proper position.
WARNING
Unless the driver's position is properly set according to the driver's
physical figure, do not fold the rear
seat. It may increase bodily injuries
in a sudden stop or collision.
CAUTION
Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger seats to
prevent damage to the vehicle interior.
3
18
Seat
WARNING
Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to
prevent it from being thrown about
the vehicle in a collision and causing
injury to the vehicle occupants. Do
not place objects in the rear seats,
since they cannot be properly
secured and may hit the front seat
occupants in a collision.
Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
transmission is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is securely applied
whenever loading or unloading
cargo. Failure to take these steps
may allow the vehicle to move if the
shift lever is inadvertently moved to
another position.
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat belts
The following explains seat belts
precautions and how to fasten seat
belts.
Seat belts
• Always wear both the shoulder
portion and lap portion of the lap/
shoulder belt.
WARNING
Seat belt restraint system
For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always
be used whenever the vehicle is
moving.
• A properly positioned shoulder
belt should be positioned midway
over your shoulder across your
collarbone.
• Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See "Child
Restraint System (CRS)" on page
3-31 for further discussion.
WARNING
Twisted seat belt
Make sure your seat belt is not
twisted when worn. A twisted seat
belt may not properly protect you in
an accident and could even cut into
your body.
WARNING
Shoulder Belt
• Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back. An improperly positioned
shoulder belt cannot protect the
occupant in a crash.
Damaged seat belt
Replace the entire seat belt assembly if any part of the webbing or
hardware is damaged as you can no
longer be sure that a damaged seat
belt will provide protection in a
crash.
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis, chest and shoulders,
as applicable; wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection
for which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and
particularly battery acid. Cleaning
may safely be carried out using mild
soap and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
contaminated or damaged.
3
19
3
Safety features of your vehicle
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
would either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating
to remove slack, or prevent the
seat belt assembly from being
adjusted to remove slack.
• When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt
in buckles of other seats. It is very
dangerous and you may not be
protected by the seat belt properly.
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and
do not fasten and unfasten the
seat belt repeatedly while driving.
This could result in loss of control,
and an accident causing death,
serious injury, or property damage.
• When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are
hard or can break easily.
WARNING
Seat belt buckle
Do not allow foreign material (gum,
crumbs, coins, liquids, etc.) to
obstruct the seat belt buckle. This
may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely.
3
20
Seat belts
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the
driver's seat belt warning lights will
illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition
switch ON regardless of belt fastening. If the seatbelt is not fastened,
the warning chime will sound for
about 6 seconds.
ODEEV058023NR
If you start to drive without the
seat belt fastened or you unfasten
the seat belt when you drive over 5
mph (9 km/h) and less than 12 mph
(20 km/h), the corresponding warning light will illuminate. The warning
light will turn off when the vehicle
speed drops below 5 mph (9 km/h).
If you start to drive without the
seat belt fastened or you unfasten
the seat belt when you drive 12
mph (20 km/h) and faster, the
warning light will blink and warning
chime will sound for approximately
100 seconds. When the seat belt is
unfastened during driving, the
warning light will illuminate when
Safety features of your vehicle
the speed is under 12 mph (20 km/
h). When the speed is 12 mph (20
km/h) and faster, the warning light
will blink and warning chime will
sound for approximately 100 seconds.
Front passenger's seat belt warning
Seat belts
If you start to drive without the
passenger seat belt fastened or you
unfasten the seat belt when you
drive 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster,
the warning light will blink and
warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds. When
the passenger seat belt is unfastened during driving, the warning
light will illuminate when the speed
is under 12 mph (20 km/h). When
the speed is 12 mph (20 km/h) and
faster, the warning light will blink
and warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds.
NOTICE
OSK3038024NR
As a reminder to the front passenger, the front passenger's seat belt
warning lights will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the ignition switch ON
regardless of belt fastening. If you
start to drive without the passenger
seat belt fastened or the passenger
unfastens the seat belt when you
drive over 5 mph (9 km/h) and less
than 12 mph (20 km/h), the corresponding warning light will illumi-
• Even if the front passenger seat
is not occupied, the seat belt
warning light will illuminate for 6
seconds.
• The front passenger's seat belt
warning may operate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat.
nate. The warning light will turn off
when the vehicle speed drops below
5 mph (9 km/h).
3
21
3
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
The following explains how to fasten and adjust the driver's seat belt.
To fasten your seat belt:
ODEEV058025NR
• Pull it out of the retractor and
insert the metal tab (1) into the
buckle (2).
There will be an audible "click"
when the tab locks into the
buckle.
Seat belts
WARNING
You should place the lap belt portion
as low as possible and snugly across
your hips. If the lap belt is located
too high on your waist, it may
increase the chance of injury in the
event of a collision.
The arm closest to the seat belt
buckle should be over the belt while
the other arm should be under the
belt as shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under the
arm closest to the door.
The seat belt automatically adjusts
to the proper length only after the
lap belt portion is adjusted manually
so that it fits snugly around your
hips. If you lean forward in a slow,
easy motion, the belt will extend
and let you move around. If there is
a sudden stop or impact, however,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward
too quickly.
NOTICE
ODEEV058026NR
3
22
If you are not able to pull out the
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
pull the belt out and release it. Then
you will be able to pull the belt out
smoothly.
Safety features of your vehicle
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
Seat belts
WARNING
Shoulder belt positioning
Verify the shoulder belt anchor is
locked into position at the appropriate height. Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
3
WARNING
ODEEV058027NR
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
• To raise the height adjuster, pull it
up (1).
• To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
Seat belt replacement
Replace your seat belts after being
in an accident. Failure to replace
seat belts after an accident could
leave you with damaged seat belts
that will not provide protection in
the event of another collision.
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
The following explains how to fasten the passenger's and rear seat
belt.
To fasten your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat
belts are installed in the rear seat
positions to help accommodate the
installation of child restraint systems. Although a combination
retractor is also installed in the
front passenger seat position, it is
strongly recommended that children
3
23
Safety features of your vehicle
always be seated in the rear seat.
NEVER place any infant restraint
system in the front seat of the
vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency
locking retractor seat belt and an
automatic locking retractor seat
belt.
• Pull it out of the retractor and
insert the metal tab into the
buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates
in the same way as the driver's
seat belt (emergency locking
retractor type).
It automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt
portion of the seat belt is adjusted
manually so that it fits snugly
around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the
installation of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation
changes to allow the belt to retract,
but not to extend (automatic locking
retractor type). Refer to "Securing a
child restraint with a lap/shoulder
belt" on page 3-39.
3
24
Seat belts
NOTICE
Although the combination retractor
provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either
emergency or automatic locking
modes, have the seated passengers
use the emergency locking feature
for improved convenience. The
automatic locking function is
intended to facilitate child restraint
installation. To convert from the
automatic locking feature to the
emergency locking operation mode,
allow the unbuckled seat belt to
fully retract.
CAUTION
Do NOT fold down the left portion of
the rear seatback when the rear
center seat belt is buckled. ALWAYS
UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt
before folding down the left portion
of the rear seatback. If the rear center seat belt is buckled when the
left portion of the rear seatback is
folded down, distortion and damage
to the top portion of the seatback
and seat belt garnish may result,
causing the seatback to lock into the
folded down position.
Safety features of your vehicle
The seat belt should be locked into
the buckle on each seat cushion to
be properly fastened.
Seat belts
When using the rear center seat
belt, the buckle with the "CENTER"
mark must be used.
3
OSK3038022NR
1. Rear right seat belt fastening
buckle
2. Rear center seat belt fastening
buckle
3. Rear left seat belt fastening
buckle
OSK3038023NR
To release the seat belt:
WARNING
Prior to fastening the rear seat
belts, ensure the latch matches the
seat belt buckle. Forcefully fastening the left or right seat belt to the
center buckle can result in an
improper fastening scenario that
will not protect you in an accident.
ODEEV058078NR
• The seat belt is released by
pressing the release button (1) on
the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back
into the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to make sure it is not twisted,
then try again.
3
25
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat belts
Stowing the rear seat belt
ODEEV058033NR
OSK3038053NR
If the center seat belt is not in use,
always lock the latch plate into the
buckle as above illustration.
The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when not
in use.
WARNING
Rear center seat belt
Do not separate the mini tongue (1)
and mini buckle (2) even if there is
not an occupant.
If it is separated, It may hit the rear
seat occupants in a collision or sudden stops.
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts (retractor pre-tensioner
and EFD (Emergency Fastening
Device)).
3
26
The pre-tensioner seat belts may
be activated, when a frontal collision
is severe enough, together with the
air bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor
may lock into position. In certain
frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner
will activate and pull the seat belt
into tighter contact against the
occupant's body.
1. Retractor Pre-tensioner
The purpose of the retractor pretensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in certain frontal collisions.
2. EFD (Emergency Fastening
Device)
The purpose of the EFD is to
make sure that the pelvis belts fit
in tightly against the occupant's
lower body in certain frontal collisions.
Safety features of your vehicle
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner
system activates, the load limiter
inside the retractor pre-tensioner
will release some of the pressure on
the affected seat belt.
NOTICE
When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following
components. Their locations are
shown in the illustration:
Seat belts
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3. SRS control module
4. Emergency fastening device (EFD)
WARNING
Skin Irritation
Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which
the pre-tensioner seat belts were
activated. The fine dust from the
pre-tensioner activation may cause
skin irritation and should not be
inhaled for prolonged periods.
NOTICE
• Both the driver's and front passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner
systems may be activated not
only in certain frontal collisions,
but also in certain side collisions
or rollovers, if the vehicle is
equipped with a side or curtain air
bag.
• Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light
on
the instrument panel will illumiODEEV058034NR
* The actual position of seat belt
pre-tensioner system components may differ from the illustration.
1. SRS air bag warning light
nate for approximately 6 seconds
after the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, and
then it should turn off.
• If the pre-tensioner seat belt system is not working properly, this
warning light will illuminate even
3
27
3
Safety features of your vehicle
if there is not a malfunction with
the SRS air bag. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate
when the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, or if it
remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds, or if it illuminates while the
vehicle is being driven, have an
authorized Kia dealer inspect the
pre-tensioner seat belt and SRS
air bag system as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Do not attempt to service or repair
the pre-tensioner seat belt system
in any manner. Do not attempt to
inspect or replace the pre-tensioner seat belts yourself. This must
be done by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Hot pre-tensioner
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat
belt assemblies for several minutes
after they have been activated.
When the pre-tensioner seat belt
mechanism fires during a collision
the pre-tensioner becomes hot and
can burn you.
Pre-tensioners are designed to
operate only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must
3
28
Seat belts
be replaced. If the pre-tensioner
must be replaced, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
Seat belt precautions
Take the following precautions
when using seat belts.
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint
laws. You should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state.
Child and/or infant seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. For more information
about the use of these restraints,
refer to "Child Restraint System
(CRS)" on page 3-31.
NOTICE
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat
by a child restraint system that
meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Before buying any child restraint
system, make sure that it has a
label certifying that it meets Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
The restraint must be appropriate
for your child's height and weight.
Check the label on the child restraint
for this information. Refer to "Child
Restraint System (CRS)" on page 331.
Safety features of your vehicle
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
portion should be fastened and snug
on the hips as low as possible. Check
periodically to insure that the belt
fits. A child's squirming could put the
belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event
of an accident when they are
restrained by a proper restraint
system in the rear seat. If a larger
child (over age 13) must be seated
in the front seat, the child should be
securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat
should be placed in the rearmost
position. Children age 13 and under
should be restrained securely in the
rear seat. NEVER place a child age
13 and under in the front seat.
NEVER place a rear facing child seat
in the front seat of a vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt
still touches their face or neck they
need to be returned to a child
restraint system.
Seat belts
WARNING
Small children
Do not allow small children to ride in
the vehicle without an appropriate
child restraint system. If the shoulder belt comes in contact with your
child's neck or face your child is too
small to ride in the vehicle. In a crash
the seat belt will inflict injury to
your child's neck, throat and face.
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear lap/
shoulder belt assemblies whenever
possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors. The
lap portion of the belt should be
worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
POSSIBLE.
WARNING
Pregnant women
Pregnant women must never place
the lap portion of the seat belt
above or on the abdomen where the
fetus is located. The force of the
seat belt during a collision will crush
the fetus.
3
29
3
Safety features of your vehicle
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should
consult a physician for recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children)
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an
accident.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve maximum effectiveness of
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front
and rear seats should be in an
upright position when the vehicle is
moving. A seat belt cannot provide
proper protection if the person is
lying down in the rear seat or if the
front and rear seats are in a reclined
position.
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware
are not damaged by seat hinges,
doors or other abuse.
3
30
Seat belts
WARNING
Pinched seat belt
Make sure that the webbing and/or
buckle does not get caught or
pinched in the rear seat when
returning the rear seatback to its
upright position. A caught or pinched
webbing/buckle may become damaged and could fail during a collision
or sudden stop.
WARNING
Seatbelts can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny
weather. They could burn infants
and children.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can
be cleaned by using a mild soap
solution and warm water. Bleach,
dye, strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
Safety features of your vehicle
When to replace seat belts
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Child Restraint System (CRS)
The entire in-use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced
if the vehicle has been involved in an
accident. This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt
operation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
Children always in the rear
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must
always be properly restrained to
minimize the risk of injury in an
accident, sudden stop or sudden
maneuver.
WARNING
Restraint Location
Never install a child or infant seat on
the front passenger's seat. A child
riding in the front passenger seat
can be forcefully struck by an inflating airbag and seriously injured.
WARNING
Hot Child Restraint
A child restraint system can become
very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle
on a sunny day. Be sure to check the
seat cover, buckles and latches
before placing a child in the restraint
system.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Even with air bags,
children can be seriously injured or
killed. Children too large for a child
restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
3
31
3
Safety features of your vehicle
All 50 states have child restraint
laws which require children to travel
in approved child restraint devices.
The laws governing the age or
height/weight restrictions at which
seat belts can be used instead of
child restraints differs among
states, so you should be aware of
the specific requirements in your
state, and where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of
the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS).
Child restraint systems are generally designed to be secured in a
vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a
lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH
system in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must
be restrained in an appropriate
rear-facing or forward-facing CRS
that has first been properly secured
to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read
and comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the CRS.
3
32
Child Restraint System (CRS)
WARNING
Child Restraint Installation
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk of
serious injury or death in an acci-
dent. Always take the following precautions when using a child restraint
system:
• Always follow the child restraint
system manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
• Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child
seat (as described in the child
restraint system manual), the
head restraint of the respective
seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that "hooks"
over a seatback as it may not
provide adequate protection in an
accident.
NOTICE
After an accident, have a Kia dealer
check the child restraint system,
seat belts, tether anchors and lower
anchors.
Safety features of your vehicle
Selecting a Child Restraint System
(CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a child restraint based on
your child's height and weight.
The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this
information.
• Select a child restraint that fits
the vehicle seating position where
it will be used.
• Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the
child restraint system.
WARNING
Holding Children
Never hold a child in your arms or
lap when riding in a vehicle. The violent forces created during a crash
will tear the child from your arms
and throw the child against the car's
interior. Always use a child restraint
system which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
WARNING
Unattended Children
Never leave children unattended in a
vehicle. The car can heat up very
quickly, resulting in injuries to the
child in the vehicle.
WARNING
3
Seat Belt Use
Do not use one seat belt for two
occupants at the same time. This
will eliminate any safety benefit
provided by the seat belt to the
occupants.
Child restraint system types
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rear-facing
seats, forward-facing seats, and
booster seats. They are classified
according to the child's age, height
and weight.
Rear-facing child seats
ODEEV058035NR
3
33
Safety features of your vehicle
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child. The
harness system holds the child in
place, and in an accident, acts to
keep the child positioned in the seat
and reduces the stress to the neck
and spinal cord.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rear-facing infant
child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats
typically have higher height and
weight limits for the rear-facing
position, allowing you to keep your
child rear-facing for a longer period
of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child
seat for as long as your child will fit
within the height and weight limits
allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep
them safe. Once your child has outgrown the rear-facing child
restraint, your child is ready for a
forward-facing child restraint with a
harness.
Forward-facing child restraints
ODEEV058036NR
3
34
Child Restraint System (CRS)
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with a
harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child
restraint's manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward- facing child restraint, your
child is ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's seat belt system. A booster
seat positions the seat belt so that
it fits properly over the lap of your
child.
Keep your child in a booster seat
until they are big enough to sit in
the seat without a booster and still
have the seat belt fit properly. For a
seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt
must lie snugly across the upper
thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie snug across the
shoulder and chest and not across
the neck or face. Children under age
13 must always ride in the rear
seats and must always be properly
restrained to minimize the risk of
injury.
Safety features of your vehicle
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Installing a Child Restraint System
(CRS)
Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH) System
After selecting a proper child seat
for your child, check to make sure it
fits properly in your vehicle.
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an
accident. This system is designed to
make installation of the child
restraint easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your
child restraint. The LATCH system
uses anchors in the vehicle and
attachments on the child restraint.
The LATCH system eliminates the
need to use seat belts to secure the
child restraint to the rear seats.
Follow the instructions provided by
the manufacturer when installing
the child seat. Note these general
steps when installing the seat to
your vehicle:
• Properly secure the child restraint
to the vehicle. All child restraints
must be secured to the vehicle
with the lap part of a lap/shoulder
belt or with the LATCH system.
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward and
from side-to-side to verify that it
is securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly
as possible. However, some sideto-side movement can be
expected.
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.
Lower anchors are metal bars built
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a
child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you must have a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will
provide you with instructions on
how to use the child seat with its
attachments for the LATCH lower
anchors.
3
35
3
Safety features of your vehicle
ODEEV058037NR
LATCH anchors have been provided
in the left and right outboard rear
seating positions. Their locations are
shown in the illustration. There are
no LATCH anchors provided for the
center rear seating position.
WARNING
LATCH Lower Anchors
Never attempt to attach a LATCH
equipped seat in the center seating
position. LATCH lower anchors are
only to be used in the left and right
rear outboard seating positions. You
may damage the anchors or the
anchors may fail and break in a collision if the seat is in the center seating position.
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and
right rear seatbacks to identify the
position of the lower anchors in
your vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
3
36
Child Restraint System (CRS)
OSK3038027NR
1. Lower Anchor position indicator
2. Lower Anchor
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and
right outboard seating positions.
To use the lower anchor, push the
upper portion of the lower anchor
cover.
Securing a child restraint with the
LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away
from the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away
from the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between
the child restraint and the lower
anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the
vehicle seat, then attach the seat
to the lower anchors according to
the instructions provided by the
child restraint manufacturer.
Safety features of your vehicle
4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and
tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to
the lower anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your
child restraint system.
• To prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of the unused
seat belts, buckle all unused rear
seat belts before the child is
placed into the vehicle. Lock each
unused seatbelt following the
instructions in the "automatic
locking mode" subsection, and
place the webbing behind the child
seat or against an unused seatback. Children can be strangled if
a shoulder belt becomes wrapped
around their neck and the seat
belt tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor. This
could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH system
inspected by your authorized Kia
dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
NOTICE
The recommended maximum
weight for the LATCH system is 65
lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper
child restraint, consider that the
maximum total weight of the child
plus the child restraint should be
less than 65 lbs. (30 kg).
As a guide, the MAX child restraint
weight should be determined by the
following calculation:
Child Restraint Weight = 65 - (child's
total weight in lbs.)
Securing a child restraint seat with
"Tether Anchor" system
OSK3038028NR
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the
seat belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top
tether strap be attached, attach
and tighten the top tether strap to
the top tether strap anchor.
3
37
3
Safety features of your vehicle
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the shelf behind the rear
seats.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
To install the tether anchor:
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your
child restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single tether anchor.
This could cause the anchor or
attachment to come loose or
break.
• Do not attach the tether strap to
anything other than the correct
tether anchor. It may not work
properly if attached to something
else.
• Do not use the tether anchors for
adult seat belts or harnesses, or
for attaching other items or
equipment to the vehicle.
• Always fasten the seat belts
behind the child restraint seat
when they are not used to secure
the child seat. Failure to do so
may result in child strangulation.
3
38
ODEEV058040NR
1. Route the child restraint tether
strap over the child restraint
seatback. Route the tether strap
under the head restraint and
between the head restraint posts,
or route the tether strap over the
top of the vehicle seatback. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the tether anchor, then tighten
the tether strap according to the
child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child
restraint to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat forward and from side-to-side.
Safety features of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint with a
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured
to a vehicle rear seat with the lap
part of a lap/shoulder belt.
Automatic locking mode
Child Restraint System (CRS)
restraint manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.
Position the release button so
that it is easy to access in case of
an emergency.
3
ODEEV058041NR
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull
the seat belt all the way out to shift
the retractor to the "automatic
locking" mode to secure a child
restraint.
The "automatic locking" mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system.
To install a child restraint system on
the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system
on a rear seat and route the lap/
shoulder belt around or through
the child restraint, following the
ODEEV058042NR
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When
the shoulder portion of the seat
belt is fully extended, it will shift
the retractor to the "automatic
locking" (child restraint) mode.
ODEEV058043NR
3
39
Safety features of your vehicle
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible "clicking" or
"ratcheting" sound. This indicates
that the retractor is in the "automatic locking" mode. If no distinct
sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and
4.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
If your CRS manufacturer instructs
or recommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to "Securing a child restraint
with the LATCH anchors system" on
page 3-36 for more information.
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the "automatic locking"
mode to the emergency lock mode
for normal adult usage.
ODEEV058044NR
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system
while feeding the shoulder belt
back into the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child
restraint system to confirm that
the seat belt is holding it firmly in
place. If it is not, release the seat
belt and repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the "automatic locking" mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If
you cannot, the retractor is in the
"automatic locking" mode.
3
40
WARNING
Auto lock mode
Set the retractor to Automatic Lock
mode when installing any child
restraint system. If the retractor is
not in the automatic locking mode,
the child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child restraint
is not properly anchored in the car.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle
and then pull the lap/shoulder belt
out of the restraint and allow the
seat belt to retract fully.
Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system
3
OSK3038029NR
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Driver's front air bag
2. Passenger's front air bag
3. Side air bag
4. Curtain air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear
the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury
in the event of a collision or rollover.
3
41
Safety features of your vehicle
How does the air bag system operate?
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when
the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position.
• The appropriate air bags inflate
instantly in the event of a serious
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occupants from serious physical
injury.
• Generally, air bags are designed
to inflate based upon the severity
of a collision and its direction, etc.
These two factors determine
whether the sensors produce an
electronic deployment / inflation
signal.
• Air bags will inflate based upon
the severity of a collision and its
direction, etc. But Air bags will not
inflate in every crash or collision
situation.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It
is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident. It is much more likely
that you will simply see the
deflated air bags hanging out of
their storage compartments after
the collision.
• In addition to inflating in serious
side collisions, side and/or curtain
air bags will inflate if the sensing
system detects a rollover.
3
42
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
• When a rollover is detected, side
and/or curtain air bags will remain
inflated longer to help provide
protection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction
with the seat belts.
• In order to help provide protection, the air bags must inflate
rapidly. The speed of the air bag
inflation is a consequence of
extremely short time in which to
inflate the air bag between the
occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant
impacts those structures. This
speed of inflation reduces the risk
of serious or life-threatening injuries and is thus a necessary part
of the air bag design. However, air
bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include fascial
abrasions, bruises and broken
bones because the inflation speed
also causes the air bags to expand
with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the
steering wheel or passenger air
bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned
excessively close to the steering
wheel or passenger air bag.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Airbag inflation
Sit as far back as possible from the
steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle. A distance of at least 10 in (25
cm)25 cm (10 in) from your chest to
the steering wheel is recommended.
Failure to do so can result in airbag
inflation injuries to the driver.
Noise and smoke
When inflated, the air bags make a
loud noise and leave smoke and
powder in the air inside the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After
the air bag inflates, you may feel
substantial discomfort in breathing
due to the contact of your chest
with both the seat belt and the air
bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder. Open your doors
and/or windows as soon as possible
after impact in order to reduce dis-
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
WARNING
Hot components
Do not touch the air bag storage
area's internal components immediately after airbag inflation. The air
bag related parts in the steering
wheel, instrument panel and the
roof rails above the front and rear
doors are very hot. Hot components
can result in burn injuries.
WARNING
Do not install or place any accessories near air bag deployment areas,
such as the instrument panel, windows, pillars, and roof rails.
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger's seat
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger's
seat.
comfort and prevent prolonged
exposure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are nontoxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult
a doctor if the symptom persists.
ODEEV058046NR
3
43
3
Safety features of your vehicle
If the air bag deploys, it would
impact the rear-facing child
restraint, causing serious or fatal
injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passenger's seat. If the front passenger air
bag inflates, it could cause serious
or fatal injuries to the child.
WARNING
Air bag deployment
When children are seated in the rear
outboard seats of a vehicle equipped
with side and/or curtain air bags,
install the child restraint system as
far away from the door side as possible. Inflation of the side and/or
curtain air bags could impact the
child.
Air bag warning light
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
ODEEV068100NR
If any of the following conditions
occur, this indicates a malfunction in
the air bag system. Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag
system as soon as possible.
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition switch
to the ON position.
• The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch to the ON position.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) components and functions
The purpose of air bag warning light
in your instrument panel is to alert
you of a potential problem with
your air bag system, which could
include your side and/or curtain air
bags used for rollover protection.
If the air bag warning light is illuminated for more than 6 seconds after
the ignition switch has been turned
to the ON position, or of it illuminates during vehicle operation, an
SRS component may not be functioning properly and you should
3
44
ODEEV058047NR
* The actual position of SRS components may differ from the illustration.
Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies (if equipped)
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors (if equipped)
10.Side pressure sensors (if
equipped)
11.Occupant detection system
(Front passenger's seat only)
12.Front passenger's seat belt
buckle sensor
13.Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies (if equipped)
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically
deploy the front air bags.
*: if equipped
ther opening of the covers then
allows full inflation of the air bags.
Driver's front air bag (1)
Driver's front air bag (2)
3
ODEEV058049NR
Upon deployment, tear seams
molded directly into the pad covers
will separate under pressure from
the expansion of the air bags. Fur-
Driver's front air bag (3)
ODEEV058048NR
The front air bag modules are
located both in the center of the
steering wheel and in the front passenger's panel above the glove box.
ODEEV058050NR
3
45
Safety features of your vehicle
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating,
enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to
steer or operate other controls.
Passenger's front air bag
ODEEV058051NR
WARNING
Air bag obstructions
Do not install or place any accessories on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or on the front
passenger's panel above the glove
box in a vehicle. Such objects may
become dangerous projectiles if the
air bag deploys.
3
46
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat. Such
objects may become dangerous
projectiles if the side airbag inflates.
• If an air bag deploys, there may
be a loud noise followed by a fine
dust released in the vehicle. These
conditions are normal and are not
hazardous - the air bags are
packed in this fine powder. The
dust generated during air bag
deployment may cause skin or
eye irritation as well as aggravate
asthma for some persons. Always
wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold water and a mild
soap after an accident in which
the air bags were deployed.
• The SRS can function only when
the ignition switch is in the ON
position. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate, or
continuously remains on after
illuminating for about 6 seconds
when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, or after the
vehicle is in the ready mode,
comes on while driving, the SRS is
not working properly. If this
occurs, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Safety features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, change the
ignition switch to the OFF position.
Never remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the ignition
switch is ON position. Failure to heed
this warning will cause the SRS air
bag warning light to illuminate.
Occupant Detection System (ODS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an
occupant detection system in the
front passenger's seat.
OSK3038031NR
The occupant detection system is
designed to detect the presence of a
properly-seated front passenger
and determine if the passenger's
front air bag should be enabled
(may inflate) or not. Only the front
passenger front air bag is controlled
by the Occupant Detection System.
Do not put anything in front of the
passenger air bag "
" indicator.
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
Main components of the occupant
detection system
• An detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• An electronic system which
determines whether the passenger air bag systems should be
activated or deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR
BAG "
" indicates the front
passenger air bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag
warning light is interconnected
with the occupant detection system.
If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system
determines to be of appropriate
size, and he/she sits properly (sitting upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor), the PASSENGER
AIR BAG "
" indicator will turn
off and the front passenger's air
bag will be able to inflate, if necessary, in frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR
BAG "
" indicator on the center fascia panel. This system
detects the conditions 1~4 in the
following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger air
bag based on these conditions.
3
47
3
Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
Always be sure that you and all
vehicle occupants are seated and
restrained properly (sitting upright
with the seat in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion, with
the person's legs comfortably
extended, feet on the floor, and
wearing the safety belt properly)
for the most effective protection by
the air bag and the safety belt.
• The ODS (Occupant Detection
System) may not function properly if the passenger takes
actions which can defeat the
detection system. These include:
1. Failing to sit in an upright position.
2. Leaning against the door or
center console.
3. Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
4. Putting legs on the dashboard
or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.
5. Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
6. Reclining the seatback.
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Indicator/Warning light
"PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF"
indicator light
Devices
SRS warning Front passenger
light
air bag
1. Adult*1
Off
Off
Activated
2. Child restraint system with
child under 12 months
old*2*3*4
On
Off
Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On
Off
Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system
Off
On
Activated
*1. The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in
the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2. Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who
has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3. Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4. The PASSENGER AIR BAG "
" indicator may turn on or off when a child
above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in
the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
3
48
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Do not install a child restraint seat
in the passenger seat when the
seat is heavily soaked with any
type of liquid.
• Do not alter or remodel the ODS
(Occupant Detection System).
This may damage the system and
prevent its proper function in a
collision.
NOTICE
• Do not use car seat cushions that
cover up the surface of the seat
and aftermarket manufactured
passenger seat heaters.
• After conducting car interior
cleaning using steam or detergent, the seat should be dried
properly. Afterward, check for
normal operation of the PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" and air bag
warning lights.
• Any service related to the passenger seat and the ODS must be
done at Kia service center.
• After the passenger seat has
been removed or installed for
repair purposes, check for normal
operation of the PASSENGER AIR
BAG "
" and air bag warning
lights with a person seated or not
seated in the passenger seat.
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
WARNING
When the PASSENGER AIR BAG
" symbol is illuminated, the
"
passenger air bag system will not
operate. The passenger air bag system will operate when necessary if
the symbol is not illuminated.
3
NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Don't place anything on or attach anything such as
a blanket, front seat cover or after
market seat heater to the front
passenger seat. This can adversely
affect the occupant detection system.
WARNING
ODS System
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the Occupant
Detection System and may result in
the deactivation of the front passenger airbag. It is important for the
driver to instruct the passenger as
to the proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
• Do not place a heavy load in the
front passenger seatback pocket
or on the front passenger seat.
3
49
Safety features of your vehicle
ODEEV058055NR
• Do not place feet on the front
passenger seatback.
ODEEV058056NR
• Never sit with hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
ODEEV058002NR
• Never place feet on the dashboard.
ODEEV058059NR
• Never lean on the door or center
console.
• Never sit on one side of the front
passenger seat.
ODEEV058057NR
• Never excessively recline the
front passenger seatback.
3
50
ODEEV058060NR
Safety features of your vehicle
• Do not use car seat accessories
such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat
surface.
• Do not sit on the passenger seat
wearing heavily padded clothes
such as ski wear and hip protector.
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
• Wet Passenger Seat
Do not spill liquid in the passenger
seat. Spilled liquid on the passenger seat may cause the air bag
warning light to illuminate or malfunction. If any liquid is spilled,
make sure the seat has been
completely dried before driving
the vehicle.
3
ODEEV058061NR
• Do not place electronic devices
such as laptops, DVD player, or
conductive materials such as
water bottles on the passenger
seat.
• Do not use electronic devices such
as laptops and satellite radios
which use inverter chargers.
ODEEV058063NR
Proper position
ODEEV058064NR
ODEEV058062NR
When an adult is seated in the front
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER
AIR BAG "
" indicator is on,
change the ignition switch to the
OFF position and ask the passenger
3
51
Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
to sit properly (sitting upright with
the seatback in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the
floor). Restart the vehicle and have
the person remain in that position.
This will allow the system to detect
the person and to enable the passenger air bag.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG "
"
indicator is still on, ask the passen
ger to move to the rear seat.
WARNING
PASSENGER AIR BAG "
" light
Do not allow an adult passenger to
ride in the front seat when the PASSENGER AIR BAG "
" indicator
is illuminated, because the air bag
will not deploy in the event of a
crash. The driver must instruct the
passenger to reposition himself in
the seat. Failure to properly position
yourself may lead to air bag deactivation resulting in air bag nondeployment in a collision. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG "
" indicator
remains illuminated after the passenger repositions themselves
properly and the car is restarted, it
is recommended that passenger
move to the rear seat because the
passenger's front air bag will not
deploy.
3
52
NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG "
"
indicator illuminates for about 4
seconds after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position after the
vehicle is started. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the occupant detection sensor will then
classify the front passenger after
several more seconds.
• Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the occupant
detection system, never install a
child restraint system in the front
passenger's seat. A deploying air
bag can forcefully strike a child
resulting in serious injuries or
death.
Any child age 12 and under should
ride in the rear seat. Children too
large for child restraints should use
the available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children
of all ages are safer when
restrained in the rear seat.
If the occupant detection system is
not working properly, the SRS air
bag warning light on the instrument
panel will illuminate because the
passenger's front air bag is connected with the occupant detection
system. If there is a malfunction of
the occupant detection system, the
PASSENGER AIR BAG "
" indicator will not illuminate and the
Safety features of your vehicle
passenger's front air bag will inflate
in frontal impact crashes even if
there is no occupant in the front
passenger's seat.
Driver's and passenger's front air
bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
belts at both the driver and passenger seating position.
Driver's front air bag
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
The indication of the system's presence are the letters "AIR BAG"
located on the air bag pad cover on
the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above the
glove box.
The SRS consists of air bags
installed under the pad covers in the
center of the steering wheel and the
passenger's side front panel above
the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat
belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity. The
SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver's and front
passenger's seat belt usage and
impact severity.
OSK3038032NR
Passenger's front air bag
The seat belt buckle sensor determines if the front passenger's seat
belt is fastened.
These sensors provide the ability to
control the SRS deployment based
on whether or not the seat belts are
fastened, and how severe the
impact is.
OSK3038033NR
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation with
two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity
impacts. A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts.
3
53
3
Safety features of your vehicle
The passenger's front air bag is
designed to help reduce the injury of
children sitting close to the instrument panel in low speed collisions.
However, children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat.
According to the impact severity
and seat belt usage, the SRSCM
(SRS Control Module) controls the
air bag inflation. Failure to properly
wear seat belts can increase the risk
or severity of injury in an accident.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an occupant detection system
in the front passenger's seat. The
occupant detection system detects
the presence of a passenger in the
front passenger's seat and will turn
off the front passenger's air bag
under certain conditions. For more
detail, see "Occupant Detection System (ODS)" on page 3-47.
WARNING
Modification to the seat structure
can cause the air bag to deploy at a
different level than should be provided.
Manufacturers are required by government regulations to provide a
contact point concerning modifications to the vehicle for persons with
disabilities, which modifications may
affect the vehicle's advanced air bag
system. That contact is Kia's toll3
54
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
free Customer Assistance center at
1-800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does
not endorse nor will it support any
changes to any part or structure of
the vehicle that could affect the
advanced air bag system, including
the occupant detection system.
WARNING
Replacement/modifications
The front passenger seat, dashboard or door should not be replaced
except by an authorized Kia dealer
using original Kia parts designed for
this vehicle and model. Any other
such replacement or modification
could adversely affect the operation
of the occupant detection system
and your advanced air bags.
Advanced air bags are combined
with pre-tensioner seat belts to
help provide enhanced occupant
protection in frontal crashes. Front
air bags are not intended to deploy
in collisions in which sufficient protection can be provided by the seat
belt.
NOTICE
Air bags can only be used once –
have an authorized Kia dealer
replace the air bag immediately
after deployment.
Safety features of your vehicle
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact
or rollover crashes. However, when
frontal deployment threshold is satisfied at side-impact, front air bags
may deploy. In addition, front air
bags will not deploy in frontal
crashes below the deployment
threshold.
WARNING
SRS Wiring
Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring or other components of
the SRS system. Doing so could
result in injury, due to accidental
deployment of the air bags or by
rendering the SRS inoperative.
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
Additionally, never place or insert
any object into any small opening
near side airbag labels attached to
the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the object
may affect the deployment and
result in unexpected accident or
bodily harm.
3
Side air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat.
WARNING
No attaching objects
No objects (such as crash pad cover,
cellular phone holder, cup holder,
perfume or stickers) should be
placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and
the front passenger's panel above
the glove box. Such objects could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the
air bags to deploy.
Do not place any objects over the air
bag or between the air bag and
yourself.
OSK3038035NR
OSK3038036NR
* The actual air bags in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
3
55
Safety features of your vehicle
The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the
front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the
seat belt alone.
• The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side-impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity of impact.
• The side air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
• The side and/or curtain air bags
on both sides of the vehicle will
deploy if a rollover or possible
rollover is detected.
• The side air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
WARNING
Unexpected deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact airbag sensor when the ignition switch
is ON to prevent unexpected deployment of the side air bag.
• The side air bag is supplemental
to the driver's and the passenger's seat belt systems and is not
a substitute for them. Therefore
your seat belts must be worn at
all times while the vehicle is in
operation.
• For best protection from the side
air bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air
3
56
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
bag, both front seat occupants
should sit in an upright position
with the seat belt properly fastened. The driver's hands should
be placed on the steering wheel at
the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The
passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps.
WARNING
Deployment
Do not install any accessories
including seat covers, on the side or
near the side air bag as this may
affect the deployment of the side
air bags.
• If seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer. Inform the dealer that
your vehicle is equipped with side
air bags and an occupant detection system.
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat. Such
objects may become dangerous
projectiles if the side airbag inflates.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
No attaching objects
• Do not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag and
yourself. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the air
bag inflates such as the door, side
door glass, front and rear pillar.
• Do not put any objects between
the side airbag label and seat
cushion. It could cause harm if the
vehicle is in a crash severe enough
to cause the air bags to deploy.
• Never place or insert any object
into any small opening near side
airbag labels attached to the vehicle seats. When the air bag
deploys, the object may affect
the deployment and result in
unexpected accident or bodily
harm.
• Do not install any accessories on
the side or near the side air bags.
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
Curtain air bag
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above
the front and rear doors.
3
OSK3038037NR
OSK3038038NR
* The actual air bags in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
They are designed to help protect
occupants in certain side impacts
and to help prevent them from
ejecting out of the vehicle as a result
of a rollover, especially when the
seatbelts are also in use.
3
57
Safety features of your vehicle
• The curtain air bags are designed
to deploy during certain side
impact collisions, depending on
the severity of impact. However,
when side deployment threshold
is satisfied at front-impact, side
air bags may deploy.
• The curtain air bags may deploy
on the side of the impact or on
both sides.
• Also, the curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle will deploy in
certain rollover situations.
• The curtain air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side
impact or rollover situations.
Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies against the
doors, put their arms on the doors,
stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the
doors and passengers when they
are seated on seats equipped with
side impact and/or curtain air bags.
NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any
components of the side and curtain
air bag system. This should only be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
3
58
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
WARNING
No attaching objects
• Do not place any objects over the
air bag. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the air
bag inflates such as the door, side
door glass, front and rear pillar,
roof side rail.
• Do not hang hard, breakable, or
heavy objects on the coat hooks
for safety reasons.
Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
Air bag collision sensors
The air bag collision sensors are located in the following positions
3
OSK3038039NR
OSK3038040NR
OSK3038041NR
OSK3038042NR
OSK3038043NR
* The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration.
1. SRS control module / Rollover sensor
2. Front impact sensor
3. Side impact sensor
4. Side pressure sensor
3
59
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Air bag sensors
• Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air
bag deployment, which could
result in serious personal injury or
death.
• If the installation location or angle
of the sensors is altered in any
way, the air bags may deploy
when they should not or they
may not deploy when they
should.
Therefore, do not try to perform
maintenance on or around the air
bag sensors. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed due
to the deformation of the front
bumper, front end module, body or
front doors where side collision sensors are installed. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
Installing bumper guards (or side
step or running board) or replacing a
bumper (or front door module) with
non-genuine parts may adversely
affect your vehicle's collision and air
bag deployment performance.
3
60
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
Why didn't my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional protection.
These include rear impacts, second
or third collisions in multiple impact
accidents, as well as low speed
impacts.
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to
inflate in a frontal collision depending on the severity of impact of the
front collision.
Side and/or curtain air bags
Side and/or curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact
is detected by side collision sensors
depending on the severity of impact
resulting from a side impact collision.
Also, the side and curtain air bags
are designed to inflate when a rollover is detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver's
and front passenger's air bags) are
primarily designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they may inflate in
other types of collisions if the front
impact sensors detect a sufficient
frontal force in another type of
impact.
Safety features of your vehicle
Similarly, although side and curtain
air bags are designed to inflate in
certain side impact collisions, they
may inflate in other types of collisions where a side force is detected
by the sensors. For instance, side air
bag and/or curtain air bags may
inflate if rollover sensors indicate
the possibility of a rollover occurring
(even if none actually occurs) or in
other situations, including when the
vehicle is tilted while being towed.
Even if side and/or curtain air bags
do not provide impact protection in
a rollover, they will deploy to prevent ejection of occupants, especially those who are restrained with
seat belts.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy.
Drive carefully on unimproved roads
or on surfaces not designed for
vehicle traffic to prevent unintended
air bag deployment.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
• In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such
collisions.
• Air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward
by the force of the impact. In this
case, inflated air bags would not
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
•
•
•
•
•
be able to provide any additional
benefit.
Front air bags may not inflate in
side impact collisions, because
occupants move to the direction
of the collision, and thus in side
impacts, frontal air bag deployment would not provide additional
occupant protection.
In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants
in a direction where the air bags
would not be able to provide any
additional benefit, and thus the
sensors may not deploy any air
bags.
Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the
vehicle causing it to "ride" under a
vehicle with a higher ground
clearance. Air bags may not
inflate in this "under-ride" situation because deceleration forces
that are detected by sensors may
be significantly reduced by such
"under-ride" collisions.
Front air bags may not inflate in
all rollover accidents when the
SRSCM indicates that the front air
bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
Air bags may not inflate if the
vehicle collides with objects such
as utility poles or trees, where the
point of impact is concentrated to
one area and the full force of the
impact is not delivered to the sensors.
3
61
3
Safety features of your vehicle
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) Care
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and so there are no parts you
can safely service by yourself.
If the SRS air bag warning light does
not illuminate, or continuously
remains on, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an autho-
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
WARNING
Tampering with SRS
Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring, or other components of
the SRS system. Doing so could
result in the accidental inflation of
the air bags or by render the SRS
inoperative.
rized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger's panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
handling of the SRS system may
result in serious personal injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers,
use only a soft, dry cloth or one
which has been moistened with
plain water. Solvents or cleaners
could adversely affect the air bag
covers and proper deployment of
the system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. An
authorized Kia dealer knows these
precautions and can give you the
necessary information. Failure to
follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury.
3
62
WARNING
Towing Vehicle
Always have the ignition off when
your vehicle is being towed. The side
air bags may inflate if the vehicle is
tilted such as when being towed
because of the rollover sensors in
the vehicle.
Adding equipment to or modifying
your air bag-equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper
system, front end or side sheet
metal or ride height, this may affect
the operation of your vehicle's air
bag system.
Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint
system
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels, some
required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), are attached to the sun
visor to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag
system.
3
OSK3038049NR
3
63
Features of your vehicle 4
Features of your vehicle
Keys ............................................................................................ 4-6
Smart key................................................................................... 4-7
• This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ...... 4-10
Remote keyless entry............................................................ 4-10
• This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ...... 4-12
• Battery replacement ........................................................... 4-12
• Immobilizer system (if equipped)......................................4-13
• This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ...... 4-14
Theft-alarm system .............................................................. 4-15
• Armed stage.......................................................................... 4-15
• Theft-alarm stage ............................................................... 4-16
• Disarmed stage..................................................................... 4-16
Door locks................................................................................. 4-17
Liftgate..................................................................................... 4-21
• Opening the liftgate............................................................. 4-21
• Closing the liftgate............................................................... 4-22
• Opening the liftgate in emergency ................................... 4-22
Windows ................................................................................... 4-24
• Window opening and closing .............................................. 4-25
• Power window lock switch.................................................. 4-27
Hood .......................................................................................... 4-29
• Opening the hood ................................................................. 4-29
• Hood open warning .............................................................. 4-29
• Closing the hood ................................................................... 4-30
Fuel filler lid ............................................................................. 4-31
• Opening the fuel filler lid ..................................................... 4-31
• Closing the fuel filler lid ....................................................... 4-31
4 Features of your vehicle
Sunroof .....................................................................................4-34
• Sliding the sunroof ...............................................................4-35
• Tilting the sunroof................................................................4-36
• Sunshade................................................................................4-37
• Resetting the sunroof .........................................................4-37
• Sunroof open warning .........................................................4-38
Steering wheel.........................................................................4-38
• Electronic power steering ...................................................4-38
• Tilt & telescopic steering wheel .........................................4-39
• Adjusting steering wheel angle and height......................4-40
• Heated steering wheel ........................................................4-40
• Horn ........................................................................................4-41
Mirrors ......................................................................................4-42
• Inside rearview mirror .........................................................4-42
• Outside rearview mirror ......................................................4-44
Instrument cluster..................................................................4-46
• Instrument cluster control..................................................4-47
• Gauges....................................................................................4-47
• Transmission shift indicator ...............................................4-50
LCD display...............................................................................4-51
• LCD Display Control ..............................................................4-51
• LCD Display Modes ...............................................................4-52
LCD displays .............................................................................4-60
• Trip information (Trip computer).......................................4-60
• Service Mode .........................................................................4-63
• Driving info display ...............................................................4-63
• LCD display messages .........................................................4-64
Warning and indicator lights .................................................4-68
• Warning lights .......................................................................4-68
Features of your vehicle 4
• Indicator lights ......................................................................4-74
Head-Up Display (HUD).......................................................... 4-78
Parking distance warning-reverse....................................... 4-81
Parking distance warning ......................................................4-84
Rear view monitor .................................................................. 4-88
Lighting..................................................................................... 4-89
• Battery saver function ........................................................ 4-89
• Headlight escort function ................................................... 4-89
• Daytime running light.......................................................... 4-90
• Lighting control..................................................................... 4-90
• Operating high beam ........................................................... 4-91
• Operating turn signals and lane change signals ............. 4-92
• Operating front fog light..................................................... 4-93
• High Beam Assist.................................................................. 4-93
Wipers and washers ............................................................... 4-96
• Operating windshield washer............................................. 4-98
• Operating rear window wiper and washer switch.......... 4-99
Interior lights .........................................................................4-100
• Automatic turn off function.............................................4-100
• Room lamp ..........................................................................4-100
• Map lamp .............................................................................4-101
• Liftgate room lamp ............................................................4-102
• Vanity mirror lamp.............................................................4-102
• Glove box lamp....................................................................4-102
Welcome system ..................................................................4-103
Defroster................................................................................4-103
• Operating rear window defroster ...................................4-103
• Outside mirror defroster ..................................................4-104
4 Features of your vehicle
Manual climate control system ......................................... 4-105
• Heating and air conditioning ............................................ 4-106
• System operation .............................................................. 4-110
• Climate control air filter ................................................... 4-112
• Air Conditioning refrigerant label.................................... 4-113
• Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant ........................................................ 4-113
Automatic climate control system ................................... 4-115
• Heating and air conditioning automatically .................. 4-116
• Manual heating and air conditioning .............................. 4-117
• Mode selection ................................................................... 4-118
• Temperature control......................................................... 4-119
• Controlling air intake ......................................................... 4-120
• Controlling fan speed ........................................................ 4-121
• Air conditioning .................................................................. 4-121
• Turning off the front air climate control....................... 4-122
• Automatic ventilation ....................................................... 4-122
• System operation .............................................................. 4-122
• Climate control air filter ................................................... 4-124
• Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant ........................................................ 4-125
• Air Conditioning refrigerant label.................................... 4-126
Windshield defrosting and defogging............................... 4-126
• Manual climate control system....................................... 4-127
• Automatic climate control system ................................. 4-127
• Defogging logic................................................................... 4-128
Storage compartment ........................................................ 4-129
• Center console storage..................................................... 4-130
• Glove box............................................................................. 4-130
Features of your vehicle 4
• Sunglass holder...................................................................4-130
• Luggage net holder ............................................................4-131
• Increase cargo space..........................................................4-131
Interior features ...................................................................4-132
• Cup holder............................................................................4-132
• Seat warmer .......................................................................4-133
• Air ventilation seat .............................................................4-135
• Sun visor ..............................................................................4-135
• Power outlet .......................................................................4-136
• USB charger.........................................................................4-137
• Wireless smart phone charging system.........................4-138
• Coat hook .............................................................................4-141
• Floor mat anchor(s) ...........................................................4-142
• Cargo area cover.................................................................4-143
Exterior features ..................................................................4-144
• Roof rack..............................................................................4-144
Audio system.........................................................................4-146
• Shark fin antenna...............................................................4-146
• USB port...............................................................................4-146
• How vehicle radio works....................................................4-146
Declaration of Conformity ..................................................4-149
• FCC ........................................................................................4-149
Features of your vehicle
FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE
Key operations
Folding key
Keys
Record your key number
The key code number is stamped on
the key code tag
attached to the key set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to
duplicate the keys easily. Remove
the key code tag and store it in a
safe place. Also, record the key code
number and keep it in a safe and
handy place, but not in the vehicle.
WARNING
Aftermarket keys
Use only Kia original parts for the
ignition key in your vehicle. If an
aftermarket key is used, the ignition
switch may not return to ON after
START. If this happens, the starter
will continue to operate causing
possible fire due to excessive current in the wiring.
4
Keys
6
To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold
automatically.
Folding key
OSK3048401NR
To fold the key, fold the key manually while pressing the release button.
CAUTION
Key button operation
Do not fold the key without pressing
the release button. This may damage the key.
Features of your vehicle
Smart key
Smart key
Smart key (if equipped)
To remove the mechanical key,
press and hold the release button
and remove the mechanical key.
With a smart key, you can lock or
unlock a door and even start the
engine without inserting the key.
Smart key
4
OSK3048094NR
OSK3048400NR
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it
until a click sound is heard.
WARNING
Ignition key
Never leave the keys in your vehicle
with unsupervised children. Leaving
children unattended in a vehicle with
a manual ignition key or a smart key
is dangerous.
Children copy adults and they could
place the key in the ignition switch
or press the start button. The key
would enable children to operate
power windows or other controls, or
even make the vehicle move, which
could result in serious bodily injury
or death.
The functions of the buttons on a
smart key are similar to the remote
keyless entry. (Refer to "Remote
keyless entry (if equipped)" on page
4-10)
Smart key functions
Carrying the smart key, you may
lock and unlock the vehicle doors.
Also, you may start the engine.
Refer to the following, for more
details.
4
7
Features of your vehicle
Locking
Unlocking
OSK3048047NR
Pressing the button of the front
outside door handles with all doors
closed and any door unlocked, locks
all the doors (and hood, liftgate).
The hazard warning lights will blink
once to indicate that all doors are
locked. The button will only operate
when the smart key is within 28~40
in (0.7~1 m) from the outside door
handle. If you want to make sure
that a door has locked or not, you
should check the door lock button
inside the vehicle or pull the outside
door handle.
In some instances, when the outside
door button is pressed the doors will
not lock and the chime will sound for
3 seconds if any of the following
occurs:
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position.
• Any door except the liftgate is
opened.
4
Smart key
8
Pressing the button of the driver's
outside door handle with all doors
closed and locked, unlocks the
driver's door. The hazard warning
lights will blink and the chime will
sound twice to indicate that the
driver's door is unlocked.
Pressing the button in the front
passenger's outside door handle
with all doors closed and locked,
unlocks all the doors. The hazard
warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound twice to indicate
that all doors are unlocked. The button will only operate when the
smart key is within 28~40 in (0.7~1
m) from the outside door handle.
Liftgate unlocking
If you are within 28~40 in (0.7~1 m)
from the outside liftgate handle,
with your smart key in possession,
the liftgate will unlock and open
when you press the liftgate handle
switch.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that the liftgate is
unlocked.
Also, once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will lock
automatically.
Features of your vehicle
Smart key precautions
• If you lose your smart key, you
will not be able to start the
engine. Tow the vehicle, if necessary, and contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
• A maximum of 2 smart keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you lose a smart key, you should
immediately take the vehicle and
key to your authorized Kia dealer
to protect it from potential theft.
• The smart key will not work if any
of following occurs:
- The smart key is close to a
radio transmitter such as a
radio station or an airport
which can interfere with normal
operation of the smart key.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two-way radio system or a cellular phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you have
a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
• If the smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart
phone, the signal from the smart
key could be blocked by normal
operation of your cell phone or
smart phone. This is especially
important when the phone is
Smart key
active such as making calls,
receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/receiving emails.
Avoid placing the smart key and
your cell phone or smart phone in
the same pants or jacket pocket
and maintain adequate distance
between the two devices.
• Do not leave the smart key near
metallic objects such as golf bags,
metal cases and so on.
• Door Lock/Unlock failure or poor
starting can occur when the
smart key is placed near metallic
objects.
• Always carry your smart key
when you leave the car. An unattended smart key close to the
vehicle can cause the vehicle battery to be discharged.
• Internal circuit damage may occur
when the key comes into contact
with moisture (beverage, water
etc.) or heat. Damage to the
smart key due to exposure to liquids or heat is not covered by the
manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
CAUTION
Transmitter
Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid as it can become
damaged and not function properly.
4
9
4
Features of your vehicle
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Remote keyless entry
Remote keyless entry (if
equipped)
Using the remote keyless entry, you
can lock and unlock the doors
remotely.
Remote keyless entry system
operations
Type A
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to
changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance, it will
not be covered by your manufac-
OSK3048093NR
Type B
turer's vehicle warranty.
OSK3048094NR
Lock (1)
All doors are locked if the lock button is pressed. If all doors are closed,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once (for
4
10
Features of your vehicle
Type B) to indicate that all doors are
locked.
Also, if the lock button is pressed
once more within 4 seconds, the
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to confirm
that the door is locked.
However, if any door remains open,
the hazard warning lights (and/or
the chime) will not operate. But if all
doors are closed after the lock button is pressed, the hazard warning
lights will blink once.
Unlock (2)
The driver's door is unlocked if the
unlock button is pressed once. The
hazard warning lights will blink twice
and the chime will sound twice (for
Type B) to indicate that the driver's
door is unlocked.
All doors are unlocked if the unlock
button is pressed once more within
4 seconds. The hazard warning
lights will blink (for smart key, the
chime also sounds) twice again to
indicate that all doors are unlocked.
After pressing this button, the doors
will lock automatically unless you
open any door within 30 seconds.
If you attempt to lock or unlock the
door by pressing the door lock/
unlock button in any of the following
states, the door will not be locked or
unlocked.
• When you want to lock or unlock
the door in the ACC or ON state.
• When you want to lock a door in a
car with one or more doors open.
Remote keyless entry
Depending on the vehicle, the driver
can turn off or set the 2-press
unlock setting function.
NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or
liquids, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
Liftgate open (3)
The liftgate is opened if the button
is pressed for more than 1 second.
Once the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate will lock automatically.
Panic alarm (4)
The horn sounds and the hazard
warning lights blink for about 30
seconds if this button is pressed for
more than 0.5 seconds. To stop the
horn and lights, press any button on
the transmitter.
Transmitter precautions
The transmitter (or smart key) will
not work if any of following occurs:
• The ignition key is in the ignition
switch.
• You exceed the operating distance limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).
• The battery in the transmitter (or
smart key) is weak.
• Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
• The weather is extremely cold.
4
11
4
Features of your vehicle
• The transmitter (or smart key) is
close to a radio transmitter such
as a radio station or an airport
which can interfere with normal
operation of the transmitter.
When the transmitter (or smart
key) does not work properly, open
and close the door with the ignition
key. If you have a problem with the
transmitter (or smart key), contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
• If the transmitter is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart
phone, the signal from the transmitter could be blocked by normal
operation of your cell phone or
smart phone. This is especially
important when the phone is
active such as making calls,
receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/receiving emails.
Avoid placing the transmitter and
your cell phone or smart phone in
the same pants or jacket pocket
and maintain adequate distance
between the two devices.
Remote keyless entry
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to
changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance, it will
not be covered by your manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
Battery replacement
A battery should last for several
years, but if the transmitter or
smart key is not working properly,
try replacing the battery with a new
one.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
4
12
OSK3048402NR
If you are unsure how to use or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
1. Pry open the transmitter cover.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replac-
Features of your vehicle
Remote keyless entry
ing the battery, make sure the
battery position is correct.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the
ignition key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle.
The transmitter or smart key is
designed to give you years of trouble- free use, however it can mal-
With the immobilizer system, whenever you insert your ignition key
into the ignition switch and turn it
to ON, it checks and determines and
verifies that the ignition key is valid.
function if exposed to moisture or
static electricity. If you are unsure
how to use or replace the battery,
contact an authorized Kia dealer.
Using the wrong battery can cause
the transmitter or smart key to
malfunction. Be sure to use the correct battery.
An inappropriately disposed battery can be
harmful to the environment and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
CAUTION
Transmitter damage
The transmitter or smart key can
malfunction if dropped, exposed to
moisture, static electricity, heat or
direct sunlight.
Immobilizer system (if equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with
an electronic engine immobilizer
system to reduce the risk of unau-
If the key is determined to be valid,
the engine will start.
If the key is determined to be
invalid, the engine will not start.
4
To deactivate the immobilizer system:
Insert the ignition key into the key
cylinder and turn it to the ON position.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the ignition key to the OFF
position. The immobilizer system
activates automatically. Without a
valid ignition key for your vehicle,
the engine will not start.
Your Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should
be kept confidential. Do not leave
this number anywhere in your vehicle.
thorized vehicle use.
4
13
Features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Keep each key separately in order to
avoid a starting malfunction.
NOTICE
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a customer
unique password should be kept
confidential. Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle.
Do not put metal accessories near
the ignition switch.
Metal accessories may interrupt the
transponder signal and may prevent
the engine from being started.
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
Immobilizer damage
Do not expose your immobilizer
system to moisture, static electricity or rough handling. This may
damage your immobilizer.
Remote keyless entry
CAUTION
Immobilizer alterations
Do not change, alter or adjust the
immobilizer system because it could
cause the immobilizer system to
malfunction.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to
changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance, it will
not be covered by your manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
4
14
Features of your vehicle
Theft-alarm system (if
equipped)
This system is designed to provide
protection from unauthorized entry
into the vehicle.
This system is operated in three
stages: the first is the "Armed"
stage, the second is the "Theftalarm" stage, and the third is the
"Disarmed" stage. If triggered, the
system provides an audible alarm
with blinking of the hazard warning
lights.
Theft-alarm system
handle with the smart key in your
possession.
After completion of the steps
above, the hazard warning lights
will operate once to indicate that
the system is armed.
If any door (or liftgate) or hood
remains open, the hazard warning
lights and the chime will not operate and the theft-alarm will not
arm. If all doors and liftgate and
hood are closed after the lock
button is pressed, the hazard
warning lights blink once.
The system can also be armed by
locking the doors with the key
from the front doors; however,
the hazard warning lights will not
blink using this method.
4. Lock the doors by pressing the
lock button on the smart key.
After completion of the steps
above, the hazard warning lights
will operate once to indicate that
the system is armed.
Using the transmitter
Armed stage
Using the smart key
Park the vehicle and stop the
engine. Arm the system as
described below.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Make sure that all doors, the hood
and liftgate are closed and
latched.
3. Lock the doors by pressing the
button of the front outside door
Park the vehicle and stop the
engine. Arm the system as
described below.
1. Turn off the engine and remove
the ignition key from the ignition
switch.
2. Make sure that all doors (and liftgate), the engine hood are closed
and latched.
3. Lock the doors by pressing the
lock button on the transmitter.
4
15
4
Features of your vehicle
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will blink
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
If any door (and liftgate) or engine
hood remains open, the hazard
warning lights won't operate and
theft-alarm will not arm. After this,
if all doors (and liftgate) and engine
hood are closed, the hazard warning
lights blink once.
Theft-alarm system
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously
for approximately 27 seconds, and
repeat the horn 3 times unless the
system is disarmed. To turn off the
system, unlock the doors with the
transmitter (or smart key).
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed when:
Transmitter
NOTICE
Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the
system is armed while a passenger(s) remains in the vehicle, the
alarm may be activated when the
remaining passenger(s) leaves the
vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or
hood is opened within 30 seconds
after the system enters the armed
stage, the system will be disarmed
to prevent unnecessary alarm.
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of
the following occurs while the system is armed.
• A front or rear door is opened
without using the smart key.
• The liftgate is opened without
using the smart key.
• The hood is opened.
4
16
• The door unlock button is
pressed.
• The engine is started. (within 3
seconds)
• The ignition switch is in the "ON"
position for 30 seconds or more.
Smart key
• The door unlock button is
pressed.
• The button of the front outside
door is pressed while carrying the
smart key.
• The engine is started. (within 3
seconds)
After pressing the unlock button,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound twice (in
smart key) to indicate that the system is disarmed.
After pressing the unlock button, if
any door (or liftgate) is not opened
within 30 seconds, the system will
be rearmed.
Features of your vehicle
NOTICE
• Avoid trying to start the engine
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with
the transmitter, insert the key
into the ignition switch, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position
and wait for 30 seconds. Then the
system will be disarmed.
• If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
Door locks
Door locks
Operating door locks from outside
the vehicle
4
OSK3048065NR
CAUTION
Adjusting alarm system
Do not change, alter or adjust the
theft alarm system in your vehicle.
Improper installation of the alarm
system could damage the vehicle or
cause the system to malfunction.
NOTICE
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifications to the theft-alarm system
are not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer warranty.
To remove the cover:
1. Pull out the door handle.
2. Press the lever (1) located inside
the bottom part of the cover with
a key or flat-head screwdriver.
3. Push out the cover (2) while
pressing the lever.
Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to lock (A) and toward the
front of the vehicle to unlock (B).
• If you lock the driver's door with a
key, only the driver's door will
lock/unlock.
• From the driver's door, turn the
key toward the front of the vehicle once to unlock the driver's
door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors.
• Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the smart key.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the
door handle.
4
17
Features of your vehicle
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure the
doors are closed securely.
NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing
conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
WARNING
Door locks
CAUTION
Do not unnecessarily open and close
the door repeatedly or with excessive force. Such action can damage
the vehicle door.
NOTICE
Always turn the ignition switch to
OFF position, engage the parking
brake, close all windows, and lock all
doors when leaving your vehicle
unattended.
Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
With the door lock button
• Securely close your door before
you begin driving. Failure to fully
close your door may cause it to
open during vehicle operation.
• Keep your body out of the way of
the closing door to prevent injuries.
WARNING
If adult passengers must remain in
the vehicle while it is very hot or cold
outside, there is risk of injuries or
danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when there are
adult passengers in the vehicle.
4
18
OSK3048037NR
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the "Unlock"
position. The red mark on the
door lock button will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the "Lock" position. If
the door is locked properly, the
Features of your vehicle
red mark on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle (2) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the
driver's (or front passenger's)
door is pulled when the door lock
button is in the lock position, the
button will unlock and the door
will open.
• Doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and a
door is open.
Door locks
With central door lock switch
Driver side
OSK3048066NR
4
Passenger side
Door lock malfunction
If a power door lock ever fails to
function while you are in the vehicle,
try one or more of the following
techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from outside.
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door handle of
driver's (or passenger's) door while
the vehicle is moving.
OSK3048087NR
Operate by pressing the central
door lock switch.
• When pressing the right portion
(1) for driver side or the upper
portion (1) for passenger side of
the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.
• When pressing the left portion (2)
for driver side or the lower portion (2) for passenger side of the
switch, all vehicle doors will
unlock.
4
19
Features of your vehicle
• If the smart key is in the vehicle
and any door is opened, the doors
will not lock even though the right
portion (1) for driver side or upper
portion (1) for passenger side of
the central door lock switch is
pressed.
WARNING
Doors
• The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the vehicle
is in motion to prevent accidental
opening of the door.
• Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians
approaching the vehicle in the
path of the door. Opening a door
when something is approaching
can cause damage or injury.
WARNING
Unattended children/animals
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape
the vehicle.
4
20
Door locks
Door lock/unlock features
Impact sensing door unlock system
All doors will automatically unlock
when an impact causes the air bags
to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
All doors will automatically lock
after the vehicle speed exceeds 10
mph (15 km/h).
You can activate or deactivate the
auto door lock/unlock features in
the vehicle. Refer to "User settings
mode" on page 4-54.
Child-protector rear door locks
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from
inside the vehicle. The rear door
safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on
the edge of each rear door. When
the child safety lock is in the lock
position (1), the rear door will not
open if the inner door handle (2) is
pulled.
Features of your vehicle
Liftgate
Liftgate
When you open the liftgate, you will
see a space where you can load the
cargo.
Opening the liftgate
OSK3048067NR
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
key (or screwdriver) into the hole
and turn it to the lock position.
To allow a rear door to be opened
from inside the vehicle, unlock the
child safety lock.
WARNING
Rear door locks
Use the rear door safety locks
whenever children are in the vehicle.
If a child accidently opens the rear
doors while the vehicle is moving, he
or she may fall out.
The liftgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or
unlocked with the key, smart key or
central door lock/unlock switch.
CAUTION
4
Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle.
Possible damage may occur to the
liftgate lift cylinders and attached
hardware if the liftgate is not closed
prior to driving.
OSK3048068NR
• Only the liftgate is unlocked if the
liftgate unlock button on the
transmitter or smart key is
pressed for approximately 1 second.
4
21
Features of your vehicle
• If unlocked, the liftgate can be
opened by pressing the handle
and pulling it up.
• Once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate locks
automatically. (All doors must be
locked.)
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
Liftgate
Make sure your hands, feet and
other parts of your body are safely
out of the way before closing the
liftgate.
WARNING
Exhaust Fumes
The liftgate should always be kept
completely closed while the vehicle
is in motion. If it is left open or ajar,
poisonous exhaust gases may enter
the car and serious illness or death
may result.
WARNING
The liftgate swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when opening
the liftgate.
Closing the liftgate
Opening the liftgate in emergency
Your vehicle is equipped with the
emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the
liftgate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment.
Lower and push down the liftgate
firmly. Make sure that the liftgate is
securely latched.
OSK3048035NR
OSK3048069NR
4
22
Features of your vehicle
The liftgate can be opened by doing
as follows:
1. Input the mechanical key into the
hole.
2. Push the mechanical key to the
right (1).
3. Push up the liftgate.
Liftgate
WARNING
Do not grasp the part supporting
the liftgate (gas lifter), as this may
cause serious injury.
WARNING
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the cargo area of the vehicle at any time. The cargo area is
a very dangerous location in the
event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for emer-
4
OSK3048036NR
gencies only. Use with extreme
caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the liftgate. Wait
until the liftgate is open fully and
stopped before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
4
23
Features of your vehicle
Windows
Windows
The doors of this vehicle are equipped with power windows that can be
operated by a switch.
OSK3048038NR
1. Driver's door power window switch
2. Front passenger's door power window switch
3. Rear door (left) power window switch
4. Rear door (right) power window switch
5. Window opening and closing
6. Automatic power window up/down (if equipped)
7. Power window lock switch
* if equipped
4
24
Features of your vehicle
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
The ignition switch must be in the
ON position for power windows to
operate.
Each door has a power window
switch that controls the door's window. The driver has a power window
lock switch which can block the
operation of rear passenger windows. The power windows can be
operated for approximately 10 minutes after the ignition key is
removed or set to the ACC or LOCK
position. However, if the front doors
are opened, the power windows
cannot be operated even within the
10 minutes period.
The driver's door has a master
power window switch that controls
all the windows in the vehicle.
If the window cannot be closed
because it is blocked by objects,
remove the objects and close the
window.
Windows
mal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following
actions. If the noise occurs with one
or both of the rear windows down,
partially lower both front windows
approximately 1 in (2.5 cm). If you
experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly reduce the size of
the sunroof opening.
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open
window area. Such objects will
impact the proper function of the
Automatic reversal "jam protection"
feature.
Window opening and closing
Type A
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the
first detent position (5).
NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) in an open (or partially
open position), your vehicle may
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-
OSK3048089NR
4
25
4
Features of your vehicle
Type B - Auto down window (if
equipped)
OSK3048091NR
Pressing the power window switch
momentarily to the second detent
position (6) completely lowers the
window even when the switch is
released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is
in operation, pull up the switch
briefly to the opposite direction of
the window movement.
Type C - Auto up/down window (if
equipped)
Windows
pletely lowers or raises the window
even when the switch is released. To
stop the window at the desired
position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
If the power window does not operate normally, the automatic power
window system must be reset as
follows:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up the power window
switch for at least 1 second after
the window is completely closed.
Automatic reversal for Type C
If the upward movement of the
window is blocked by an object or
part of the body, the window will
detect the resistance and will stop
upward movement. The window will
then lower approximately 11.8 in
(30 cm) to allow the object to be
cleared.
OSK3048090NR
Pressing or pulling up the power
window switch momentarily to the
second detent position (6) com4
26
ODEEV068020NR
Features of your vehicle
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 1 in (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by
the automatic window reversal feature, the automatic window reversal
will not operate.
NOTICE
The automatic reverse feature for
the window is only active when the
"auto up" feature is used by fully
pulling up the switch. The automatic
reverse feature will not operate if
the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window
switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage. If an
object less than 0.16 in (4 mm) in
diameter is caught between the
window glass and the upper window
channel, the automatic reverse window may not detect the resistance
and will not stop and reverse direction.
Windows
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature
doesn't activate while resetting
power window system. Make sure
body parts or other objects are
safely out of the way before closing
the windows to avoid injuries.
WARNING
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open
window area. Such objects could
prevent the automatic reverse feature from functioning.
Power window lock switch
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear passengers' doors by pressing the
power window lock switch to the
lock position (pressed).
OSK3048039NR
When the power window lock switch
is pressed:
4
27
4
Features of your vehicle
• The driver's master control can
operate the front passenger's
power window and the rear passengers' power windows.
• The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's
power window.
• The rear passengers' control cannot operate the rear passengers'
power window.
CAUTION
Opening/closing Window
To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open
or close two windows or more at the
same time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the
way before closing a window.
If the window cannot be close
because it is blocked by objects,
remove the objects and close the
window.
4
28
Windows
WARNING
Power windows
• Do not allow children to play with
the power windows. Keep the
power window lock switch (on the
driver's door) in the LOCK
(pressed) position.
• Do not extend a face or arms outside the window opening while the
vehicle is in motion. Doing so could
result in significant bodily injury.
Features of your vehicle
Hood
The hood serves as a cover for the
engine compartment. Open the
hood if maintenance works needs to
be performed in the engine compartment or if you need to look at
the compartment.
Hood
2. Go to the front of the vehicle,
raise the hood slightly, push the
secondary latch (1) up side and lift
the hood (2).
Opening the hood
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
4
OSK3048041NR
3. Raise the hood. It will completely
rise by itself after it has been
raised about halfway.
Hood open warning
A warning message will appear on
the LCD display when hood is open.
OSK3048040NR
WARNING
Open the hood after turning off the
engine on a flat surface, shifting the
shift lever to the P (Park) position
for Dual Clutch Transmission/Intelligent Variable Transmission and to
the 1st (First) gear or R (Reverse)
for Manual Transmission, and setting the parking brake.
OSK3048102NR
The warning chime will operate
when the vehicle is being driven
above 2 mph (3 km/h) with the hood
open.
4
29
Features of your vehicle
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly
installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be
removed from the engine compartment.
2. Lower the hood halfway and push
down to securely lock in place.
3. Then double check to be sure the
hood is secure.
• If the hood can be raise slightly,
it is not properly engaged.
• Open it again and close it with a
little more force.
CAUTION
Hood obstruction
Before closing the hood, ensure that
all obstructions are removed from
the hood opening. Closing the hood
with an obstruction present in the
hood opening may result in severe
personal injury or properly damage.
WARNING
Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
motor compartment. Doing so may
cause a heat-induced fire.
4
30
Hood
WARNING
Unsecured hood
Always double check to be sure that
the hood is firmly latched before
driving away. If it is not latched, the
hood could fly open while the vehicle
is being driven, causing a total loss
of visibility, which might result in an
accident.
Features of your vehicle
Fuel filler lid
Fuel filler lid
Opening the fuel filler lid
The fuel filler lid must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pulling up
the fuel filler lid opener.
OSK3048050NR
4. To remove the cap turn the fuel
filler cap (2) counterclockwise.
5. Refuel as needed.
OSK3048049NR
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to
break the ice and release the lid. Do
not pry on the lid. If necessary,
spray around the lid with an
approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
1. Stop the engine.
2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the
fuel filler lid opener up.
3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1) out
to fully open.
4
Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it "clicks" one time. This indicates that the cap is securely
tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
lightly and make sure that it is
securely closed.
WARNING
Refueling
Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting
fuel or if you hear a hissing sound,
wait until the condition stops before
completely removing the cap.
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and subject you to the risk of fire and burns.
4
31
Features of your vehicle
NOTICE
When refueling on unlevel ground,
the fuel gauge may not point to the
F position. It is not a malfunction. If
you move your vehicle to a level
ground, the fuel gauge will move to
the full position.
NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise the fuel cap open
warning indicator light will illuminate.
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
WARNING
Fire/explosion risk
Read and follow all warnings posted
at the gas station facility. Failure to
follow all warnings will result in
severe personal injury, severe burns
or death due to fire or explosion.
WARNING
Static electricity
• Before touching the fuel nozzle,
you should eliminate potentially
dangerous static electricity discharge by touching another metal
part of the vehicle, a safe distance
4
32
Fuel filler lid
away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle, or other gas source.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling
since you can generate static
electricity by touching, rubbing or
sliding against any item or fabric
(polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)
capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge
can ignite fuel vapors resulting in
rapid burning. If you must reenter
the vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous
static electricity discharge by
touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle or other gasoline source.
WARNING
Portable fuel container
When using an approved portable
fuel container, be sure to place the
container on the ground prior to
refueling. Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once refueling
has begun, contact with the vehicle
should be maintained until the filling
is complete. Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers
designed to carry and store gasoline.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Cell phone fires
Do not use cellular phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular
phones can potentially ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
Fuel filler lid
If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine Kia cap or
the equivalent specified for your
vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap
can result in a serious malfunction
of the fuel system or emission control system.
CAUTION
WARNING
Refueling & Vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the
engine can ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire. Once refueling is complete,
check to make sure the filler cap and
filler door are securely closed,
before starting the engine.
Exterior paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel
spilled on painted surfaces may
damage the paint.
WARNING
Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a lighter
and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
cigarette in your vehicle while at a
gas station especially during refueling. Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can, when ignited, result
in fire.
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to "Fuel requirements" on
page 1-2.
4
33
4
Features of your vehicle
Sunroof (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof control
switch located on the overhead console.
Sunroof
The sunroof cannot slide when it is
in the tilt position nor can it be tilted
while in an open or slide position.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the sunroof,
periodically remove any dirt that
may accumulate on the guide rail.
CAUTION
OSK3048051NR
The sunroof can only be opened,
closed, or tilted when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 10 minutes after the
ignition switch is turned to the ACC
or OFF position.
However, if the front door is opened,
the sunroof cannot be operated
even within the 10 minutes period.
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
4
34
Sunroof control lever
Do not continue to press the sunroof control lever after the sunroof
is fully opened, closed, or tilted.
Damage to the motor or system
components could occur.
WARNING
Sunroof operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in the
movement range of the sliding roof.
Parts of the body could become
trapped or crushed.
WARNING
Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This could result
in loss of control and an accident
that may cause death, serious
injury, or property damage.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is fully closed
when leaving your vehicle. If the
sunroof is opened, rain or snow may
leak through the sunroof and wet
the interior as well as increase the
risk of theft.
WARNING
Roof cargo
Do not operate the sun roof while
using the roof rack to transport
cargo. This may cause the cargo to
come loose and distract the driver.
WARNING
Do not sit on the top of the vehicle.
It may cause vehicle damage.
Sliding the sunroof
Sunroof
or forward to the first detent
position.
• To open the sunroof (autoslide
feature), push the sunroof control
switch backward to the second
detent position.
The sunroof will slide to the recommended open position before
the maximum slide open position.
To stop the sunroof sliding at any
point, push the sunroof control
switch momentarily.
• To open the sunroof to the maximum slide open position, press
the switch towards the rear of
the vehicle once again and hold it
until the sunroof slide all the way
open.
NOTICE
To reduce wind noise while driving,
we recommend you to drive at the
recommended position before the
maximum slide open position.
• To close the sunroof (autoslide
feature), move the sunroof control switch forward to the second
detent position.
The sunroof will close all the way.
To stop the sunroof sliding at any
point, pull or push the sunroof
control switch momentarily.
OSK3048052NR
• To open or close the sunroof
(manual slide feature), push the
sunroof control switch backward
4
35
4
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Sunroof
Tilting the sunroof
Do not leave the engine running and
the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could operate the sunroof,
which could result in serious injury.
Automatic reversal
If an object or part of the body is
detected while the sunroof is closing
automatically, it will reverse direction, and then stop.
OSK3048053NR
• To tilt open the sunroof, push the
sunroof control switch upward
until the sunroof moves to the
desired position.
• To close the sunroof, push the
sunroof switch forward until the
sunroof moves to the desired
position.
WARNING
ODEEV068027NR
The auto reverse function will not
work if a small obstacle is caught in
the sunroof. You should always
make sure that all passengers and
objects are away from the sunroof
before closing it.
Sunroof
Do not extend the face, neck, arms
or body outside through the sunroof
opening while driving or operating
the sunroof.
CAUTION
Sunroof motor damage
If you try to open the sunroof when
the temperature is below freezing
or when the sunroof is covered with
snow or ice, the glass or the motor
could be damaged.
4
36
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Sunroof Operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in the
movement range of the sliding roof.
Parts of the body could become
trapped or crushed
Sunshade
The sunshade will be opened with
the glass panel automatically when
the glass panel is opened. You will
have to close it manually if you want
it closed.
Sunroof
Resetting the sunroof
Reset the sunroof when:
• The battery is discharged or disconnected or the sunroof fuse has
been replaced or disconnected.
• The sunroof control switch is not
operating correctly.
Reset the sunroof as described
below.
1. The ignition switch must be in the
ON position.
2. Close the sunroof completely.
3. Release the control switch.
4. Push the control switch forward
until the sunroof tilts and slightly
moves up. Then, release switch.
5. Push the control switch forward
until the sunroof is operated as
follows:
1)TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →
SLIDE CLOSE
2)Then, release the control
switch.
NOTICE
ODEEV068029NR
CAUTION
The sunroof is made to slide
together with the sunshade. Do not
pull or push the sunshade by hand
as such action may damage the
sunshade or cause it to malfunction.
Do not release the switch until the
operation is completed.
If you release the switch during
operation, try again from step 2.
6. Release the sunroof control
switch. (The sunroof system has
been reset.)
* For more detailed information,
contact an authorized Kia dealer.
4
37
4
Features of your vehicle
Steering wheel
Steering wheel
NOTICE
If the sunroof is not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or
discharged, or related fuse is blown,
the sunroof may operate improperly.
Sunroof open warning
If the driver turns off the ignition
switch or START/STOP button when
the sunroof is not fully closed, the
warning chime will sound for
approximately a few seconds and a
message will appear on the LCD
window.
The steering wheel of this vehicle is
equipped with electronic power
steering.
Electronic power steering
Power steering uses an electric
motor to assist you in steering the
vehicle.
If the vehicle is off or if the power
steering system becomes inoperative, the vehicle may still be steered,
but it will require increased steering
effort.
Electronic power steering is controlled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering
wheel torque and vehicle speed to
command the motor.
The steering effort becomes
heavier as the vehicle's speed
increases and becomes lighter as
the vehicle's speed decreases for
better control of the steering wheel.
OSK3048103NR
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
4
38
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the
power steering checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Features of your vehicle
NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The EPS warning light does not
illuminate.
• The steering gets heavy immediately after turning the ignition
switch is ON position. This happens as the system performs the
EPS system diagnostics. When
the diagnostics are completed,
the steering wheel will return to
its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after turning the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
or LOCK position.
• A motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
driving speed.
• If the Electronic Power Steering
System does not operate normally, the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster.
The steering wheel may become
difficult to control or operate
abnormally. Take your vehicle to
an authorized Kia dealer and have
the vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
• When the charging system warning light comes on due to the low
voltage (when the alternator or
battery does not operate normally or malfunctions), the steering wheel may require increased
steering effort.
Steering wheel
If the Electronic Power Steering
System does not operate normally,
the warning light will illuminate on
the instrument cluster. The steering
wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally. In this
case, have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, the
steering effort may be high and
abnormal noise could occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.
When the vehicle is stationary, and
the steering wheel is turned all the
way to the left or right continuously, the steering wheel becomes
harder to turn. The power assist is
limited to protect the motor from
overheating.
As time passes, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
Tilt & telescopic steering wheel
A tilt and telescopic steering wheel
allows you to adjust the steering
wheel before you drive
You can also raise it to give your
legs more room when you exit and
enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
4
39
4
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Steering wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and height of
the steering wheel while driving. You
may lose steering control.
Adjusting steering wheel angle and
height
Steering wheel
NOTICE
After adjustment, sometimes the
lock-release lever may not lock the
steering wheel.
It is not a malfunction. This occurs
when two gears engage. In this
case, adjust the steering wheel
again and then lock the steering
wheel.
Heated steering wheel (if equipped)
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel. The indicator on the
button will illuminate.
OSK3048055NR
1. To change the steering wheel
angle, pull down the lock release
lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to
lock the steering wheel in place.
4. Be sure to adjust the steering
wheel to the desired position
before driving.
4
40
OSK3048056NR
To turn the heated steering wheel
off, press the button once again.
The indicator on the button will turn
off.
Features of your vehicle
NOTICE
The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30
minutes after the heated steering
wheel is turned on.
Steering wheel
Horn
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on
your steering wheel (see illustration).
CAUTION
• Do not install any type of grip
cover for the steering wheel, it
may impair the function of the
heated steering wheel system.
• When cleaning the heated steering wheel, do not use an organic
solvent such as paint thinner,
benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the surface
of the steering wheel.
• If the surface of the steering
wheel is damaged by a sharp
object, damage to the heated
steering wheel components could
occur.
4
OSK3048057NR
The horn will operate only when this
area is pressed. Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly.
WARNING
If the steering wheel becomes too
warm, turn the system off. The
heated steering wheel may cause
burns even at low temperatures,
especially if used for long periods of
time.
4
41
Features of your vehicle
Mirrors
Mirrors
CAUTION
This vehicle is equipped with a rearview mirrors inside and outside to
provide views of objects behind the
vehicle.
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that
the center view through the rear
window is seen. Make this adjustment before you start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat
or cargo area which would interfere
with your vision through the rear
window.
Cleaning mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do not
spray glass cleaner directly on the
mirror. It may cause the liquid
cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
Day/night rearview mirror (if
equipped)
WARNING
Mirror adjustment
Do not adjust the rearview mirror
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control.
OSK3048058NR
* (1): Day, (2): Night
WARNING
Do not modify the inside mirror in
any manner, including installing a
wide mirror. Doing so could result in
injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag.
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position (1).
Pull the day/night lever toward you
(2) to reduce the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind
you during night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
4
42
Features of your vehicle
Day/night rearview mirror with
Telematics function (if equipped)
For day and night function:
Mirrors
Telematics buttons are also located
on the mirror.
1. Virtual Assist button
2. UVO (Voice local search) button
3. Roadside assist button
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
UVO service (if equipped)
4
ODEEV068034NR
* (1): Day, (2): Night
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever (1) is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever (2) toward
you to reduce the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind
you during night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
For Telematics button function:
OSK3048097NR
The electric rearview mirror automatically controls the glare from
the headlights of the vehicles behind
you in nighttime or low light driving
conditions. The sensor (4) mounted
in the mirror senses the light level
around the vehicle, and automatically controls the headlight glare
from the vehicles behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror.
OSK3048088NR
Telematics buttons are also located
on the mirror.
1. Virtual Assist button
2. UVO (Voice local search) button
3. Roadside assist button
4
43
Features of your vehicle
Outside rearview mirror
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors.
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch.
The mirror heads can be folded back
to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
Mirrors
Adjusting the outside rearview mirrors
OSK3048059NR
CAUTION
Rearview mirrors
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface
of the glass. If ice should restrict the
movement of the mirror, do not
force the mirror for adjustment. To
remove ice, use a de-icer spray, a
sponge or soft cloth with very warm
water.
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use
an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle
to a warm place and allow the ice to
melt.
WARNING
Mirror adjustment
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle is
moving. This could result in loss of
control.
4
44
Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
1. Move the L (Front left side) or R
(Front right side) switch (1) to
select the rearview mirror you
would like to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
(2) to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
CAUTION
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is
pressed. Do not press the switch
longer than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand.
Doing so may damage the parts.
Features of your vehicle
Folding the outside rearview mirror
Manual type
1. To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the
rear of the vehicle.
OSK3048060NR
Electric type
• The outside rearview mirror can
be folded or unfolded by pressing
the switch when the ignition
switch is in the ON position as
below.
Mirrors
With folding key & smart key
• The mirror will fold or unfold
when the door is locked or
unlocked by the key.
With smart key
• The mirror will fold or unfold
when the door is locked or
unlocked by the button on the
outside door handle. (if equipped)
The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows:
• The mirror will fold or unfold
when the door is locked or
unlocked by the smart key.
• The mirror will fold or unfold
when the door is locked or
unlocked by the button on the
outside door handle.
• The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart
key in possession when the Welcome Mirror function is activated
in User Settings. (if equipped)
CAUTION
OSK3048061NR
1. To fold the outside rearview mirror depress the button (1).
2. To unfold it, depress the button
(1) again.
The electric type outside rearview
mirror operates even though the
ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFF.
However, to prevent unnecessary
battery discharge, do not adjust the
mirrors longer than necessary while
the engine is not running.
Do not fold an electric type outside
rearview mirror by hand as this
could cause motor failure.
4
45
4
Features of your vehicle
Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster
Type A
OSK3048100NR
Type B
OSK3048101NR
* The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
6. LCD display
4
46
Features of your vehicle
Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster control
Gauges
The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is changed by
pressing the illumination control
button ("+" or "-") when ignition
switch is ON, or the taillights are
turned on.
The gauges display various information such as the speed of the vehicle, the amount of charge of the
battery, and so on.
Speedometer
4
OSK3048048NR
• If you hold the illumination control
button ("+" or "-"), the brightness
will be changed continuously.
OSK3048106NR
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour (mph) and/
or kilometers per hour (km/h).
Tachometer
OSK3048104NR
• If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.
OSK3048107NR
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
4
47
Features of your vehicle
Use the tachometer to select the
correct shift points and to prevent
lugging and/or over-revving the
engine.
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE. This
may cause severe engine damage.
Instrument cluster
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap when
the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could
severely burn. Wait until the engine
is cool before adding coolant to the
reservoir.
Fuel Gauge
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
OSK3048110NR
OSK3048108NR
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the
ignition switch or ENGINE START/
STOP button is ON.
CAUTION
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the
"H" position, it indicates overheating
that may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to "If the engine
overheats" on page 6-8.
4
48
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank.
NOTICE
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
"Recommended lubricants and
capacities" on page 8-6.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented
by a low fuel warning light, which
will illuminate when the fuel tank
is nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or
the low fuel warning light may
come on earlier than usual due to
the movement of fuel in the tank.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Fuel Gauge
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional
fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the
"E" level.
Instrument cluster
driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance
should be performed.
• Odometer range: 0~999,999 miles
or 1,599,999 kilometers.
Outside Temperature Gauge
CAUTION
4
Avoid driving with a extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.
OSK3048113NR
NOTICE
The fuel display may not be accurate if the vehicle is on an incline.
This gauge indicates the current
outside air temperatures by 1 F (1
C).
• Temperature range: -40~211 F
(-40~85 C)
The outside temperature on the
display may not change immediately like a general thermometer to
prevent the driver from being distracted.
Odometer
To change the temperature unit
(from F to C or from C to F)
The temperature unit can be
changed by using the "User Settings" mode of the LCD display.
OSK3048112NR
The odometer Indicates the total
distance that the vehicle has been
* For more details, refer to "LCD display" on page 4-51.
4
49
Features of your vehicle
Transmission shift indicator
Transmission shift indicator displays
gear information depending on your
vehicle's transmission type.
Instrument cluster
Manual transmission shift Indicator (if equipped)
This indicator informs which gear is
desired while driving to save fuel.
Intelligent variable transmission
shift indicator (if equipped)
This indicator displays which automatic transmission shift lever is
selected.
OSK3048129NR
• Shifting up: ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6
• Shifting down: ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4,
▼5
OSK3048128NR
•
•
•
•
•
Park: P
Reverse: R
Neutral: N
Drive: D
Sports Mode: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
For example
• ▲3: Indicates that shifting up to
the 3rd gear is desired (currently
the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st
gear).
• ▼4: Indicates that shifting down
to the 4th gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 5th
or 6th gear).
When the system is not working
properly, the indicator is not displayed.
4
50
Features of your vehicle
Dual clutch transmission shift indicator (if equipped)
This indicator displays which shift
lever is selected.
LCD display
LCD display
The LCD display shows trip computer and other information.
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons.
4
OSK3048161NR
•
•
•
•
•
Park: P
Reverse: R
Neutral: N
Drive: D
Sports Mode: S
OSK3048143NR
1.
: MODE button for changing
modes
2.
/
: MOVE switch for changing items
3. OK: SELECT/RESET button for
setting or resetting the selected
item
4
51
Features of your vehicle
LCD display
LCD Display Modes
The LCD display provides 5 modes. You can switch modes by pressing the
Mode button.
Mode
Trip Computer
Turn By Turn
(TBT)
Assist
Fuel Economy
Route Guidance
Lane Safety
Accumulated
Info
Driver Attention
Destination Info
Warning
Drive Info
Speedometer
Up/Down
Transmission
Temperature
Smart Cruise
Control with
Stop & Go
TPMS
User Settings
Master warning
Head-Up Display The Master
Driver Assis- Warning mode
displays warntance
ing messages
Door
related to the
Lights
vehicle when
one or more
Sound
systems is not
operating norConvenience
mally.
Service Interval
Other features
Reset
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
4
52
Features of your vehicle
Trip computer mode
OSK3048114NR
The trip computer mode displays
information related to vehicle driving parameters including fuel economy, tripmeter information and
vehicle speed.
* For more details, refer to "Trip
information (Trip computer)" on
page 4-60.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
LCD display
Assist mode
OSK3048116NR
This mode displays the state of:
• Lane Safety system
• Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
• Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go
• Tire Pressure
* For more details, refer to each
system information in "Driving
your vehicle" on page 5-7.
Tire pressure status
* For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" on page 6-9.
OSK3048115NR
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
4
53
4
Features of your vehicle
Master warning mode
LCD display
If the warning situation is resolved,
the master warning light will be
turned off and the Master Warning
icon will disappear.
Transmission temperature gauge
for dual clutch transmission
This mode displays the transmission
temperature.
OSK3048117NR
This warning light informs the driver
the following situations.
• LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system malfunction (if
equipped)
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
• Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped)
• Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped)
• Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go malfunction (if equipped)
• Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go radar blocked (if equipped)
• Lamp malfunction
• High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
OSK3048118NR
User settings mode
In this mode, you can change the
settings of the instrument cluster,
doors, lamps, etc.
At this time, a Master Warning icon
(
) will appear beside the User
Settings icon (
OSK3048119NR
1. Head-Up Display
2. Driver Assistance
play.
4
), on the LCD dis-
54
Features of your vehicle
LCD display
3. Door
4. Lights
5. Sound
6. Convenience
7. Service Interval
8. Other features
9. Reset
The information provided may differ depending on which functions
are applicable to your vehicle.
Shift to P to edit settings / Engage
parking brake to edit settings
4
This warning message appears if
you try to adjust the User Settings
while driving.
OSK3048130NR
• Dual Clutch Transmission / Intelligent Variable Transmission:
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and
moving the shift lever to P (Park).
• Manual Transmission:
For your safety, change the User
Settings after engaging the parking brake.
4
55
Features of your vehicle
LCD display
1. Head-Up Display (if equipped)
Explanation
Display Height
Rotation
Brightness
Adjust the height (1~20) of the HUD image on the HUD screen.
Adjust the degree (-5~+5) of the HUD rotation.
Adjust the intensity (1~20) of the HUD brightness.
Contents Selection
If below items are checked, the items will be activated.
• Audio/Video info
• Driving assist info
• Lane safety info
• Blind-spot safety info
• Turn By Turn
• Traffic Info
Speedometer size
• Small/Medium/Large
Speedometer color
• White/Orange/Green
2. Driver Assistance (if equipped)
Explanation
SCC response
Driver Attention Warning
• Slow/Normal/Fast
To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system.
* For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control (if equipped)" on page
5-79.
• High sensitivity / Normal sensitivity / Off
To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver Attention Warning.
* For more details, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) (if
equipped)" on page 5-123.
Warning timing
• Normal/Later
To select the Warning time
Warning volume
• High/Medium/Normal/Off
To select the Warning volume
Forward Safety
• Active assist, Warning only, Off
To select the functions.
Lane Safety
Blind-spot safety
• LKA/LDW/Off
To select the functions.
• Rear cross-traffic safety / Warning only / Off
To select the functions.
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
4
56
Features of your vehicle
LCD display
3. Door
Explanation
Auto Lock
• Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
• Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the
vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
• Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is
shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or
D (Drive) position.
Auto Unlock
• Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
• Vehicle Off / Key out (if equipped): All doors will be automatically
unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch
or the Engine Star/Stop button is set to the OFF position.
• On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the gear is
shifted to the P (Park) position.
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
4. Lights
Explanation
One touch turn indicator
• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
• 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times
when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
* For more details, refer to "Lighting" on page 4-89.
Head Lamp Delay
If this item checked, the head lamp delay function will be activated.
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
5. Sound
Explanation
Welcome sound
If this item checked, the welcome sound function will be activated.
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
4
57
4
Features of your vehicle
LCD display
6. Convenience (if equipped)
Explanation
Welcome Mirror
Wiper/Lights Display
Auto rear wiper (reverse)
If this item checked, the welcome Mirror function will be activated.
If this item checked, the Wiper/Lights Display will be activated.
If this item checked, the Auto rear wiper will be activated.
Gear Position Pop-up
If this item is checked, the Gear position pop-up display will be activated.
Icy road warning
If this item is checked, the Icy road warning display will be activated.
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
7. Service Interval
Explanation
Enable Service Interval
If this item is checked, the Service Interval function will be activated.
Adjust Interval
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and
distance.
Reset
To reset the service interval function.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted,
messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is
turned on.
• Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days
to service.
• Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has
been reached or passed.
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to
service may be incorrect.
• The battery cable is disconnected.
• The battery is discharged.
4
58
Features of your vehicle
LCD display
8. Other features (if equipped)
Explanation
Fuel Economy Auto Reset
If this item checked, the average fuel economy will reset automatically
after refueling or after ignition.
Fuel Economy Unit
• US gallon, UK gallon
To select the Fuel economy unit.
* For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Temperature Unit
• F/ C
To select the Temperature unit.
Tire Pressure Unit
• psi, kPa, bar
To select the Tire Pressure Unit
Torque Unit
• N m, lbf ft
To select the Torque Unit
4
• psi, kPa, bar
Turbo boost pressure Unit
To select the Turbo boost pressure Unit
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
9. Reset
Explanation
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the
User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and
service interval.
4
59
Features of your vehicle
LCD displays
LCD displays (if equipped)
Trip Modes
LCD displays show the following
information to drivers.
To change the trip mode, scroll the
toggle the switch (
/
) on the
steering wheel.
OSK3048142NR
• Trip information
• LCD modes
• Warning messages
Trip information (Trip computer)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information
system that displays information
related to driving.
NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer resets if the battery is disconnected.
* 1) for vehicle equipped with dual
clutch transmission
Fuel Economy
OSK3048146NR
4
60
Features of your vehicle
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since
the last average fuel economy
reset.
- Fuel economy range: 0~99.9
mpg or L/100 km
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automatically.
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK button on
the steering wheel for more than 1
second when the average fuel economy is displayed.
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy select either menu
from the 'Fuel economy auto reset'
in the User Settings mode on the
LCD display.
• OFF - You may set to default
manually by using the trip switch
reset button.
• After ignition - The vehicle will
automatically set to default once
4 hours pass after the Ignition is
in OFF.
• After refueling - After refueling
more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters)
and driving over 1 mph (1 km/h),
the vehicle will reset to default
automatically.
LCD displays
NOTICE
The average fuel economy is not
displayed for more accurate calculation if the vehicle does not drive
more than 10 seconds or 0.03 miles
(50 meters) since the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to ON.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
• This mode displays the instant
fuel economy during the last few
seconds when the vehicle speed is
more than 6.2 mph (10 km/h).
- Fuel economy range:
0.0~50.0 mpg or 0.0~30 km/L,
L/100 km
Accumulated Info display
This display shows the accumulated
trip distance (1), the average fuel
efficiency (2), and the total driving
time (3).
OSK3048145NR
• Accumulated information is calculated after the vehicle has run for
more than 0.19 miles (300
meters).
4
61
4
Features of your vehicle
• If you press "OK" button for more
than 1 second after the Cumulative Information is displayed, the
information will be reset.
• If the engine is running, even
when the vehicle is not in motion,
the information will be accumulated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a
minimum of 0.19 miles (300
meters) since the last ignition key
cycle before the average accumu-
lated driving information is recalculated.
Drive Info display
This display shows the trip distance
(1), the average fuel efficiency (2),
and the total driving time (3) information once per one ignition cycle.
LCD displays
• The Driving Information will be
reset 4 hours after ignition has
been turned off. So, when the
vehicle ignition is turned on within
4 hours, the information will not
be reset.
• If you press "OK" button for more
than 1 second after the Driving
Information is displayed, the
information will be reset.
• If the engine is running, even
when the vehicle is not in motion,
the information will be accumulated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a
minimum of 0.19 miles (300
meters) since the last ignition key
cycle before the driving information
is recalculated.
Digital speedometer
This digital speedometer display
shows the speed of the vehicle.
OSK3048147NR
• Fuel efficiency is calculated after
the vehicle has run for more than
0.19 miles (300 meters).
4
62
OSK3048331NR
Features of your vehicle
Service Mode
This mode reminds you of scheduled
maintenance information.
Service in
It calculates and displays when you
need a scheduled maintenance service (mileage or days).
If the remaining mileage or time
reaches 900 miles (1,500 km) or 30
days, "Service in" message is displayed for several seconds each
time you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
ON position.
LCD displays
NOTICE
If any of the following conditions
occurs, the mileage and days may
be incorrect.
• The battery cable is disconnected.
• The battery is discharged.
Driving info display
At the end of each driving cycle, the
Driving Info message is displayed.
4
Service required
If you do not have your vehicle serviced according to the already
inputted service interval, "Service
required" message is displayed for
several seconds each time you set
the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON position.
To reset the service interval to the
mileage and days you inputted
before:
• Press the OK button (Reset) for
more than 1 second.
OSK3048147NR
This display shows the trip distance
(1), average energy consumption
(2), driving time (3).
This information is displayed for a
few seconds when you turn off the
vehicle, and then goes off automatically. The information is calculated
for each time the vehicle is turned
on.
NOTICE
• If sunroof open warning is displayed in the cluster, the Driving
Information message may not be
displayed.
4
63
Features of your vehicle
LCD displays
LCD display messages
Check Steering Wheel Lock System
for smart key system
Engine has overheated
This warning message illuminates if
there is malfunction in steering
wheel lock system when the ENGINE
START/STOP button changes to the
OFF position.
This warning message illuminates
when the engine coolant temperature is above 248 F (120 C). This
mean that the engine is overheated
and may be damaged.
* If your vehicle is overheated, refer
to "If the engine overheats" on
page 6-8.
Low Key Battery for smart key
system
This warning message illuminates if
the battery of the smart key is discharged when the ENGINE START/
STOP button changes to the OFF
position.
Press START button while turning
wheel for smart key system
It means that you should press the
ENGINE START/STOP button while
turning the steering wheel right and
left.
Steering wheel unlocked for smart
key system
This warning message illuminates if
the steering wheel is not lock when
the ENGINE START/STOP button
changes to the OFF position.
4
64
Press clutch pedal to start engine
for smart key system and manual
transmission
This warning message illuminates if
the ENGINE START/STOP button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the clutch pedal.
It means that you should depress
the clutch pedal to start the engine.
Key not in vehicle for smart key
system
This warning message illuminates if
the smart key is not in the vehicle
when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position.
It means that you should always
have the smart key with you.
Key not detected for smart key
system
This warning message illuminates if
the smart key is not detected when
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
Features of your vehicle
Door, Hood, Liftgate open warning
display
LCD displays
Sunroof open warning display (if
equipped)
OSK3048121NR
OSK3048103NR
This warning is displayed if any door
or the hood or the liftgate is left
open. The warning will indicate
which door is open in the display.
This warning is displayed if you turn
off the vehicle when the sunroof is
open.
Close the sunroof securely before
leaving your vehicle.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you
should confirm that the door/hood/
liftgate is fully closed. Also, check
there is no door/hood/liftgate open
warning light or message displayed
on the instrument cluster.
Low Pressure warning display
OSK3068004NR
This warning message is displayed if
the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be
illuminated.
* For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" on page 6-9.
4
65
4
Features of your vehicle
Lights mode
LCD displays
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
Shift to P or N to start engine for
smart key system
OSK3048123NR
This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
Wiper mode
This warning message illuminates if
you try to start the engine with the
shift lever not in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position.
Press brake pedal to start engine
for smart key system
This warning message illuminates if
the ENGINE START/STOP button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
It means that you should depress
the brake pedal to start the engine.
Battery discharging due to external
electrical devices
The vehicle can detect self-discharge of the battery due to overcurrent that is generated by unauthorized electrical devices such as
black box mounting during parking.
OSK3048124NR
This indicator displays which wiper
speed is selected using the wiper
control.
4
66
Please note that functions such as
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) are limited
and battery discharge problems
may occur.
Features of your vehicle
If the warning continues even after
external electrical devices are
removed, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Press START button again for
smart key system
This warning message illuminates if
you cannot operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button when there is a
problem with the ENGINE START/
STOP button system.
It means that you could start the
engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button once more.
If the warning illuminates each time
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Press START button with key for
smart key system
LCD displays
Check DAW System (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Driver
Attention Alert System. In this case,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
* For more information, refer to
"Driver Attention Warning (DAW) (if
equipped)" on page 5-123.
Check BCW System (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the BlindSpot Collision Warning (BCW) system. In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
* For more information, refer to
"Blind-Spot Collision Warning (if
equipped)" on page 5-101.
Icy Road Warning (if equipped)
This warning message illuminates if
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while the warning message
"Key not detected" is illuminating.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.
OSK3048141NR
This warning is to warn the driver
the road may be icy.
4
67
4
Features of your vehicle
When the following conditions occur,
the warning light (including Outside
Temperature Gauge) blinks 5 times
and then illuminates, and also warning chime sounds once.
• The temperature on the Outside
Temperature Gauge is below
approximately 40 F (4 C).
NOTICE
If the icy road warning appears
while driving, you should drive more
attentively and safely refraining
from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.
Warning and indicator lights
Warning and indicator lights
The warning light and indicator light
indicate a situation where the driver
should be careful and whether the
various functions are activated.
Warning lights
The warning light indicates situations that require the driver to pay
attention.
NOTICE
Warning lights
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the vehicle. If any
light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
Air bag Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately
6 seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4
68
Features of your vehicle
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
* For more details, refer to "Seat
belts" on page 3-19.
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds
- It remains on if the parking
brake is applied.
• When the parking brake is applied.
• When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake
released, it indicates the brake
fluid level in reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the vehicle stopped, check
the brake fluid level immediately
and add fluid as required (For
more details, refer to "Brake fluid"
on page 7-24). Then check all
brake components for fluid leaks.
If any leak on the brake system is
Warning and indicator lights
still found, the warning light
remains on, or the brakes do not
operate properly, do not drive the
vehicle.
In this case, have your vehicle
towed to an authorized Kia dealer
and inspected.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This means
you still have braking on two wheels
even if one of the dual systems
should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, greater pedal pressure are
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will require
increased stopping distance with
only a portion of the brake system
working.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning
light ON is dangerous. If the Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
illuminates with the parking brake
released, it indicates that the brake
fluid level is low.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4
69
4
Features of your vehicle
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without the assistance of the antilock brake system).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Electronic Brake force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate
at the same time while driving:
• When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4
70
Warning and indicator lights
WARNING
Electronic Brake force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,
the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an
unexpected and dangerous situation
during sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed driving
and abrupt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
Electronic Power Steering (EPS)
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
- It remains on until the vehicle is
started.
- When there is a malfunction
with the EPS.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Features of your vehicle
Charging System Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
• When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
If there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
the emission control system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Warning and indicator lights
CAUTION
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control systems
which could effect drivability and/or
fuel economy.
CAUTION
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine power.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When the engine oil pressure is
low.
4
71
4
Features of your vehicle
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to "Engine oil and filter" on
page 7-19. If the level is low, add
oil as required.
If the warning light remains on
after adding oil or if oil is not
available, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
Engine Overheating
Do not continue driving with the
engine overheated. Otherwise the
engine may be damaged.
CAUTION
Engine damage
If the engine is not stopped immediately after the engine oil pressure
warning light is illuminated and
stays on while the engine is running,
serious engine damage may result.
Warning and indicator lights
Low Fuel Level Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Low Fuel Level
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below "E" can cause the engine
to misfire and damage the catalytic
converter. (if equipped)
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires
are significantly under inflated.
(The location of the underinflated
tires are displayed on the LCD display).
* For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" on page 6-9.
4
72
Features of your vehicle
This warning light remains on after
blinking for approximately 60 seconds or repeats blinking on and off
at the intervals of approximately 3
seconds:
• When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" on page 6-9.
WARNING
Low tire pressure
• Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking distances.
• Continued driving or low pressure
tires will cause the tires to overheat and fail.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot
off the accelerator pedal, apply
the brakes gradually with light
force, and slowly move to a safe
position off the road.
Warning and indicator lights
Master Warning Light
This warning light informs the
driver the following situations
• LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
• Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped)
• Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go malfunction (if equipped)
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system malfunction (if
equipped)
• Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped)
• Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go radar blocked (if equipped)
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
• Lamp malfunction
• High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.
LED Headlamp Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the LED headlamp.
4
73
4
Features of your vehicle
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This warning light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with
a LED headlamp related part.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
LED Headlamp Warning Light
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlamp Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlamp (low
beam) life.
Warning and indicator lights
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA
Sensor fusion type (front Camera +
front radar type) (if equipped)" on
page 5-62.
Door Ajar Warning Light
(if
equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
When a door is not closed securely.
Liftgate Open Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) System Warning Light
(if
equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When the FCA system is turned
off.
• When the radar sensor or cover is
blocked with dirt or snow. Check
the sensor and cover and clean
them by using a soft cloth.
• When there is a malfunction with
FCA. If this occurs, have your
4
74
When the liftgate is not closed
securely.
Washer Fluid Warning Light
equipped)
(if
This warning light illuminates:
• When the washer fluid level in the
reservoir is nearly empty.
In this case, you should refill the
washer fluid.
Indicator lights
The indicator light indicates
whether the various functions are
activated.
Features of your vehicle
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Indicator Light
Warning and indicator lights
Immobilizer Indicator Light (Without Smart Key)
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ESC system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
* For more details, refer to "Electronic stability control (ESC)" on
page 5-44.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC
system by pressing the ESC OFF
button.
* For more details, refer to "Electronic stability control (ESC)" on
page 5-44.
• When the vehicle detects the
immobilizer in your key properly
while the ignition switch is ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off
after starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4
Immobilizer Indicator Light (With
Smart Key)
This indicator light illuminates for
up to 30 seconds:
• When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle properly
while the ENGINE START/STOP
button is ACC or ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off
after starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
• When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- At this time, you cannot start
the engine.
4
75
Features of your vehicle
This indicator light illuminates for 2
seconds and goes off:
• When the vehicle cannot detect
the smart key which is in the
vehicle while the ENGINE START/
STOP button is ON.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Warning and indicator lights
NOTICE
When the engine automatically
starts by the ISG system, warning
lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or
Parking brake warning light) may
turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of the low
battery voltage. It does not mean
the system is malfunctioning.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the battery of the smart
key is weak.
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Auto stop indicator
This indicator will illuminate when
the engine enters the Idle Stop
mode of the ISG (Idle Stop and Go)
system.
When the automatic starting
occurs, the auto stop indicator on
the cluster will blink for 5 seconds.
* For more details, refer to "ISG (Idle
Stop and Go) system" on page 595.
Turn Signal indicator Light
This indicator light blinks:
• When you turn the turn signal
light on.
If any of the following occurs, there
may a malfunction with the turn
signal system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• The indicator light does not blink
but illuminates.
• The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
• The indicator light does not illuminate at all.
Low Beam Indicator Light
equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on.
4
76
(if
Features of your vehicle
Warning and indicator lights
High Beam Indicator Light
LKA (Lane Keeping Assist) System
Indicator
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
The LKA indicator will illuminate
when you turn the lane keeping
assist system on by pressing the
LKA button.
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position.
• When the turn signal lever is
pulled into the Flash-to-Pass
position.
High beam assist indicator
equipped)
(if
This warning light illuminates:
• When the High-Beam is on with
the light switch in the AUTO light
position.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming
or preceding vehicles, the high
beam assist system will switch
the high beam to low beam automatically.
* For more details, refer to "High
Beam Assist (if equipped)" on page
4-93.
Light ON Indicator Light
If there is a problem with the system, the yellow LKA indicator will
illuminate.
* For more details, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) System (if
equipped)" on page 5-127.
Cruise Indicator Light
equipped)
4
(if
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control system is
enabled.
* For more details, refer to "Smart
Cruise Control (if equipped)" on
page 5-79.
SPORT Mode Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
• When you select "SPORT" mode
as drive mode.
* For more details, refer to "Drive
mode integrated control system (if
equipped)" on page 5-99.
Front Fog Indicator Light
equipped)
(if
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the front fog lights are on.
4
77
Features of your vehicle
Head-Up Display (HUD)
ECO Mode Indicator Light
(if equipped)
Head-Up Display (HUD) (if
equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
The Head-Up Display is a transparent display which projects a shadow
of some information of the instru-
• When you select "ECO" mode as
drive mode.
* For more details, refer to "Drive
mode integrated control system (if
equipped)" on page 5-99.
ment cluster and navigation on the
HUD screen.
OSK3048062NR
Head-Up Display screen operation
The hidden screen will go up when
you press the screen operation
switch on the left side of the lower
part of crash pad and if you press
the switch again, the screen will
return to its original hidden position.
OSK3048063NR
4
78
Features of your vehicle
• The Head-Up Display closes automatically when the door is locked
with the smart key in the vehicle
OFF state.
• For smart key vehicles, the lock/
unlock button on the outside handle of the front door automatically closes the Head-Up Display
when the door is locked.
• If you do not lock the door in the
vehicle OFF state, the Head-Up
Display closes automatically after
about 5 minutes.
• The Head-Up Display image on
the HUD screen may not be visible
when:
- Sitting posture is bad.
- Wearing a polarized sunglasses.
- There is an object on the cover
of the Head-Up Display.
- Driving on a wet road.
- Lighting is turned on inside the
vehicle.
- Any light comes from the outside.
- Wearing inadequate glasses for
your eyesight.
• If the Head-Up Display image is
not shown well, adjust the height,
rotation or illumination of the
Head-Up Display in the cluster.
• When the Head-Up Display needs
inspection or repair, have your
vehicle inspected or repaired by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Head-Up Display (HUD)
WARNING
Head-Up Display
• Do not place any accessories on
the Head-Up Display shutter. It
might fall into Head-Up Display
and can damage to Head-Up Display.
• Do not attach stickers or accessories to the Head-Up Display and
the crash pad.
• Do not manually adjust the shutter and combiner. The images
may not be visible due to finger-
•
•
•
•
•
prints. Excessive external force
during operation may cause damage.
Do not place any objects near the
Head-Up Display. Interference
with the object during operation
may damage it.
Do not place any objects around
the Head-Up Display. It might
enter the narrow gap of the cover
and affects operation.
Do not place any liquids around
the Head-Up Display. Water or
other liquids can break when it
flows into the Head-Up Display.
Do not expose the combiner to
strong light. The combiner may be
deformed.
Do not use organic solvents,
detergents or abrasive cloths to
clean the Head-Up Display. Wipe it
off with a soft cloth. Do not
strongly wipe Head-Up Display
shutter. it might be damaged.
4
79
4
Features of your vehicle
• For safety, be sure to adjust the
settings when vehicle stopped.
• When opening, closing and height
adjusting the Head-Up Display,
noise may be generated by the
motor and gear.
Head-Up Display Information
Head-Up Display (HUD)
Head-Up Display Setting
On the LCD display, you can change
the Head-Up Display settings as follows.
1. Display height
2. Rotation
3. Brightness
4. Content selection
5. Speedometer size
6. Speedometer color
* For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" on page 4-52
OSK3048332NR
1. Turn By Turn navigation information
2. Road signs
3. Speedometer
4. Cruise setting speed
5. Smart Cruise Control (SCC) information
6. Lane Keeping Assist information
7. Blind-Spot Collision Warning
information
8. Warning lights (Low fuel)
9. AV mode information
* Road Sings and Turn By Turn navigation information are available
depending on the region.
4
80
Features of your vehicle
Parking distance warningreverse (if equipped)
The parking distance warningreverse assists the driver during
backward movement of the vehicle
by chiming if any object is sensed
within a distance of 47 in (120 cm)
behind the vehicle.
Parking distance warning-reverse
WARNING
Parking distance warning-reverse
Never rely solely on the parking distance warning-reverse. Always perform a visual inspection to make
sure the vehicle is clear of all
obstructions before moving the
vehicle in any direction. Stop immediately if you are aware of a child
anywhere near your vehicle. Some
objects may not be detected by the
sensors, due to the object's size or
material.
Operation of the parking distance
warning-reverse
OSK3048001NR
This system is a supplemental system and it is not intended to nor
does it replace the need for extreme
care and attention of the driver. The
sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors (1) are limited. Whenever backing-up, pay as
much attention to what is behind
you as you would in a vehicle without a parking distance warningreverse.
Operating condition
• This system will activate when
the indicator on the rear parking
assist OFF button is not illuminated. If you desire to deactivate
the rear parking assist system,
press the rear parking assist OFF
button again. (The indicator on
the button will illuminate.) To turn
the system on, press the button
again. (The indicator on the button will go off.)
• This system will activate when
backing up with the ignition
switch ON.
If the vehicle is moving at a speed
over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system
may not be activated correctly.
4
81
4
Features of your vehicle
• The sensing distance while the
back-up warning system is in
operation is approximately 47 in
(120 cm) at the rear bumper center area, 23.5 in (60 cm) at the
rear bumper side area.
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the
closest one will be recognized
first.
Types of warning sound
• When an object is 47 in to 24 in
(120 cm to 61 cm) from the rear
bumper: Buzzer beeps intermittently.
• When an object is 24 in to 12 in
(60 cm to 31 cm) from the rear
bumper: Buzzer beeps more frequently.
• When an object is within 16 in (40
cm) of the rear bumper:
Buzzer sounds continuously.
Non-operational conditions of
parking distance warning-reverse
The parking distance warningreverse may not operate properly
when:
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
(It will operate normally once the
moisture clears.)
2. The sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the mate-
4
82
Parking distance warning-reverse
rial is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
3. Driving on uneven road surfaces
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
gradient).
4. Objects generating excessive
noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes)
are within range of the sensor.
5. Rain or water spray exists.
6. Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are within range of the
sensor.
7. The sensor is covered with snow.
8. Trailer towing
The detecting range may decrease
when:
1. The sensor is covered with foreign
matter such as snow or water.
(The sensing range will return to
normal when removed.)
2. Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
1. Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
2. Objects which tend to absorb the
sensor frequency such as clothes,
sound absorbent material or
snow.
3. Undetectable objects smaller than
40 in (1 m) in height and narrower
than 6 in (14 cm) in diameter.
Features of your vehicle
Parking distance warning-reverse
precautions
• The parking distance warningreverse system may not sound
consistently depending on the
speed and shapes of the objects
detected.
• The parking distance warningreverse system may malfunction
if the vehicle bumper height or
sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or
accessories may also interfere
with the sensor performance.
• The sensor may not recognize
objects less than 15 in (40 cm)
from the sensor, or it may sense
an incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is frozen or covered with snow, dirt, or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until
the material is removed using a
soft cloth.
• To prevent damage, do not push,
scratch or strike the sensor.
NOTICE
Parking distance warning-reverse
close to objects on the road, particularly pedestrians, and especially
children. Always visually check
behind the vehicle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the system's
capabilities and limitations.
Self-diagnosis
If you don't hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting the gear to
the R (Reverse) position, this may
indicate a malfunction in the parking
distance warning-reverse system. If
this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occupants. Always drive safely and cautiously.
This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors. It cannot detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
such as poles or objects located
between sensors may not be
detected by the sensors. Pay close
attention when the vehicle is driven
4
83
4
Features of your vehicle
Parking distance warning (if
equipped)
The parking distance warning
assists the driver during movement
of the vehicle by chiming if any
object is sensed within the distance
of 39 in (100 cm) in front and 47 in
(120 cm) behind the vehicle.
Rear
Parking distance warning
vehicle without a parking distance
warning.
WARNING
The parking distance warning is a
supplemental system only.
The operation of the parking distance warning can be affected by
several factors (including environmental conditions).
It is the responsibility of the driver
to always check the front and rear
views before and while parking.
Operation of the parking distance
warning
Operating condition
OSK3048001NR
Front
OSK3048002NR
OSK3048003NR
The sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors (1) are
limited. Whenever moving pay as
much attention to what is in front
and behind of you as you would in a
4
84
• This system activates when the
parking distance warning button
is pressed with the ignition switch
or START/STOP button ON.
• The indicator of the parking distance warning button turns on
automatically and activates the
parking distance warning when
Features of your vehicle
Parking distance warning
you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position. It will turn off
automatically when you drive
above 12.4 mph (20 km/h).
• The sensing distance while backing up is approximately 47 in (120
cm) when you are driving less
than 6.2 mph (10 km/h).
• The sensing distance while moving forward is approximately 39 in
(100 cm) when you are driving
less than 6.2 mph (10 km/h).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the
closest one will be recognized
first.
• The side sensors are activated
when you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position.
• If the vehicle speed is above 12.4
mph (20 km/h), the system automatically turns off. To activate
again, push the button.
NOTICE
It may not operate if the vehicle's
distance from the object is already
less than approximately 10 in (25
cm) when the system is activated.
Type of warning indicator and sound
Distance from object
39~24 inch
(100~61 cm)
Front
47~24 inch
(120~61 cm)
Rear
23~12 inch
(60~31 cm)
-
-
Front
Rear
11 inch
(30 cm)
Warning indicator
When driving forward When driving rearward
Buzzer beeps intermittently
Buzzer beeps intermittently
Buzzer beeps frequently
-
Buzzer beeps frequently
Buzzer beeps continuously
Front
Rear
Warning sound
-
Buzzer beeps continuously
4
85
4
Features of your vehicle
NOTICE
• The actual warning sound and
indicator may differ from the
illustration depending on the
objects or sensor status.
• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor
with high pressure water.
NOTICE
• This system can only sense
objects within the range and location of the sensors; It cannot
detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed.
Also, small or slim objects, such as
poles or objects located between
sensors may not be detected by
the sensors.
Always visually check behind the
vehicle when backing up.
• Be sure to inform any drivers of
the vehicle that may be unfamiliar
with the system regarding the
systems capabilities and limita-
Parking distance warning
• Sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
• Sensor is stained with foreign
matter such as snow or water.
(Sensing range will return to normal when removed.)
• The parking assist button is off.
There is a possibility of parking distance warning malfunction when:
• Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
• Objects generating excessive
noise such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines, or truck air
brakes can interfere with the
sensor.
• Heavy rain or water spray.
• Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones present near the sensor.
• Sensor is covered with snow.
tions.
Detecting range may decrease
when:
Non-operational conditions of
parking distance warning
Parking distance warning may not
operate normally when:
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
(It will operate normally when
moisture melts.)
4
86
• Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
• Undetectable objects smaller than
4 in (1 m) and narrower than 5.5
in (14 cm) in diameter.
Features of your vehicle
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
• Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
• Objects, which tend to absorb
sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
NOTICE
1. The warning may not sound consistently depending on the speed
and shapes of the objects
detected.
2. The parking distance warning
may malfunction if the vehicle
bumper height or sensor installation has been modified. Any nonfactory installed equipment or
accessories may also interfere
with the sensor performance.
3. Sensor may not recognize objects
less than 12 in (30 cm) from the
sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use with caution.
4. When the sensor is frozen or
stained with snow or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until
the stains are removed using a
soft cloth.
5. Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
Parking distance warning
NOTICE
This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors, it cannot detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
or objects located between sensors
may not be detected.
Always visually check in front and
behind the vehicle when driving. Be
sure to inform any drivers in the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the systems
capabilities and limitations.
NOTICE
Pay close attention when the vehicle
is driven close to objects on the
road, particularly pedestrians, and
especially children. Be aware that
some objects may not be detected
by the sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of
the sensor. Always perform a visual
inspection to make sure the vehicle
is clear of all obstructions before
moving the vehicle in any direction.
4
87
4
Features of your vehicle
Rear view monitor
Self-diagnosis
Rear view monitor
When you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position and if one or
more of the below occurs you may
have a malfunction in the parking
distance warning system.
• You don't hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds
intermittently.
The rearview camera will activate
with the ignition switch or START/
STOP button in the ON and the shift
lever in the R (Reverse) position.
•
(blinks) is displayed.
If this occurs, we recommend that
the system be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OSK3048004NR
NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occupants. Always drive safely and cautiously.
OSK3048005NR
• This system is a supplemental
system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check
the inside/outside rearview mirrors and the area behind the vehicle before and while backing up.
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. If lens is covered with foreign matter, the camera may not
operate normally.
4
88
Features of your vehicle
* If your vehicle is equipped with
multimedia system, rearview display image will show behind the
vehicle through the multimedia
screen while backing-up. Refer to a
separately supplied manual for
detailed information.
WARNING
Backing & using camera
Never rely solely on the rear view
camera. You must always use
methods of viewing the area behind
you including looking over both
shoulders as well as continuously
checking all three rear view mirrors.
Due to the difficulty of ensuring
that the area behind you remains
clear, always back up slowly and
stop immediately if you even suspect that a person, and especially a
child, might be behind you.
Lighting
Lighting
This vehicle is equipped with a variety of lights to illuminate the interior and exterior of the vehicle.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being discharged if the lights are left in the
ON position. The system automatically shuts off the parking lights 30
seconds after the vehicle is turned
off and the driver's door is opened
and closed.
With this feature, the parking lights
will turn off automatically if the
driver parks on the side of the road
at night and opens the driver's side
door.
If necessary, to keep the parking
lights on when the vehicle is turned
off, perform the following:
1. Open the driver-side door.
2. Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch on
the steering column.
Headlight escort function (if
equipped)
If you turn the ignition switch or
START/STOP button to the ACC or
OFF position with the headlights ON,
the headlights remain on for about
5 minutes.
However, if the driver's door is
opened and closed, the headlights
are turned off after 15 seconds.
4
89
4
Features of your vehicle
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the
transmitter (or smart key) one
more or turning the light switch to
the OFF position.
Daytime running light (if equipped)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see
the front of your vehicle during the
day.
Lighting
To operate the lights, turn the knob
at the end of the control lever to
one of the following positions:
1. OFF position / DRL off position.
2. Auto light position
3. Parking & Tail light
4. Headlight position
Parking Tail light
DRL can be helpful in many different
driving conditions, and it is especially
helpful after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when:
• The headlight switch is on.
• The taillight is in the ON position.
• The vehicle is off.
• The front fog light is on.
• Engaging the Parking Brake
When the light switch is in the parking light position, the tail, license and
instrument panel lights will turn ON.
Lighting control
Headlight position
ODEEV068132NR
The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
ODEEV068133NR
ODEEV068131NR
4
90
Features of your vehicle
When the light switch is in the headlight position, the head, tail, license
lights will turn ON.
NOTICE
The ignition switch or START/STOP
button must be in the ON position to
turn on the headlights.
Auto light (if equipped)
Lighting
CAUTION
• Never place anything over the
sensor (1) located on the instrument panel as this will ensure
better auto-light system control.
• Don't clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleaner may
leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the Auto
light system may not work properly.
Operating high beam
OSK3048083NR
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and
headlights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount
of light outside the vehicle.
When the light switch is positioned
at an auto light position, at first, the
wiper will turn on and then, after 5
seconds the head lamp will turn on
automatically.
If the head lamp has been turned on
due to this function of the vehicle,
the head lamp will turn off 60 seconds after the wiper has been
turned off.
ODEEV068135NR
To turn on the high beam headlamp:
• Push the lever away from you.
The lever will return to its original
position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams
are switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
vehicle is off.
4
91
4
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Lighting
Operating turn signals and lane
change signals
High beams
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles in front of or
approaching your vehicle. Using high
beam could obstruct the other
driver's vision.
To flash the headlights:
• Pull the lever towards you.
ODEEV068137NR
The ignition switch or START/STOP
button in the must be on for the
turn signals to function.
ODEEV068136NR
It will return to the normal (low
beam) position when released.
The headlight switch does not
need to be on to use this flashing
feature.
To turn on the turn signals:
• Move the lever up or down (A).
The green arrow indicators on the
instrument panel indicate which
turn signal is operating.
They will self-cancel after a turn
is completed. If the indicator continues to flash after a turn, manually return the lever to the OFF
position.
To signal a lane change:
• Move the turn signal lever slightly
and hold it in position (B).
The lever will return to the OFF
position when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one
of the turn signal bulbs may be
burned out and will require replacement.
4
92
Features of your vehicle
NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.
One-touch lane change function
To activate an one-touch lane
change function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3
times.
Lighting
To turn off the fog lights:
• Turn the fog light switch (1) to
the OFF position.
High Beam Assist (if equipped)
The High Beam Assist is a system
that automatically adjusts the
headlamp range (switches between
high beam and low beam) depending
to the brightness of detected vehicles and certain road conditions.
4
Operating front fog light (if
equipped)
Fog lights are designed to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
ODEEV068139NR
Operating High Beam Assist
The High Beam Assist can be operated using the light switch.
1. Place the light switch in the AUTO
position.
2. Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you. The
ODEEV068138NR
The fog lights will turn on when the
fog light switch (1) is turned to the
on position after the headlight is
turned on.
High Beam Assist (
) indicator
will illuminate.
The High Beam Assist will turn on
when vehicle speed is above 25 mph
(40 km/h).
4
93
Features of your vehicle
Lighting
The details of operation with the
light switch while the High Beam
Assist is on are below.
• If the light switch is pushed away,
the High Beam Assist will turn off
and the high beam will be on.
• If the light switch is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is off, the high beam will be on
without canceling the operation
of the High Beam Assist. (When
you hands off, the lever will move
to the middle and the high beam
will turn off.)
• If the light switch is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is on by the High Beam Assist, the
low beam will be on and the High
Beam Assist will turn off.
• If the light switch is turned to the
headlamp position (
• When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
• When the light switch is not in the
AUTO position.
• When the High Beam Assist is off.
• When vehicle speed is below 15
mph (24 km/h).
High Beam Assist warning light and
message
When the High Beam Assist System
is not working properly, a warning
message "Check High Beam Assist
(HBA) system" will come on for a
few second.
) from
AUTO position, the High Beam
Assist will turn off and the low
beam will be on.
When the High Beam Assist is operating, the high beam switches to
low beam in the following conditions.
• When the headlamp is detected
from the on-coming vehicle.
• When the tail lamp is detected
from the front vehicle.
• When headlamp / tail lamp of
bicycle/motorcycle is detected.
• When the surrounding is so bright
that high beams are not needed.
4
94
OSK3048162NR
After the message disappears, the
master warning light (
) will illuminate. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
The High Beam Assist system may
not work properly in the following
situations:
• When the light from a vehicle is
poor
- When the light from a vehicle is
not detected because of lamp
damage, or because it is hidden
from sight, etc.
- When the lamp of a vehicle is
covered with dust, snow or
water.
- When a vehicle's headlamps are
off but the fog lamps on and
etc.
• When external conditions intervene
- When there is a lamp that has a
similar shape as a vehicle's
lamps.
- When the headlamp is not
repaired or replaced at an
authorized dealer.
- When headlamp aiming is not
properly adjusted.
- When driving on a narrow
curved road, rough road, downhill or uphill.
- When only part of the vehicle in
front is visible on a crossroad or
curved road.
- When there is a traffic light,
reflecting sign, flashing sign or
mirror ahead.
Lighting
- When there is a temporary
reflector or flash ahead (construction area).
- When the road conditions are
bad such as being wet, iced or
covered with snow.
- When a vehicle suddenly
appears from a curve.
- When the vehicle is tilted from
a flat tire or being towed.
• When front visibility is poor
- When the lamp of the on-coming or front vehicle is covered
with dust, snow or water.
- When the light from a vehicle is
not detected because of
exhaust fume, smoke, fog,
snow, etc.
- When the front window is covered with foreign substance.
- When it is hard to see because
of fog, heavy rain or snow and
etc.
NOTICE
• Do not disassemble a front view
camera temporarily for tinted
window or attaching any types of
coatings and accessories. If you
disassemble the camera and
assemble it again, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked.
• When you replace or reinstall the
windshield glass take your vehicle
to an authorized Kia dealer and
have the system checked.
4
95
4
Features of your vehicle
• Be careful that water doesn't get
into the High Beam Assist unit
and do not remove or damage
parts of the High Beam Assist
system.
• Do not place objects on the dash
board that reflect light such as
mirrors, white paper, etc. The
system may not be able to function if sunlight is reflected.
• At times, the High Beam Assist
may not operate due to system
limitations. The system is for
your convenience only.
It is the responsibility of the driver
to drive safely and always check
the road conditions.
• When the system does not operate normally, change the lamp
position manually between the
high beam and low beam.
Wipers and washers
Wipers and washers
The wipers and washers remove
foreign substances from the windshield and rear window, helping to
maintain visibility.
Front windshield wiper/washer
ODEEV068143NR
Rear windshield wiper/washer
ODEEV068144NR
A: Wiper speed control (front)
• MIST – Single wipe
• OFF – Off
• INT – Intermittent wipe
• LO – Low wiper speed
• HI – High wiper speed
B: Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
4
96
Features of your vehicle
C: Wash with brief wipes (front)
D: Rear wiper/washer control
• HI – Continuous wipe
• LO – Intermittent wipe
• OFF – Off
E: Wash with brief wipes (rear)
Wipers and washers
wiper and washer, it may damage
the wiper and washer system.
Auto control (if equipped)
Type A
Windshield washers
Operates as follows when the ignition switch or START/STOP button is
turned ON.
MIST: For a single wiping cycle, move
the lever to this (MIST) position and
release it. The wipers will operate
continuously if the lever is held in
this position.
OFF: Wiper is not in operation
INT: Wiper operates intermittently
at the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist. To
vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control switch.
LO: Normal wiper speed
HI: Fast wiper speed
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield,
defrost the windshield for about 10
minutes, or until the snow and/or
ice is removed before using the
windshield wipers to ensure proper
operation. If you do not remove the
snow and/or ice before using the
4
OSK3048084NR
The rain sensor (A) located on the
upper end of the windshield glass
senses the amount of rainfall and
controls the wiping cycle for the
proper interval. The more it rains,
the faster the wiper operates. When
the rain stops, the wiper stops.
To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (1).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when the ignition switch is
ON, the wiper will operate once to
perform a self-check of the system.
Set the wiper to OFF (O) position
when the wiper is not in use.
4
97
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
When the ignition switch is ON and
the windshield wiper switch is
placed in the AUTO mode, use caution in the following situations to
avoid any injury to the hands or
other parts of the body:
• Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain
sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or
wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the wind-
Wipers and washers
blades. Always remove all snow
and ice and defrost the windshield
properly prior to operating the
windshield wipers.
Operating windshield washer
Use this function when the windshield is dirty.
shield glass.
CAUTION
• When washing the vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF (O) position to stop the auto wiper operation.
The wiper may operate and be
damaged if the switch is set in the
AUTO mode while washing the
vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
• When starting the vehicle in winter, set the wiper switch in the
OFF (O) position. Otherwise, wipers may operate and ice may
damage the windshield wiper
4
98
ODEEV068145NR
1. Move the wiper speed control
switch to the OFF position.
2. Pull the lever gently toward you
to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers
1-3 cycles.
The spray and wiper operation
will continue until you release the
lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid
level is not sufficient, you will need
to add appropriate non-abrasive
windshield washer fluid to the
washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the motor compartment on the passenger side.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Washer pump
To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
Wipers and washers
Operating rear window wiper and
washer switch
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the
wiper and washer switch lever.
• Turn the switch to the desired
position to operate the rear wiper
and washer.
WARNING
Obscured visibility
Do not use the washer in freezing
temperatures without first warming
the windshield with the defrosters;
the washer solution could freeze on
the windshield and obscure your
vision.
4
ODEEV068146NR
CAUTION
Wipers & windshields
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other sol-
• HI: Continuous wipe
• LO: Intermittent wipe
• OFF: OFF
• Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run
the rear wipers 1~3 cycles.
vents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
ODEEV068147NR
The spray and wiper operation
will continue until you release the
lever
4
99
Features of your vehicle
Interior lights
Interior lights
Room lamp
Type A
This vehicle is equipped with lights
throughout the vehicle to illuminate
the interior.
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the vehicle
is off.
It may cause battery discharge.
WARNING
Interior Lights
Do not use the interior lights when
driving in the dark. Accidents could
happen because the view may be
obscured by interior lights.
ODEEV068148NR
Type B
Automatic turn off function (if
equipped)
The interior lights automatically
turn off approximately 20 minutes
after the ignition switch or START/
STOP button is turned off, if the
lights are in the ON position.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
theft alarm system, the interior
lights automatically turn off
approximately 5 seconds after the
system is armed.
4
100
OSK3048007NR
•
: The light stays on at all times.
Features of your vehicle
Interior lights
Map lamp
Type A
-
-
OSK3048098NR
Type B
-
-
smart key as long as the doors
are not opened.
The map lamp and room lamp
will stay on for approximately
20 minutes if a door is opened
with the ignition switch or
START/STOP button in the ACC
or LOCK/OFF position.
The map lamp and room lamp
will stay on continuously if the
door is opened with the ignition
switch or START/STOP button
in the ON position.
The map lamp and room lamp
will go out immediately if the
ignition switch or START/STOP
button is changed to the ON
position or all doors are locked.
To turn off the DOOR mode,
press the DOOR button (2) once
again (not pressed).
NOTICE
OSK3048006NR
• Press the lens (1) to turn ON the
map lamp.
To turn the map lamp OFF press
the lens (1) again.
•
(2): DOOR mode
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approximately 30 seconds.
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on for approximately 30
seconds when doors are
unlocked with a transmitter or
The DOOR mode and ROOM mode
cannot be selected at the same
time.
Front Room Lamp:
• Type A
(3): Press this switch to turn
the front and rear room lamps on.
(4): Press this switch to turn
the front and rear room lamps
off.
• Type B
(3): Press this switch to turn
the front and rear room lamps on
and off.
4
101
4
Features of your vehicle
Liftgate room lamp
The liftgate room lamp comes on
when the liftgate is opened.
Interior lights
•
: The lamp will turn on if this
button is pressed.
•
: The lamp will turn off if this
button is pressed.
CAUTION
OSK3048008NR
Vanity mirror lamp
Always have the switch in the off
position when the vanity mirror
lamp is not in use. If the sun visor is
closed without the lamp off, it may
discharge the battery or damage
the sun visor.
NOTICE
The liftgate lamp comes on as long
as the liftgate lid is open. To prevent
unnecessary charging system drain,
close the liftgate lid securely after
using the liftgate.
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)
OSK3048009NR
CAUTION
ODEEV068157NR
• Push the switch to turn the light
on or off.
4
102
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the glove box
securely after using the glove box.
Features of your vehicle
Welcome system
Welcome system (if equipped)
Defroster
The welcome system is a function
that illuminates the surroundings or
the interior when the driver
approaches or exits the vehicle.
The vehicle is equipped with a
defroster for removing frost or fog
from the rear window.
Headlight (Headlamp) escort function
The headlights (and/or taillights)
remain on for approximately 5 minutes after the vehicle is turned off.
However, if the driver's door is
opened and closed, the headlights
are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the
transmitter or smart key twice or
turning off the light switch from the
headlight or Auto light position.
CAUTION
Conductors
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of
the rear window, never use sharp
instruments or window cleaners
containing abrasives to clean the
window.
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to "Windshield defrosting and defogging" on
page 4-126.
Operating rear window defroster
Interior light
When the interior light switch is in
the DOOR position and all doors (and
liftgate) are locked and closed, the
room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the following occurs:
• With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the vehicle is
on.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it
off before operating the rear
defroster.
At this time, if you press the door
lock button, the lamps will turn off
immediately.
4
103
4
Features of your vehicle
Type A
Defroster
• Press the rear window defroster
button again.
Outside mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time
you turn on the rear window
defroster.
OSK3048313NR
Type B
OSK3048306NR
To activate the rear window
defroster:
• Press the rear window defroster
button located in the center fascia switch panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates
when the defroster is ON.
The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the
ignition switch or START/STOP
button is turned off.
To turn off the defroster:
4
104
NOTICE
The rear window defroster may
turn off in the below conditions.
• Engine temperature is less than
77 F (25 C) and the vehicle
speed is from 1~6 mph (1~10 km/
h) with the gear position in "D" or
"R".
If the vehicle stops or the vehicle
speed is over 6 mph (10 km/h) the
rear window defroster turns on
again.
Features of your vehicle
Manual climate control system
Manual climate control system
OSK3048301NR
4
1. Fan speed control knob
2. Air intake control button
3. Mode selection knob
4. Rear window defroster button
5. Temperature control knob
6. Air conditioning button (if equipped)
CAUTION
Operating the blower when the ignition switch is in the ON position
could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when
the engine is running.
4
105
Features of your vehicle
Manual climate control system
Heating and air conditioning
OSK3048314NR
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
• Heating:
• Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning (if equipped) system
on.
4
106
Features of your vehicle
Mode selection
The mode selection knob controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Manual climate control system
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the floor and the windshield with a
small amount directed to the side
window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the windshield with a small amount
of air directed to the side window
defrosters.
4
OSK3048303NR
Air can be directed to the floor,
dashboard outlets, or windshield.
Five symbols are used to represent
Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost
and Defrost air position.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumbwheel. To close the vent, rotate it
downward to the maximum position.
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the
upper body and face. Additionally,
each outlet can be controlled to
direct the air discharged from the
outlet.
Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)
OSK3048304NR
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Most of the air flow is directed to
the floor, with a small amount of
the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
4
107
Features of your vehicle
Temperature control
The temperature control knob
allows you to control the temperature of the air flowing from the ventilation system.
Manual climate control system
In this mode, the air conditioning
and the recirculated air position will
be selected automatically.
Controlling air intake
The air intake control is used to
select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position.
OSK3048304NR
To change the air temperature in
the passenger compartment, turn
the knob to the right for warm and
hot air or to the left for cooler air.
MAX A/C selection
To operate the MAX A/C, turn the
temperature knob to extreme left.
Air flow is directed toward the
upper body and face.
OSK3048305NR
4
108
OSK3048329NR
To change the air intake control
position.
• Put the control button
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the passenger compartment will be drawn through the
heating system and heated or
cooled according to the function
selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or cooled
according to the function selected.
Features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become
stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
Manual climate control system
Controlling fan speed
The fan speed control knob allows
you to control the fan speed of the
air flowing from the ventilation system.
The ignition switch must be in the
ON position for fan operation.
To change the fan speed:
• Turn the knob to the right for
higher speed or left for lower
speed.
4
WARNING
• Continue using the climate control
system in the recirculated air
position may allow humidity to
increase inside the vehicle which
may fog the glass and obscure
visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
air conditioning or heating system
on. It may cause serious harm or
death due to a drop in the oxygen
level and/or body temperature.
• Continue using the climate control
system in the recirculated air
position can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness, and loss of vehicle
control. Set the air intake control
to the outside (fresh) air position
as much as possible while driving.
OSK3048307NR
• Setting the fan speed control
knob to the "0" position turns off
the fan.
4
109
Features of your vehicle
Manual climate control system
Turning off the blowers
To turn off the blowers:
• Turn the fan speed control knob
to the "0" position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to
the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to
the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system
(if equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set
OSK3048330NR
Air conditioning (A/C)
the mode to the
or
position.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, tempo-
OSK3048308NR
• Press the A/C button to turn the
air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate).
• Press the button again to turn the
air conditioning system off.
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the
4
110
position.
rarily set the air intake control to
the recirculated air position. Be
sure to return the control to the
fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air
in the vehicle. This will help keep
the driver alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are
Features of your vehicle
Manual climate control system
not blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the
windshield, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and
fan speed to the desired position,
turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature
control to desired temperature.
Air conditioning
Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with environmentally friendly
refrigerant*.
1. Start the engine. Push the air
conditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the
position.
3. Set the air intake control to the
outside air or recirculated air
position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
* : Your vehicle is filled with R-134a
or R-1234yf according to the regulation in your country at the time
of producing. You can find out
which air conditioning refrigerant is
applied your vehicle at the label
inside of engine room. Refer to
"Refrigerant label" on page 8-10
for more detail location of air conditioning refrigerant label.
CAUTION
• The refrigerant system should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians to insure
proper and safe operation.
• The refrigerant system should be
serviced in a well-ventilated place.
• The air conditioning evaporator
(cooling coil) shall never be
repaired or replaced with one
removed from a used or salvaged
vehicle and new replacement MAC
evaporators shall be certified (and
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard
J2842.
NOTICE
• When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the temperature
gauge closely while driving up hills
or in heavy traffic when outside
temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may
cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan but
turn the air conditioning system
off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
• When opening the windows in
humid weather air conditioning
may create water droplets inside
the vehicle. Since excessive water
droplets may cause damage to
electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be used with
the windows closed.
4
111
4
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation
tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot
weather, open the windows for a
short time to let the hot air inside
the vehicle escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity
inside the vehicle by operating the
air conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning
compressor cycles. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system
performance.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear
water dripping (or even puddling)
on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle. This is a
normal system operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning
system in the recirculated air
position provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation
in this mode may cause the air
inside the vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air
4
112
Manual climate control system
flow because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
Climate control air filter (if
equipped)
The climate control air filter
installed behind the glove box filters
the dust or other pollutants that
come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air
conditioning system.
ODEEV068230NR
A: Outside air
B: Recirculated air
C: Climate control air filter
D: Blower
E: Evaporator core
F: Heater core
If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of
time, the air flow from the air vents
may decrease, resulting in moisture
accumulation on the inside of the
windshield even when the outside
Features of your vehicle
(fresh) air position is selected. If this
happens, have the climate control
air filter replaced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
NOTICE
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent air
conditioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
Example
Manual climate control system
Each symbols and specification on
air conditioning refrigerant label
means as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied your vehicle at the label inside of the engine
room.
Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page
8-10 for more detail location of air
conditioning refrigerant label.
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor
lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a bad influence on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected
by a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer.
OSK3068035NR
* The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
4
113
4
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf*
Because the refrigerant is
mildly inflammable and at very high
pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by
trained and certified technicians.
It is important that the correct type
and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used.
Otherwise, it may cause damage to
the vehicle and personal injury.
* : Your vehicle is filled with R1234yf according to the regulation
in your country at the time of producing. You can find out which air
conditioning refrigerant is applied
your vehicle at the label inside of
engine room. Refer to "Refrigerant
label" on page 8-10 for more detail
location of air conditioning refrigerant label.
4
114
Manual climate control system
Features of your vehicle
Automatic climate control system
Automatic climate control system
OSK3048302NR
4
1. Driver's temperature control knob
2. AUTO (automatic control) button
3. Front windshield defroster button
4. Rear window defroster button
5. Air conditioning button
6. Air intake control button
7. Blower OFF button
8. Fan speed control button
9. Mode selection button
10.Passenger's temperature control knob
11.SYNC button
12.A/C display
NOTICE
Operating the blower when the ignition switch is in the ON position
could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when
the engine is running.
4
115
Features of your vehicle
Heating and air conditioning automatically
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake
and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by setting
the temperature.
Automatic climate control system
time to deselect the front
windshield defroster function.
The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate
on the information display once
again.)
- Air intake control button
- Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be
controlled manually while other
functions operate automatically.
• For your convenience and to
improve the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature
to 72 F (22 C).
OSK3048316NR
2. Turn the temperature control
switch to the desired temperature.
NOTICE
Do not place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel
to ensure better control of the
heating and cooling system.
OSK3048317NR
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more
4
116
OSK3048010NR
Features of your vehicle
Automatic climate control system
Manual heating and air conditioning
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob(s) other than the AUTO button.
4
OSK3048314NR
In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or
knob(s) selected.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
• Heating:
• Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.
4
117
Features of your vehicle
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Automatic climate control system
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the floor and the windshield with a
small amount directed to the side
window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
OSK3048318NR
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
OSK3048319NR
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the
upper body and face. Additionally,
each outlet can be controlled to
direct the air discharged from the
outlet.
Most of the air flow is directed to
the windshield with a small amount
of air directed to the side window
defrosters.
Instrument panel vents
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to
the floor, with a small amount of
the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
4
118
OSK3048315NR
Features of your vehicle
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumbwheel. (if equipped)
Automatic climate control system
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature equally
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
OSK3048327NR
OSK3048317NR
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (82 F (28 C)) by turning
the knob to the extreme right.
The temperature will decrease to
the minimum (62 F (17 C)) by
turning the knob to the extreme
left.
When turning the knob, the temperature will increase or decrease
by 1 F / 0.5 C. When set to the
lowest temperature setting, the air
conditioning will operate continuously.
• Press the "SYNC" button to adjust
the driver and passenger side
temperature equally. The passenger side temperature will be set
to the same temperature as the
driver side temperature.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature individually
• Press the "SYNC" button again to
adjust the driver and passenger
side temperature individually. The
illumination of button turns off.
• Operate the driver side temperature control knob to adjust the
driver side temperature.
• Operate the passenger side temperature control knob to adjust
the passenger side temperature.
4
119
4
Features of your vehicle
Automatic climate control system
Temperature conversion
Outside (fresh) air position
You can switch the temperature
mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows:
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or cooled
according to the function selected.
While pressing the OFF button,
press the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more. The display will
change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade. If the battery has been
discharged or disconnected, the
temperature mode display will reset
to Fahrenheit.
Controlling air intake
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
OSK3048320NR
To change the air intake control
position:
• Push the control button.
4
120
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the passenger compartment will be drawn through the
heating system and heated or
cooled according to the function
selected.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become
stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
Features of your vehicle
Controlling fan speed
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by operating the fan
speed control button.
To change the fan speed:
• Press button right for higher
speed, or press button left for
lower speed.
Automatic climate control system
• Press the button again to turn the
air conditioning system off.
WARNING
Reduced Visibility
Continuous use of the climate control system in the recirculated air
position may allow humidity to
increase inside the vehicle which
may fog the glass and obscure visibility.
4
WARNING
OSK3048321NR
• To turn the fan speed control off,
press the front blower OFF button.
Recirculated Air
Continued use of the climate control
system in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set
the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.
Air conditioning
WARNING
Sleeping with A/C on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
conditioning or heating on as this
may cause serious harm or death
due to a drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
OSK3048322NR
• Press the A/C button to turn the
air conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate).
4
121
Features of your vehicle
Automatic climate control system
Turning off the front air climate
control
When the automatic ventilation is
canceled, the indicator blinks 3
times. When the automatic ventilation is activated, the indicator blinks
6 times.
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the
OSK3048323NR
• Press the front blower OFF button to turn off the front air climate control system.
However, you can still operate the
mode and air intake buttons as
long as the ignition switch or
START/STOP button is in the ON
position.
Automatic ventilation
The system automatically selects
the outside (fresh) air position when
the climate control system operates
over a certain period of time (5 minutes) in low temperature with the
recirculated air position selected.
To cancel or reset the Automatic
Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is
on, select Face Level
mode and
press the recirculated air position
more than five times within 3 seconds while pressing A/C button.
4
122
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to
the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to
the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system
(if equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set
the mode to the
position.
or
Features of your vehicle
Automatic climate control system
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to
the recirculated air position. Be
sure to return the control to the
fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air
in the vehicle. This will help keep
the driver alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are
not blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the
windshield, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and
fan speed to the desired position,
turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature
control to desired temperature.
Air conditioning (if equipped)
All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the vehicle. Press the air
conditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the
position.
3. Set the air intake control to the
outside-air or recirculated air
position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• When maximum cooling is
desired, set the temperature
control to the extreme left
position, set the mode control
to the MAX A/C position, then
set the fan speed control to the
highest speed.
CAUTION
Excessive A/C Use
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature
gauge closely while driving up hills or
in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning
system operation may cause vehicle
overheating. Continue to use the
blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates vehicle
overheating.
CAUTION
When opening the windows in humid
weather, air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle. Since excessive water droplets
may cause damage to electrical
equipment, air conditioning should
only be used with the windows
closed.
4
123
4
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation
tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot
weather, open the windows for a
short time to let the hot air inside
the vehicle escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity
inside the vehicle by operating the
air conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in vehicle
speed as the air conditioning
compressor cycles. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system
performance.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear
water dripping (or even puddling)
on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle. This is a
normal system operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning
system in the recirculated air
position provides maximum cooling; however, continual operation
in this mode may cause the air
inside the vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air
4
124
Automatic climate control system
flow because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
Climate control air filter (if
equipped)
The climate control air filter
installed behind the glove box filters
the dust or other pollutants that
come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air
conditioning system.
OSK3068036NR
If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of
time, the air flow from the air vents
may decrease, resulting in moisture
accumulation on the inside of the
windshield even when the outside
(fresh) air position is selected. If this
happens, have the climate control
air filter replaced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Features of your vehicle
NOTICE
• Replace the filter every 15,000
miles or once a year. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough
roads, more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia
dealer.
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor
lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Automatic climate control system
CAUTION
It is important that the correct type
and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used, otherwise damage to the
vehicle may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning system in
your vehicle should only be serviced
by trained and certified technicians.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
4
Because the refrigerant is
mildly inflammable and at very high
pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by
trained and certified technicians.
It is important that the correct type
and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used.
Otherwise, it may cause damage to
the vehicle and personal injury.
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your vehicle's air conditioning system is
under very high pressure. If proper
service procedures are not followed
an explosion may result. To reduce
the risk of serious injury or death,
the air conditioning system in your
vehicle should only be serviced by
trained and certified technicians.
4
125
Features of your vehicle
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
Example
Windshield defrosting and defogging
Windshield defrosting and
defogging
When the windshield is covered with
frost or moisture, the front view is
blurred, so you should remove the
frost and moisture.
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the
OSK3068035NR
* The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Each symbol and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label
is represented below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page
8-10 for more detail on the location
of air conditioning refrigerant label.
or
position
during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature
of the outside air and the windshield
could cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility. In this case, set the mode
selection to the
position and
fan speed control to the lower
speed.
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the
extreme right/hot position and
the fan speed control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set
the mode to the floor-defrost
position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors,
and all side windows.
4
126
Features of your vehicle
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill
to improve heater and defroster
efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of
the windshield.
Windshield defrosting and defogging
To defrost outside windshield
Manual climate control system
You can defog or defrost using the
manual climate control system.
OSK3048310NR
To defog inside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot position.
3. Select the
position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air
conditioning will be selected automatically.
Automatic climate control system
OSK3048309NR
1. Select any fan speed except "0"
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the
or
position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air
conditioning will be selected automatically.
You can defog or defrost using the
automatic climate control system.
Defogging inside windshield with
the automatic climate control
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the corresponding button manually.
OSK3048324NR
4
127
4
Features of your vehicle
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. The outside (fresh) air position
will be selected automatically and
the air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient temperature.
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the corresponding button manually. If the
position is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
Windshield defrosting and defogging
according to the detected ambient temperature.
Defogging logic (if equipped)
To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning is controlled automatically according to
certain conditions such as
or
position.
To cancel automatic defogging logic
or return to the automatic defogging logic, do the following.
Manual climate control system
Defrosting outside windshield with
automatic climate control
OSK3048311NR
OSK3048325NR
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. The outside (fresh) air position
will be selected automatically and
the air conditioning will turn on
4
128
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Turn the mode selection knob to
).
the defrost position (
3. Push the air intake control button
at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The indicator light in the air intake
control button will blink 3 times. It
indicates that the defogging logic
is canceled or returned to the
programmed status.
Features of your vehicle
If the battery has been discharged
or disconnected, it resets to the
defog logic status.
Turning the defogging logic on or
off
OSK3048326NR
1. Turn the ignition switch or START/
STOP button to the ON position.
).
2. Press the defroster button (
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times
within 3 seconds.
Storage compartment
Storage compartment
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the
driver or passengers.
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to place
so many items in the storage
compartment that the storage
compartment cover cannot close
securely.
WARNING
Flammable materials
Do not store, propane cylinders or
other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures
for extended periods.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times in 0.5 second of intervals. It
indicates that the defogging logic is
canceled or returned to the programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged
or disconnected, it resets to the
defog logic status.
4
129
4
Features of your vehicle
Center console storage
Storage compartment
WARNING
Glove Box
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed while
driving.
NOTICE
OSK3048011NR
To open the center console storage:
• Pull up the lever.
If the temperature control switch is
in the warm or hot position, warm
or hot air will flow into the glove
box.
Glove box
Sunglass holder
OSK3048012NR
To open the glove box:
• Pull the handle and the glove box
will automatically open.
Close the glove box after use.
OSK3048013NR
To open the sunglass holder:
• Press the cover and the holder will
slowly open.
Place your sunglasses with the
lenses facing out. To close the sunglass holder push it up.
4
130
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Sunglass holder
• Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder.
Such objects can be thrown from
the holder in the event of a sud-
Storage compartment
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods or
the vehicle, be careful when carrying
fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment.
den stop or an accident, possibly
injuring the passengers in the
vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass holder
while the vehicle is moving. The
rear view mirror of the vehicle can
be blocked by an opened sunglass
holder.
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch the luggage net, ALWAYS
keep your face and body out of the
luggage net's recoil path. DO NOT
use when the strap has visible signs
of wear or damage.
Luggage net holder (if equipped)
Increase cargo space (if equipped)
WARNING
If you want to increase cargo space,
1. Grasp the handle on the top of
the cover and lift it
OSK3048014NR
To keep items from shifting in the
cargo area, you can use the 4 holders located in the cargo area to
attach the luggage net.
OSK3048015NR
If necessary, Kia recommends contacting an authorized Kia dealer.
4
131
4
Features of your vehicle
2. Fold the rear part of the luggage
board frontward
Interior features
Interior features
There are various features inside
the vehicle for the convenience of
the occupants.
Cup holder
The front and rear seats of the
vehicle have cup holders to accommodate cups.
OSK3048016NR
3. Pull the luggage board hinge to
the end of sliding slot and it will
fall down lower to increase cargo
space.
WARNING
Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups with
hot liquid in the cup holder while the
vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid
spills, you may burn yourself. Such a
burn to the driver could lead to loss
of control of the vehicle.
CAUTION
OSK3048017NR
4. Slide it frontward (refer to the
above pictures)
4
132
• Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids, do
not use heat to dry the cup holders. This may damage the cup
holder.
Features of your vehicle
Front
Interior features
Seat warmer (if equipped)
The seat warmer is provided to
warm the front seats during cold
weather.
Front seat
OSK3048020NR
Center (if equipped)
4
OSK3048023NR
Rear seat
OSK3048021NR
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
OSK3048025NR
With the ignition switch or START/
STOP button in the ON position:
• Push either of the switches to
warm the driver's seat or the
front passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the
seat warmer is not needed, keep
the switches in the "OFF" position.
4
133
Features of your vehicle
Temperature control (Manual)
Each time you press the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat will
change as follows:
Front seat
Interior features
NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
Rear seat
The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch or START/STOP button is
turned on.
Temperature control (Automatic)
The seat warmer starts to automatically control the seat temperature in order to prevent lowtemperature burns after being
manually turned ON.
Front seat
You may manually press the button
to increase the seat temperature.
However, it soon returns to the
automatic mode again. When pressing the switch for more than 1.5
seconds with the seat warmer
operating, the seat warmer will turn
OFF. The seat warmer defaults to
the OFF position whenever the ignition switch or START/STOP button is
in the ON position.
4
134
WARNING
Seat warmer burns
The seat warmer may cause burns,
even at low temperature, if used
over a long period of time. Never
allow passengers who may not be
able to take care of themselves to
be exposed to the risk of seat
heater burns. These include:
1. Infants, children, elderly or disabled persons, or hospital outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin or
those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication that
can cause drowsiness or sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold tablets,
etc.)
Features of your vehicle
Air ventilation seat (if equipped)
Interior features
may damage the air ventilation
seat.
• Be careful not to spill liquid such
as water or beverages on the
seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe
the seat with a dry towel. Before
using the air ventilation seat, dry
the seat completely.
Sun visor
OSK3048024NR
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the switch
position.
• To ventilate your seat cushion,
press the switch (blue color).
Each time you press the button,
the airflow will change as follows:
The seat warmer (with air ventilation) defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ignition switch or
START/STOP button is turned on.
CAUTION
Seat damage
• When cleaning the seats, do not
use an organic solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
and gasoline. Doing so may damage the air ventilation seat.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on the seat. Those things
Use the sun visor to shield direct
light through the front or side windows.
OSK3048022NR
* The actual sun visor lamp in the
vehicle may differ from the illustration.
• To use the sun visor, pull it downward.
• To use the sun visor for the side
window, pull it downward, unsnap
it from the bracket (1) and swing
it to the side (2).
• To use the vanity mirror, pull
down the visor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sun visor extension
forward or backward (4).
4
135
4
Features of your vehicle
The ticket holder (5) is provided
for holding a tollgate ticket (if
equipped)
Interior features
Type B
CAUTION
Vanity mirror lamp
If you use the vanity mirror lamp,
turn off the lamp before returning
the sun visor to its original position,
otherwise it could result in battery
discharge and possible sun visor
damage.
Power outlet (if equipped)
The power outlet is designed to
provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to
operate with vehicle electrical systems.
Type A
OSK3048026NR
4
136
OSK3048027NR
The devices should draw less than
10 amps with the vehicle on.
• Use the power outlet only when
the vehicle is on and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using
the accessory plug for prolonged
periods of time with the vehicle
off could cause the battery to
discharge.
• Only use 12 V electric accessories
which are less than 10 A in electric capacity
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when
plugged into a vehicle's power
outlet. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your
vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
• Push the plug in as far as it will
go. If good contact is not made,
the plug may overheat and the
fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from
the battery may flow into the
vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction.
Interior features
Center
OSK3048075NR
WARNING
Electric shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign
object (pen, etc.) into a power outlet
and do not touch with a wet hand.
You may get an electric shock.
USB charger (if equipped)
The USB car charger allows drivers
to charge their digital devices like
smartphone, and PC tablets. Connect the cable to the USB port,
charging will begin.
Front
The USB car charger is available
with either the ACC state or the
ignition on. But we recommend you
to connect the USB port and digital
devices with the engine starting.
See the display screen of the device
to check its charging process completion. Your smartphone or table
PC could get heated up while
charging. This is no reason to worry,
as it doesn't impact life or functions
of the device. For the safety reason,
charging can be stopped if the battery gets heated up to a certain
point of temperature that the
devices can be negatively affected.
Charging some digital devices is not
available or requires special dedicated adapters if their charging
methods don't fit the way the USB
car charger works.
The smartphone or PC tablet without fast charging is charged at a
regular speed.
OSK3048074NR
4
137
4
Features of your vehicle
Rated output:
• Digital devices with fast charging:
- 9.0 V, 1.67 A
• Digital devices with normal
charging: - 5.0 V, 2.1 A
Interior features
Wireless smart phone charging
system (if equipped)
A wireless smart phone charging
system is located in front of the
center console.
CAUTION
• Used the USB car charger with the
ignition on. Otherwise, Vehicle
battery can be discharged.
• Use the official USB cable of the
manufacturer of the digital device
to be charged.
• Make sure that any foreign object,
drinks, and water do not come
into contact with the USB car
charger. Water or foreign object
can damage the USB charger.
• Do not charge a device those current consumption exceeds 2.1 A.
• Do not connect an electrical
device that generates excessive
electromagnetic noise to the USB
car port. If you do so, noise can be
caused or vehicle electronic
devices can be interrupted while
audio or AV is on.
• If the charger is connected incorrectly, it can cause serious damage on the devices. Please note
that damages due to incorrect
usage are not covered by warranty service.
OSK3048076NR
Firmly close all doors, and turn vehicle on. To start wireless charging,
place the smart phone equipped
with wireless charging function on
the wireless charging pad.
For best wireless charging results,
place the smart phone on the center
of the charging pad.
The wireless charging system is
designed for one smart phone
equipped with QI only. Please refer
to the smart phone accessory cover
or the smart phone manufacturer
homepage to check whether your
smart phone supports QI function.
Charging wireless smart phone
1. Remove any object on the smart
phone charging pad including the
smart key. If there is any foreign
object on the pad other than a
4
138
Features of your vehicle
smart phone, the wireless
charging function may not operate properly.
2. Place the smart phone on the
center of the wireless charging
pad.
The indicator light will change to
orange once the wireless charging
begins. After the charging is complete, the orange light will change
to green.
You can choose to turn the wireless
charging function to either ON or
OFF by selecting the USM on the
instrument cluster. (Please refer to
"Instrument cluster" on page 4-46
for details).
If the wireless charging does not
work, gently move your smart
phone around the pad until the
charging indicator light turns
orange.
Depending on the smart phone, the
charging indicator light may not
turn green even after the charging
is complete.
If the wireless charging is not functioning properly, the orange light
will blink and flash for ten seconds
then turn off. In such cases, remove
the smart phone from the pad and
replace it on the pad again, or dou-
Interior features
through warning messages and
sound (applicable for vehicles with
voice guidance function) after the
'Good bye' function on the instrument cluster ends.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in
a loss of vehicle control that may
lead to an accident, severe bodily
injury, and death. The driver's primary responsibility is in the safe
and legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices, other
equipment, or vehicle systems
which take the driver's eyes, attention and focus away from the safe
operation of a vehicle or which are
not permissible by law should never
be used during operation of the
vehicle.
CAUTION
Liquid in Wireless Smart Phone
Charger
To prevent liquid from damaging the
wireless smart phone charging system in your vehicle, be sure not to
spill liquid over the charging system
when charging your phone.
ble check the charging status.
If you leave the smart phone on the
charging pad when the vehicle is
turned off, the vehicle will alert you
4
139
4
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Metal in Wireless Charging System
If any metallic object such as a coin
is located between the wireless
charging system and the smart
phone, the charging may be disrupted. Also, the metallic object may
heat up and potentially damage the
charging system. If there is any
metallic object between the smart
phone and the charging pad, immediately remove the smart phone.
Remove the metallic object after it
has cooled down.
NOTICE
• When the interior temperature of
the wireless charging system
rises above a set temperature,
the wireless charging will cease to
function. After the interior temperature drops below the threshold, the wireless charging function
will resume.
• The wireless charging may not
function properly when there is a
heavy accessory cover on the
smart phone.
• The wireless charging will stop
when using the wireless smart
key search function to prevent
radio wave disruption.
• The wireless charging will stop
when the smart key is moved out
of the vehicle with the vehicle in
ON.
4
140
Interior features
• The wireless charging will stop
when any of the doors are opened
(applicable for vehicles equipped
with smart keys).
• The wireless charging will stop
when the vehicle is turned OFF.
• The wireless charging will stop
when the smart phone is not in
complete contact with the wireless charging pad.
• Items equipped with magnetic
components such as credit card,
telephone card, bankbook or any
transportation ticket may
become damaged during wireless
charging.
• Place the smart phone on the
center of the charge pad for best
results. The smart phone may not
charge when placed near the rim
of the charging pad. When the
smart phone does get charged, it
may heat up excessively.
• For smart phones without built-in
wireless charging system, an
appropriate accessory has to be
equipped in order to use the vehicle's wireless charging system.
• Smart phones of some manufacturers may display messages on
weak current. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the
smart phone and does not imply a
malfunction on wireless charging
function.
• The indicator light of some manufacturers' smart phones may still
be orange after the smart phone
Features of your vehicle
Interior features
is fully charged. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the
smart phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
• When any smart phone without a
wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
sound. This small sound is due to
the vehicle discerning compatibility of the object placed on the
charging pad. It does not affect
your vehicle or the smart phone in
any way.
• The wireless cellular phone
charging system may not support
certain cellular phones, which are
not verified for Qi specification
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Coat hook (if equipped)
A Coat hook is next to the rear grab
handle.
.
• When placing your cellular phone
on the charging mat, position the
phone in the middle of the mat
for optimal charging performance.
If your cell phone is off to the
side, the charging rate may be
less and in some cases the cell
phone may experience higher
heat conduction.
• When charging some cellular
phones with a self-protection
feature, the wireless charging
speed may decrease and the
wireless charging may stop.
OSK3048028NR
* This actual feature may differ
from the illustration.
CAUTION
Hanging clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since
they may damage the hook.
4
141
4
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Do not hang other objects such as
hangers or hard objects except
clothes. Also, do not put heavy,
sharp or breakable objects in the
clothing's pockets. In an accident or
when the curtain air bag is inflated,
it may cause vehicle damage or
bodily injury.
ODEEV068209NR
Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)
Interior features
When using a floor mat on the front
floor carpet, make sure it attaches
to the floor mat anchor(s) in your
vehicle. This keeps the floor mat
from sliding forward.
WARNING
After market floor mat
Do not install after market floor
mats that are not capable of being
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can interfere
with pedal operation.
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat to the
vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather
rubber mat on top of a carpeted
floor mat). Only a single floor mat
should be installed in each position.
OSK3048086NR
4
142
Features of your vehicle
Interior features
Cargo area cover (if equipped)
OSK3048031NR
OSK3048029NR
Use the cargo area cover to hide
items stored in the cargo area.
2. Firmly hold the folded part of the
cover and lift it up.
4
Removal and installation
OSK3048032NR
OSK3048030NR
To remove the cargo area cover:
1. Fold the cargo area cover up in
half.
3. While lifting the cover up, hold the
area near the front slots. Then,
pull up the cover at approximately
45 angle.
WARNING
Folded cover may block the rear
view. Put the folded cover in the
appropriate position.
4
143
Features of your vehicle
To install the cargo area cover:
1. To use the cargo area cover, insert
the 4 edges into the slots.
Exterior features
Exterior features
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you
can load cargo on top of your vehicle.
Roof rack (if equipped)
OSK3048034NR
WARNING
Do not place objects on the cargo
area cover. Such objects may be
thrown about inside the vehicle and
possibly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or when braking.
CAUTION
Since the cargo area cover may be
damaged or malformed, do not put
luggage on it when it is used.
4
144
OSK3048033NR
Crossbars and fixing components
needed to install the roof rack on
your vehicle may be obtained from
an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
• The crossbars (if equipped) should
be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing
items onto the roof rack.
• If the vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, be sure not to position
cargo onto the roof rack in such a
way that it could interfere with
sunroof operation.
• When the roof rack is not being
used to carry cargo, the crossbars
may need to be repositioned if
wind noise is detected.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Loading Roof Rack
• When carrying cargo on the roof
rack, take the necessary precautions to make sure the cargo does
not damage the roof of the vehicle.
• When carrying large objects on
the roof rack, make sure they do
not exceed the overall roof length
or width.
• When you are carrying cargo on
the roof rack, do not operate the
sunroof (if equipped). This can
damage the sunroof.
• The following specification is the
maximum weight that can be
loaded onto the roof rack. Distribute the load as evenly as possible
across the crossbars (if equipped)
and roof rack and secure the load
firmly.
ROOF
RACK
220 lbs. (100 kg)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
Loading cargo or luggage in
excess of the specified weight
limit on the roof rack may damage your vehicle.
Exterior features
WARNING
• The vehicle center of gravity will
be higher when items are loaded
onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden
starts, braking, sharp turns,
abrupt maneuvers or high speeds
that may result in loss of vehicle
control or rollover resulting in an
accident.
• Always drive slowly and turn corners carefully when carrying
items on the roof rack. Severe
wind updrafts, caused by passing
vehicles or natural causes, can
cause sudden upward pressure on
items loaded on the roof rack.
This is especially true when carrying large, flat items such as
wood panels or mattresses. This
could cause the items to fall off
the roof rack and cause damage
to your vehicle or others around
you.
• To prevent damage or loss of
cargo while driving, check frequently before or while driving to
make sure the items on the roof
rack are securely fastened.
4
145
4
Features of your vehicle
Audio system
Audio system
USB port
You can use an USB port to plug in
an USB.
NOTICE
If you install an after market HID
head lamp, your vehicle's audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
* If your vehicle is equipped with
multimedia system, refer to a separately supplied manual for
detailed information.
Shark fin antenna
OSK3048085NR
NOTICE
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet,
noise may occur during playback. If
this happens, use the power source
of the portable audio device.
How vehicle radio works
OSK3048071NR
The shark fin antenna will receive
the transmit data.
FM reception
ODEEV068216NR
4
146
Features of your vehicle
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers
located around your city. They are
intercepted by the radio antenna on
your vehicle. This signal is then processed by the radio and sent to your
vehicle speakers.
Audio system
they curve around obstructions
resulting in better signal coverage.
FM radio station
However, in some cases the signal
coming to your vehicle may not be
strong and clear.
This can be due to factors, such as
the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions
in the area.
AM reception
4
ODEEV068219NR
FM broadcasts are transmitted at
high frequencies and do not bend to
follow the earth's surface. Because
of this, FM broadcasts generally
begin to fade within short distances
from the station. Also, FM signals
are easily affected by buildings,
mountains, and obstructions. This
can lead to undesirable or unpleasant listening conditions which might
lead you to believe a problem exists
with your radio.
ODEEV068217NR
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM radio
waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long distance, low
frequency radio waves can follow
the curvature of the earth rather
than traveling straight. In addition,
The following conditions are normal
and do not indicate radio trouble:
• Fading - As your vehicle moves
away from the radio station, the
signal will weaken and sound will
begin to fade. When this occurs,
we suggest that you select
another station with a stronger
signal.
4
147
Features of your vehicle
OSK3048403NR
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals
or large obstructions between the
transmitter and your radio can
disturb the signal causing static or
fluttering noises to occur. Reducing the treble level may lessen
this effect until the disturbance
clears.
• Station Swapping - As an FM signal weakens, another more powerful signal near the same
frequency may begin to play. This
is because your radio is designed
to lock onto the clearest signal. If
this occurs, select another station
with a stronger signal.
ODEEV068220NR
4
148
Audio system
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering. This can be
caused by a direct and reflected
signal from the same station, or
by signals from two stations with
close frequencies. If this occurs,
select another station until the
condition has passed.
Using a cellular phone or a twoway radio
When a cellular phone is used inside
the vehicle, noise may be produced
from the audio system. This does
not mean that something is wrong
with the audio equipment. In such a
case, try to operate mobile devices
as far from the audio equipment as
possible.
When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a
radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted. When a cellular phone or a radio
set is used with an internal antenna
alone, it may interfere with the
vehicle's electrical system and
adversely affect safe operation of
the vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Cell phone use
Do not use a cellular phone while
driving. Stop at a safe location to
use a cellular phone.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in
a loss of vehicle control that may
lead to an accident, severe bodily
injury, or death. The driver's primary responsibility is the safe and
legal operation of the vehicle, and
the use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems
which take the driver's eyes, attention, and focus away from the safe
operation of the vehicle, or which
are not permissible by law, should
never be used during the operation
of the vehicle.
Declaration of Conformity
Declaration of Conformity
FCC
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to
part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation.
This equipment generates, uses and
can radiate radio frequency energy
and, if not installed and used in
accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However,
there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does
cause harmful interference to radio
or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the
following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving
antenna.
• Increase the separation between
the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an
outlet on a circuit different from
that to which the receiver is connected.
4
149
4
Features of your vehicle
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for
help.
CAUTION
Any changes or modifications to this
device not explicitly approved by
manufacturer could void your
authority to operate this equipment.
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum 8 in (20
cm) between the and your body.
This transmitter must not be collocated or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or transmitter unless authorized to do so by
the FCC.
4
150
Declaration of Conformity
Driving your vehicle 5
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. ........................ 5-7
Before driving ............................................................................ 5-8
Key positions ............................................................................. 5-9
• Illuminated ignition switch .................................................... 5-9
• Ignition switch position........................................................ 5-10
• Starting the engine .............................................................. 5-11
• Stopping the gasoline engine (Manual Transmission).... 5-12
ENGINE START/STOP button ................................................ 5-12
• Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button ......................... 5-12
• ENGINE START/STOP button position............................... 5-12
• Starting the engine .............................................................. 5-15
• Stopping the engine (Manual Transmission) ................... 5-18
Manual transmission .............................................................. 5-18
• Manual transmission operation ......................................... 5-18
• Good driving practices ......................................................... 5-20
Intelligent variable transmission (IVT) ................................ 5-21
• Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT) operation .......... 5-21
• Shift lock system.................................................................. 5-24
• Ignition key interlock system ............................................. 5-25
• Good driving practices ......................................................... 5-25
Dual clutch transmission (DCT) ............................................ 5-27
• Dual clutch transmission operation .................................. 5-27
• LCD display for transmission temperature and warning
message ................................................................................. 5-29
• Transmission ranges............................................................ 5-33
• Paddle shifter........................................................................ 5-35
• Shift lock system.................................................................. 5-36
• Ignition key interlock system ............................................. 5-37
5 Driving your vehicle
• Good driving practices .........................................................5-37
Brake system ..........................................................................5-39
• Power brakes ........................................................................5-39
• Parking brake ........................................................................5-40
• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ............................................5-42
• Electronic stability control (ESC)........................................5-44
• Vehicle stability management (VSM) ................................5-47
• Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)............................................5-49
• Good braking practices ........................................................5-49
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Camera Type) .........................................................................5-51
• Setting and activating the FCA ..........................................5-51
• Setting the initial warning activation time.......................5-52
• Prerequisite for the FCA activation...................................5-52
• FCA warning message and brake control.........................5-53
• Brake operation ....................................................................5-54
• FCA front view camera sensor...........................................5-55
• Warning message and warning light.................................5-55
• FCA malfunction ...................................................................5-56
• Limitations of the FCA.........................................................5-57
• This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ......5-61
• Radio frequency radiation exposure information:..........5-61
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor fusion
type (front Camera + front radar type) .............................5-62
• Setting and activating the FCA ..........................................5-62
• Setting the initial warning activation time.......................5-63
• Prerequisite for the FCA activation...................................5-63
• FCA warning message and brake control.........................5-63
• Brake operation ....................................................................5-65
• FCA front radar / Camera sensor ......................................5-66
Driving your vehicle 5
• Warning message and warning light................................. 5-67
• FCA malfunction ................................................................... 5-68
• Limitations of the FCA......................................................... 5-69
• Recognizing pedestrians ..................................................... 5-73
• This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ...... 5-75
• Radio frequency radiation exposure information:.......... 5-75
Cruise control system ............................................................ 5-75
• Cruise control switch ........................................................... 5-76
• Setting cruise control speed............................................... 5-76
• Increasing cruise control set speed:.................................. 5-77
• Decreasing the cruising speed ........................................... 5-77
• Accelerating temporarily with the cruise control on ..... 5-78
• Cancelling cruise control......................................................5-78
• Resuming cruising speed at more than approximately
20 mph (30 km/h)................................................................. 5-78
• Turning cruise control off ................................................... 5-79
Smart Cruise Control.............................................................. 5-79
• Smart Cruise Control switch............................................... 5-81
• Setting Smart Cruise Control speed.................................. 5-81
• Increasing Smart Cruise Control set speed...................... 5-82
• Decreasing Smart Cruise Control set speed .................... 5-82
• Accelerating temporarily with Smart Cruise Control on... 5-83
• Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily canceled
when: ...................................................................................... 5-83
• Resuming Smart Cruise Control set speed ...................... 5-85
• Turning Smart Cruise Control off ......................................5-85
• Setting vehicle-to-vehicle distance................................... 5-85
• When the lane ahead is clear: ............................................ 5-86
• When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:........ 5-86
• Adjusting the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control .......... 5-89
5 Driving your vehicle
• Converting to Cruise Control mode....................................5-90
• Limitations of the Smart Cruise Control...........................5-90
• This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ......5-95
• Radio frequency radiation exposure information:..........5-95
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system ..............................................5-95
• Auto stop ...............................................................................5-96
• Auto start ..............................................................................5-97
• Condition of ISG system operation....................................5-97
• ISG system deactivation......................................................5-98
• ISG system malfunction ......................................................5-98
Drive mode integrated control system...............................5-99
Blind-Spot Collision Warning .............................................. 5-101
• Setting and activating the BCW ...................................... 5-102
• Setting the warning volume of the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning ............................................................................... 5-103
• Operating Conditions......................................................... 5-103
• Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) alert ...................... 5-104
• Detecting Sensor (radar).................................................. 5-105
• Warning message .............................................................. 5-106
• Limitations of the BCW..................................................... 5-108
• This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ... 5-111
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) ................5-111
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system.....5-111
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
system .....................................................................................5-111
• Setting and activating the RCCW/RCCA......................... 5-112
• Setting the initial warning activation time.................... 5-112
Driving your vehicle 5
• Setting the warning volume of the Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning.................................................................5-113
• Operating conditions..........................................................5-113
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) alert ......5-113
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
alert.......................................................................................5-114
• Detecting Sensor ................................................................5-116
• Warning message...............................................................5-117
• Limitations of the system ................................................5-119
• This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ....5-122
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ........................................5-123
• Setting and activating the DAW.......................................5-123
• Displaying the driver's attention level ............................5-123
• Taking a break.....................................................................5-124
• Resetting the Driver Attention Warning system..........5-124
• DAW disabled.......................................................................5-125
• DAW malfunction ................................................................5-125
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System....................................5-127
• LKA operation .....................................................................5-128
• LKA activation .....................................................................5-128
• Warning message...............................................................5-129
• The system will be canceled when:.................................5-131
• Driver's Attention ...............................................................5-132
• LKA malfunction .................................................................5-133
• LKA function change ..........................................................5-134
Special driving conditions ....................................................5-135
Winter driving........................................................................5-139
Trailer towing ........................................................................5-143
Vehicle load limit ...................................................................5-143
5 Driving your vehicle
• Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit -................. 5-144
• Certification label............................................................... 5-146
Vehicle weight ...................................................................... 5-147
Driving your vehicle
DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE
Be sure the exhaust system
does not leak.
The exhaust system should be
checked whenever the vehicle is
raised to change the oil or for any
other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of
the exhaust or if you drive over
something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the
exhaust system checked as soon as
possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
WARNING
Open trunk
Do not drive with the trunk open.
Poisonous exhaust gases can enter
the passenger compartment. If you
must drive with the trunk open proceed as follows:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at
"Fresh", the air flow control at
"Floor" or "Face" and the fan at
the highest speed.
5
WARNING
Engine exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or
leave your engine running in a
enclosed area for a prolonged time.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that
can cause unconsciousness and
death by asphyxiation.
5
7
Driving your vehicle
Before driving
Before getting into the vehicle, you
should examine the car and its surroundings. After getting into the
vehicle, you should check a number
of things before driving.
Before entering vehicle
• Be sure that all windows, outside
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
• Check the condition of the tires.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back
up.
Before driving
Before starting
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached.
• Buckle your seat belt.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Be sure that all lights work.
• Check all gauges.
• Check the operation of warning
lights when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position.
• Release the parking brake and
make sure the brake warning light
goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
engine coolant, brake fluid, and
washer fluid should be checked on a
regular basis, at the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further
details are provided in "Maintenance" on page 7-4.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Focus on the road while driving. The
driver's primary responsibility is in
the safe and legal operation of the
vehicle. Use of any handled devices,
other equipment or vehicle systems
that distract the driver should not
be used during vehicle operation.
5
8
WARNING
Fire risk
When you intend to park or stop the
vehicle with the engine on, be careful not to depress the accelerator
pedal for a long period of time. It
may overheat the engine or exhaust
system and cause fire.
WARNING
Check surroundings
Always check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, especially children, before putting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Loose objects
Securely store items in your vehicle.
When you make a sudden stop or
turn the steering wheel rapidly,
loose objects may drop on the floor
and it could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident.
Key positions
Key positions (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with four
different ignition positions.
Illuminated ignition switch
Whenever a front door is opened,
the ignition switch will illuminate for
your convenience, provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position.
WARNING
Driving while intoxicated
Do not drive while intoxicated.
Drinking and driving is dangerous.
Even a small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, perceptions
and judgment.
Driving while under the influence of
drugs is as dangerous as or more
dangerous than driving drunk.
WARNING
5
OSK3058159NR
The light will go off immediately
when the ignition switch is turned
on. It will also go off after about 30
seconds when the door is closed.
Proper footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots, sandals, etc.) may interfere
with your ability to use the brake
and accelerator pedals.
5
9
Driving your vehicle
Key positions
Ignition switch position
START (4)
Your vehicle is equipped with four
different ignition positions.
Turn the ignition switch to the
START position to start the engine.
The engine will crank until you
release the key; then it returns to
the ON position. The brake warning
light can be checked in this position.
OSK3058160NR
LOCK (1)
The ignition key can be removed
only in the LOCK position.
ACC (Accessory) (2)
The electrical accessories are operative. If difficulty is experienced
turning the ignition switch to the
ACC position, turn the key while
turning the steering wheel right and
left to release the tension.
ON (3)
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. This is
the normal running position after
the engine is started.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON
if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge.
5
10
The anti-theft steering column lock
(if equipped) is not a substitute for
the parking brake. Before leaving
the driver's seat, always make sure
the shift lever is engaged in P (Park)
for intelligent variable transmission,
set the parking brake fully and shut
the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if
these precautions are not taken.
WARNING
Ignition switch
Never turn the ignition switch to
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is
moving. This would result in loss of
directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
NOTICE
If you leave the ignition switch to
the ACC or ON position for a long
time, the battery may discharge.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Key holder
Do not attach small purses, multiple
keys, or any other heavy accessories to the driver's key chain used to
start the vehicle. This may cause
the driver to accidently make the
key inserted in the vehicle to change
the ignition position to the ACC position while the vehicle is moving
thereby increasing the risk of an
accident and causing the deactivation of several safety features.
WARNING
Leaving the Vehicle
To avoid unexpected or sudden
vehicle movement, never leave your
vehicle if the transmission is not
locked in the P (Park) position and
the parking brake is fully engaged.
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever is
engaged in P (Park), set the parking
brake fully and shut the engine off.
Starting the engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Depending on your vehicle's
transmission type, follow the step
below.
• Manual Transmission - Depress
the clutch pedal fully and shift
the transmission into Neutral.
Key positions
Keep the clutch pedal and brake
pedal depressed while turning
the ignition switch to the start
position.
• Intelligent Variable Transmission - Place the transmission
shift lever in P (Park). Depress
the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine
when the shift lever is in the N
(Neutral) position.
3. Turn the ignition switch to START
and hold it there until the engine
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), then release the key.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
4. Do not wait for the engine to
warm up while the vehicle
remains stationary. Start driving
at moderate engine speeds.
(Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
WARNING
Steering wheel
Never reach for any controls
through the steering wheel while
the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this
area could cause a loss of vehicle
control.
If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position. If
traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift lever in the N
5
11
5
Driving your vehicle
(Neutral) position while the vehicle is
still moving and turn the ignition
switch to the START position in an
attempt to restart the engine.
CAUTION
Starter
Do not engage the starter for more
than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls
or fails to start, wait 5 to 10 seconds before reengaging the starter.
Improper use of the starter may
damage it.
Stopping the gasoline engine (Manual Transmission)
1. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and keep the
clutch pedal and brake pedal
depressed.
2. Shift the transmission into Neutral while depressing the clutch
pedal and brake pedal.
3. Engage the parking brake while
depressing the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK
position and remove it.
ENGINE START/STOP button
ENGINE START/STOP button (if
equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with four
different ignition positions.
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP
button
Whenever the front door is opened,
the ENGINE START/STOP button will
illuminate for your convenience.
OSK3058001NR
The light will go off after about 30
seconds when the door is closed. It
will also go off immediately when
the theft-alarm system is armed.
ENGINE START/STOP button position
Your vehicle is equipped with four
different ignition positions.
OFF
With manual transmission
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON position), stop the vehicle then press the
ENGINE START/STOP button.
5
12
Driving your vehicle
With Intelligent Variable Transmission
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON position), press the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position. When you
press the ENGINE START/STOP button without the shift lever in the P
(Park) position, the ENGINE START/
STOP button will not change to the
OFF position but to the ACC position.
Vehicles equipped with anti-theft
steering column lock
The steering wheel locks when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the OFF position to protect you
against theft. It locks when the door
is opened.
If the steering wheel is not locked
properly when you open the driver's
door, the warning chime will sound.
Try locking the steering wheel again.
If the problem is not solved, have
the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
In addition, if the ENGINE START/
STOP button is in the OFF position
after the driver's door is opened, the
steering wheel will not lock and the
warning chime will sound. In such a
situation, close the door. Then the
steering wheel will lock and the
warning chime will stop.
ENGINE START/STOP button
NOTICE
If the steering wheel doesn't unlock
properly, the ENGINE START/STOP
button will not work. Press the
ENGINE START/STOP button while
turning the steering wheel right and
left to release the tension.
NOTICE
You are able to turn off the engine
(START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON),
only when the vehicle is not in
motion.
5
CAUTION
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the ACC
position by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for more than 2
seconds or 3 times successively
within 3 seconds.
If the vehicle is still moving, to
restart the vehicle:
• Manual transmission - Press the
ENGINE START/STOP button with
shift lever in neutral and clutch
pedal depressed.
• Intelligent Variable Transmission Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button when vehicle speed is 3
mph (5 km/h) or over.
5
13
Driving your vehicle
ENGINE START/STOP button
ACC (Accessory)
ON
With manual transmission
With manual transmission
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button when the button is in the ACC
position without depressing the
clutch pedal.
OSK3048131NR
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button when the button is in the OFF
position
With Intelligent Variable Transmission
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button while it is in the OFF position
without depressing the brake pedal.
The steering wheel unlocks and
electrical accessories are operational.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is
in the ACC position for more than 1
hour, the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge.
With Intelligent Variable Transmission
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button while it is in the ACC position
without depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position for a long
time. The battery may discharge,
because the engine is not running.
START/RUN
With manual transmission
To start the engine, depress the
clutch pedal and brake pedal, then
press the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position.
With Intelligent Variable Transmission
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) position. For your safety, start
the engine with the shift lever in the
P (Park) position.
5
14
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
If you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button without depressing the
clutch pedal for manual transmission vehicles or without depressing
the brake pedal for manual transmission / Intelligent Variable Transmission vehicles, the engine will not
start and the ENGINE START/STOP
button changes as follow:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC
NOTICE
If you leave the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time, the battery will
discharge.
ENGINE START/STOP button
ment may occur if these
precautions are not taken.
• Never reach for the ENGINE
START/STOP button or any other
controls through the steering
wheel while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in the area could
cause loss of vehicle control, an
accident and serious bodily injury
or death.
• Do not place any movable objects
around the driver's seat as they
may move while driving, interfere
with the driver and lead to an
accident.
5
Starting the engine
WARNING
WARNING
• Never press the ENGINE START/
STOP button while the vehicle is in
motion. This would result in loss
of directional control and braking
function, which could cause an
accident.
• The anti-theft steering column
lock is not a substitute for the
parking brake. Before leaving the
driver's seat, always make sure
the shift lever is engaged in P
(Park), set the parking brake fully
and shut the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle move-
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed. The
vehicle can move and lead to an
accident.
• Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly
move if the brake pedal is
released when the rpm is high.
5
15
Driving your vehicle
Starting the engine
1. Carry the smart key or place it
inside the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
firmly applied.
3. Depending on your vehicle's
transmission type, follow sub
step below.
• Manual Transmission - Depress
the clutch pedal fully and shift
the transmission into Neutral.
Keep the clutch pedal and brake
pedal depressed while turning
the ignition switch to the start
position.
• Intelligent Variable Transmission - Place the transmission
shift lever in P (Park). Depress
the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine
when the shift lever is in the N
(Neutral) position.
4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator pedal.
5. Do not wait for the engine to
warm up while the vehicle
remains stationary. Start driving
at moderate engine speeds.
(Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
Starting and stopping the engine
for turbocharger intercooler
1. Do not race or accelerate the
engine immediately after starting.
5
16
ENGINE START/STOP button
If the engine is cold, idle for several seconds before sufficient
lubrication is ensured in the turbocharger unit.
2. After high speed or extended
driving, requiring a heavy engine
load, idle the engine about 1 minute before turning it off.
This idle time will allow the turbocharger to cool prior to shutting
the engine off.
CAUTION
Do not turn the engine off immediately after it has been subjected to
a heavy load. Doing so may cause
severe damage to the engine or turbocharger unit.
Starting the engine with smart key
Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from you, the
engine may not start.
When the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ACC position or above, if
any door is opened, the system
checks for the smart key. If the
smart key is not in the vehicle, the
"
" indicator and a message "Key
is not in the vehicle" will appear on
the instrument cluster and LCD window. And if all doors are closed, the
chime will sound for 5 seconds. The
indicator or warning will turn off
while the vehicle is moving. Always
have the smart key with you.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
The engine will start, only when the
smart key is in the vehicle. Never
allow children or any person who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle touch the
ENGINE START/STOP button or
related parts. Pushing the ENGINE
START/STOP button while the smart
key is in the vehicle may result in
unintended engine activation and/or
unintended vehicle movement.
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while the vehicle
is in motion, do not attempt to
move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position. If the traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the
shift lever in the N (Neutral) position
while the vehicle is still moving and
press the ENGINE START/STOP button in an attempt to restart the
engine.
ENGINE START/STOP button
NOTICE
• If the battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button with the smart key.
The side with the lock button
should contact the ENGINE
START/STOP button directly.
When you press the ENGINE
START/STOP button directly with
the smart key, the smart key
should contact the button at a
right angle.
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you cannot start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one.
If it is not possible, you can start
the engine by pressing the engine
start/ stop button for 10 seconds
while it is in the ACC position. The
engine can start without depressing the brake pedal. But for your
safety always depress the brake
pedal and clutch pedal (if
equipped) before starting the
engine.
OSK3058002NR
5
17
5
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
• Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button for more than 10
seconds except when the stop
lamp fuse is blown.
• Do not turn the ignition switch to
the START position with the
engine running. It may damage
the starter.
Stopping the engine (Manual
Transmission)
1. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and keep the
clutch pedal and brake pedal
depressed.
2. Shift the transmission into Neutral while depressing the clutch
pedal and brake pedal.
3. Engage the parking brake while
depressing the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK
position and remove it.
Manual transmission
Manual transmission (if
equipped)
The manual transmission has 6 forward gears.
Manual transmission operation
OSK3058162NR
The shift lever can be moved
without pulling the button (1).
The button (1) should be
pressed when moving the shift lever
into reverse.
This shift pattern is imprinted on
the shift knob. The transmission is
fully synchronized in all forward
gears so shifting to either a higher
or a lower gear is easily accomplished.
Depress the clutch pedal down fully
while shifting, then release it slowly.
If your vehicle is equipped with an
ignition lock switch, the engine will
not start when starting the engine
without depressing the clutch pedal.
5
18
Driving your vehicle
The shift lever must be returned to
the neutral position before shifting
into R (Reverse).
Push the button located immediately below the shift knob and pull
the gearshift lever to the left sufficiently, and then shift into reverse
(R) gear position.
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into R
(Reverse).
Never operate the engine with the
tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.
CAUTION
• When downshifting from fifth
gear to fourth gear, caution
should be taken not to inadvertently press the shift lever sideways in such a manner that the
second gear is engaged. Such a
drastic downshift may cause the
engine speed to increase to the
point that the tachometer will
enter the red-zone. Such overrevving of the engine and transmission may possibly cause
engine damage.
• Do not downshift more than 2
gears or downshift the gear when
the engine is running at high
speed (5,000 rpm or higher). Such
a downshifting may damage the
engine, clutch and the transmission.
Manual transmission
• During cold weather, shifting may
be difficult until the transmission
lubricant is warmed up. This is
normal and not harmful to the
transmission.
• If you've come to a complete stop
and it's hard to shift into 1st or R
(Reverse), leave the shift lever at
N (Neutral) position and release
the clutch. Press the clutch pedal
back down, and then shift into 1st
or R (Reverse) gear position.
CAUTION
• To avoid premature clutch wear
and damage, do not drive with
your foot resting on the clutch
pedal. Also, don't use the clutch to
hold the vehicle stopped on an
uphill grade, while waiting for a
traffic light, etc.
• Do not use the shift lever as a
hand rest during driving, as this
can result in premature wear of
the transmission shift forks.
• To prevent possible damage to
the clutch system, do not start
with the 2nd (second) gear
engaged except when you start
on a slippery road.
5
19
5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• Before leaving the driver's seat,
always set the parking brake fully
and shut the engine off. Then
make sure the transmission is
shifted into 1st gear when the
vehicle is parked on a level or
uphill grade, and shifted into R
(Reverse) on a downhill grade.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement can occur if these precautions are not followed in the
order identified.
• Do not use the engine brake
(shifting from a high gear to
lower gear) rapidly on slippery
roads.
The vehicle may slip causing an
accident.
Using the clutch
The clutch should be pressed all the
way to the floor before shifting,
then released slowly. The clutch
pedal should always be fully
released while driving. Do not rest
your foot on the clutch pedal while
driving. This can cause unnecessary
wear. Do not partially engage the
clutch to hold the vehicle on an
incline. This causes unnecessary
wear. Use the foot brake or parking
brake to hold the vehicle on an
incline. Do not operate the clutch
pedal rapidly and repeatedly.
5
20
Manual transmission
CAUTION
When operating the clutch pedal,
press the clutch pedal down fully. If
you don't press the clutch pedal
fully, the clutch may be damaged or
noise may occur.
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or while driving up steep hills,
downshift before the engine starts
to labor. Downshifting reduces the
chance of stalling and gives better
acceleration when you again need to
increase your speed. When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills,
downshifting helps maintain safe
speed and prolongs brake life.
Good driving practices
• Never take the vehicle out of gear
and coast down a hill. This is
extremely hazardous. Always
leave the vehicle in gear.
• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are
driving down a long hill, shift to a
lower gear. When you do this,
engine braking will help slow down
the vehicle.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. This will help avoid
over-revving the engine, which
can cause damage.
• Slow down when you encounter
cross winds. This gives you much
better control of your vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to
shift into reverse. The transmission can be damaged if you do
not.
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control.
Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)
Intelligent variable transmission
(IVT) (if equipped)
The Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT) automatically shifts
depending on speed, accelerate
pedal position. The individual speeds
are selected automatically, depending on the position of the shift lever.
5
WARNING
• Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
unbelted occupant is significantly
more likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belted
occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering
or turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer
sharply. Instead, slow down
before pulling back into the travel
lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed limits.
OSK3058003NR
Depress the brake pedal and
the lock release button when shifting.
Press the lock release button
when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted
freely.
Intelligent Variable Transmission
(IVT) operation
For smooth operation, depress the
brake pedal when shifting from N
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse
gear.
5
21
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Intelligent Variable Transmission
(IVT)
• Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before
shifting a car into D (Drive) or R
(Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then set
the parking brake fully and shut
the engine off. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are not
followed in the order identified.
• Do not use the engine brake
(shifting from a high gear to
lower gear) rapidly on slippery
roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident.
CAUTION
• To avoid damage to your transmission, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the
brakes on.
• When stopped on an incline, do
not hold the vehicle stationary
with engine power. Use the service brake or the parking brake.
• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P
(Park) into D (Drive), or R
(Reverse) when the engine is
above idle speed.
5
22
Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument
cluster displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in
the ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park). This
position locks the transmission and
prevents the front wheels from
rotating.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion will cause the
drive wheels to lock which will
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle.
• Do not use the P (Park) position in
place of the parking brake. Always
make sure the shift lever is
latched in the P (Park) position
and set the parking brake fully.
• Never leave a child unattended in
a vehicle.
CAUTION
The transmission may be damaged
if you shift into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion.
Driving your vehicle
Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)
R (Reverse)
D (Drive)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transmission will automatically shift, providing the best
fuel economy and power.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R while
the vehicle is in motion, except as
explained in "Rocking the vehicle" in
this section.
For extra power when passing
another vehicle or climbing grades,
depress the accelerator fully, at
which time the transmission will
automatically downshift to the next
lower gear.
NOTICE
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are
not engaged. The vehicle will roll
freely even on the slightest incline
unless the parking brake or service
brakes are applied.
WARNING
Do not drive with the shift lever in N
(Neutral).
The engine brake will not work and
lead to an accident.
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
5
Sports mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, sports mode is selected
by pushing the shift lever from the
D (Drive) position into the manual
gate. To return to D (Drive) range
operation, push the shift lever back
into the main gate.
CAUTION
• Always park the vehicle in "P"
(Park) for safety and engage the
parking brake.
OSK3058004NR
5
23
Driving your vehicle
SPORT mode manages the driving
dynamics by automatically adjusting
the steering effort, and the engine
and transmission control logic for
enhanced driver performance.
In sports mode, moving the shift
lever backwards or forwards will
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to a manual transmission, the sports mode allows
gearshifts with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
• Up (+): Push the lever forward
once to shift up one gear.
• Down (-): Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one gear.
NOTICE
• In sports mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance
with road conditions, being careful
to keep the engine speed below
the red zone.
• In sports mode, only the 8 forward gears can be selected. To
reverse or park the vehicle, move
the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
or P (Park) position as required.
• In sports mode, downshifts are
made automatically when the
vehicle slows down. When the
vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
• In sports mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone,
shift points are varied to upshift
automatically.
5
24
Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift
lever is operated.
• When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into
the + (up) position. This causes
the transmission to shift into the
2nd gear which is better for
smooth driving on a slippery road.
Push the shift lever to the (down) side to shift back to the
1st gear.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to
remain raised over a certain
length of time even after
releasing the accelerator.
- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating.
• In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.
Shift lock system (if equipped)
For your safety, the Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT) has a shift
lock system which prevents shifting
the transmission from P (Park) into
R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Driving your vehicle
3. Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
chattering noise near the shift lever
may be heard. This is a normal condition.
WARNING
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting out
of the P (Park) position into another
position to avoid inadvertent motion
of the vehicle which could injure persons in or around the vehicle.
Shift-lock override
OSK3058005NR
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, then do the following:
1. Place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)
3. Carefully remove the cap covering the shift-lock release access
hole.
4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and
press down on the tool.
5. Move the shift lever.
6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock override access hole then
install the cap.
7. Have the system inspected by a
professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized
Kia dealer.
Ignition key interlock system (if
equipped)
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position.
Good driving practices
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to
shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Never take the vehicle out of gear
and coast down a hill. This may be
extremely hazardous. Always
leave the vehicle in gear when
moving.
5
25
5
Driving your vehicle
• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are
driving down a long hill, slow down
and shift to a lower gear. When
you do this, engine braking will
help slow down the vehicle.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the
vehicle from moving.
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control.
• Optimum vehicle performance
and economy is obtained by
smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal.
WARNING
• Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
unbelted occupant is significantly
more likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belted
occupant.
5
26
Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)
• Avoid high speeds when cornering
or turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Losing control often occurs if two
or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to
reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer
sharply. Instead, slow down
before pulling back into the travel
lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed limits.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may
attempt to rock the vehicle free by
moving it forward and backward. Do
not attempt this procedure if people
or objects are anywhere near the
vehicle. During the rocking operation
the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes
unstuck, causing injury or damage
to nearby people or objects.
Driving your vehicle
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a
standing start:
1. Depress the brake pedal, release
the parking break, and shift the
shift lever to D (Drive).
2. Select the appropriate gear
depending on load weight and
steepness of the grade, and
release the parking brake.
3. Depress the accelerator gradually
while releasing the service brakes.
When accelerating from a stop on a
steep hill, the vehicle may have a
tendency to roll backwards. Shifting
the shift lever into 2 (Second Gear)
will help prevent the vehicle from
rolling backwards.
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
(if equipped)
The dual clutch transmission has 7
forward speeds and one reverse
speed.
OSK3058003NR
Depress the brake pedal and
the lock release button when shifting.
Press the lock release button
when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted
freely.
* To move the shift lever from/to P
(Parking) or between R (Reverse)
and D (Drive), you must depress
the brake pedal for the vehicle to
stand still.
Dual clutch transmission operation
The individual speeds are selected
automatically in the D (Drive) position.
5
27
5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury
or death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for peo-
•
•
•
•
ple, especially children, before
shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or
R (Reverse).
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position, then set
the parking brake, and place the
ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur if
these precautions are not followed.
When using Manual Shift Mode,
use caution when shifting from a
higher gear to a lower gear on
slippery roads. This could cause
the tires to slip and may result in
an accident.
To avoid damage to your transmission, do not try to accelerate
with the shift lever in R (Reverse)
or any forward gear position with
the brake engaged.
When stopped on a slope, do not
hold the vehicle with accelerator
pedal. Engage the service brake or
the parking brake.
• The Dual Clutch Transmission
gives the driving feel of a manual
transmission, yet provides the
ease of a fully automatic trans5
28
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
mission. Unlike a traditional automatic transmission, the gear
shifting can be felt (and heard) on
the dual clutch transmission.
- Think of it as an automatically
shifting manual transmission.
- Shift into Drive range and get
fully automatic shifting, similar
to a conventional automatic
transmission.
• Dual clutch transmission adopts
dry-type dual clutch, which is different from torque converter of
automatic transmission, and
shows better acceleration performance during driving. But, initial
launch might be little bit slower
than Automatic Transmission.
• The dry-type clutch transfers
torque and provides a direct driving feeling which may feel different from a conventional
automatic transmission with a
torque converter. This may be
more noticeable when starting
from a stop or low vehicle speed.
• When rapidly accelerating at low
vehicle speed, engine could rev at
high rpm depending on vehicle
drive condition.
• For smooth launch uphill, press
down the accelerator pedal
smoothly depending on the current conditions.
• If you release your foot from the
accelerator pedal at low vehicle
speed, you may feel strong
Driving your vehicle
•
•
•
•
engine brake, which is similar to
manual transmission.
When driving downhill, you may
use Sports Mode to downshift to
a lower gear in order to control
your speed without using the
brake pedal excessively.
When you turn the engine on and
off, you may hear clicking sounds
as the system goes through a self
test. This is a normal sound for
the Dual Clutch Transmission.
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive) or R
(Reverse).
Do not put the shift lever in N
(Neutral) while driving.
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
Transmission temperature Gauge
OSK3048132NR
5
WARNING
Due to transmission failure, the
vehicle may not move and the position indicator (D, R) will blink on the
cluster. In this case, have the system checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
LCD display for transmission temperature and warning message
The LCD displays the transmission
temperature. A warning message is
displayed on the LCD when transmission is overheated or in a warning condition.
OSK3048133NR
• Select trip computer mode on the
LCD display and move to the
transmission temperature screen
to see the temperature of the
dual clutch transmission.
• When the transmission is overheated, the warning message will
display on the LCD. Follow the displayed message.
• The transmission temperature is
displayed in three colors (white,
orange and red) as it increases. (if
equipped with the color type cluster) if equipped with the mono
type cluster. temperature gauge
is displayed in one color (white).
5
29
Driving your vehicle
• Orange temperature gauge is displayed right before the warning
message appears on the LCD display. (if equipped)
CAUTION
• Increase (high temperature) of
the transmission temperature
gauge usually appears on an
incline when the vehicle is stopped
for a long time using accelerator
pedal, without depressing the
brake pedal.
• To maintain the optimal trans-
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
NOTICE
The temperature gauge may
increase rapidly if clutch slip occurs
excessively due to repeated stopand-go driving on steep grades and
when Hill Hold is maintained for a
long time. In order to prevent excessive temperature increase, use the
brake during low speed driving or
when stopping the vehicle on a hill.
Before entering High/Overheat
(from marking 10 to 14)
mission performance, drive so
that the white gauge is not
exceeded.
Normal (below marking 10)
OSK3048133NR
OSK3048132NR
In order to maintain the optimal
gear shift performance, drive so
that the temperature gauge is
below the point (below marking10).
5
30
• This zone shows that the dual
clutch temperature of the DCT is
before entering the high/overheat
zone. When the clutch temperature is within this zone (from
marking 10 to 14), drive minimizing the clutch slip so that the
temperature gauge is below the
point (marking 10).
• If the dual clutch temperature
continues to increase and reaches
marking 14, the warning alarm
sounds and the temperature
Driving your vehicle
gauge pops up on the cluster. The
DCT warning message is not displayed.
High/Overheat (from marking 15 to
16)
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
DCT warning messages
This warning message is displayed
when vehicle is driven slowly on a
grade and the vehicle detects that
the brake pedal is not applied.
OSK3048135NR
OSK3048134NR
• This zone shows that the dual
clutch temperature of the DCT
has entered the high/overheat
zone. The DCT warning alarm
sounds, warning message is displayed on the cluster and the
temperature gauge disappears
from the cluster. Follow the displayed warning message.
• To check the temperature status
of the dual clutch when overheated, move to the temperature
gauge screen by selecting the trip
computer mode. Then, you can
check the temperature status of
the dual clutch.
5
Steep grade
Driving up hills or on steep grades:
• To hold the vehicle on an incline
use the foot brake or the parking
brake.
• When in stop-and-go traffic on an
incline, keep some distance ahead
before moving the vehicle forward. Then hold the vehicle on the
incline with the foot brake.
• If the vehicle is held on a hill by
applying the accelerator pedal or
by creeping with brake pedal disengaged, the clutch and transmission may overheat which can
result in damage. At this time, a
warning message will appear on
the LCD display.
• If the LCD warning is active, the
foot brake must be applied.
5
31
Driving your vehicle
• Ignoring the warnings can lead to
damage to the transmission.
Transmission high temperature
OSK3048132NR
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
with a chime. At this time, "Transmission temp. is high! Stop safely"
warning message will appear on
the LCD display and driving may
not be smooth.
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe
location, stop the vehicle with the
engine running, apply the brakes
and shift the vehicle to P (Park),
and allow the transmission to
cool.
• If you ignore this warning, the
driving condition may become
worse. You may experience
abrupt shifts, frequent shifts, or
jerkiness. To return to the normal
driving condition, stop the vehicle
and apply the foot brake or shift
into P (Park).
Then allow the transmission to
cool for a few minutes with
engine on, before driving off.
• When possible, drive the vehicle
smoothly.
OSK3048136NR
• Under certain conditions, such as
repeated stop-and-go launches
on steep grades, sudden take off
or acceleration, or other harsh
driving conditions, the transmission clutch temperatures will
increase excessively. Finally the
clutch in transmission could be
overheated.
• When the clutch is overheated,
the safe protection mode
engages and the gear position
indicator on the cluster blinks
5
32
Transmission overheated
OSK3048137NR
Driving your vehicle
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
• When the message "Trans cooled.
Resume driving." appears you can
continue to drive your vehicle.
• When possible, drive the vehicle
smoothly.
If any of the warning messages in
the LCD display continue to blink, for
your safety, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OSK3048138NR
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument
cluster displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in
the ON position.
5
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park).
OSK3048139NR
• If the vehicle continues to be
driven and the clutch temperatures reach the maximum temperature limit, the "Transmission
Hot! Park with engine on" warning
will be displayed. When this
occurs the clutch is disabled until
the clutch cools to normal temperatures.
• The warning will display a time to
wait for the transmission to cool.
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe
location, stop the vehicle with the
engine running, apply the brakes
and shift the vehicle to P (Park),
and allow the transmission to
cool.
To shift from P (Park), you must
depress firmly on the brake pedal
and make sure your foot is off the
accelerator pedal.
The shift lever must be in P (Park)
before turning the engine off.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may cause
you to lose control of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped,
always make sure the shift lever
is in P (Park), apply the parking
brake, and turn the engine off.
• Do not use the P (Park) position in
place of the parking brake.
5
33
Driving your vehicle
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are
not engaged.
WARNING
Do not shift into gear unless your
foot is firmly on the brake pedal.
Shifting into gear when the engine is
running at high speed can cause the
vehicle to move very rapidly. You
could lose control of the vehicle and
hit people or objects.
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
CAUTION
• Always park the vehicle in P (Park)
for safety and engage the parking
brake.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
The transmission will automatically
shift through a 7 gear sequence,
providing the best fuel economy and
power.
For extra power when passing
another vehicle or driving uphill
depress the accelerator pedal further until you feel the transmission
downshift to a lower gear.
To stop the vehicle during driving,
please press brake pedal fully to
prevent unintended movement.
Manual mode
WARNING
Do not drive with the shift lever in N
(Neutral).
The engine brake will not work and
lead to an accident.
OSK3058004NR
5
34
Driving your vehicle
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, manual mode is selected
by pushing the shift lever from the
D (Drive) position into the manual
gate.
To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into
the main gate.
In manual mode, moving the shift
lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to select the desired
range of gears for the current driving conditions.
• + (Up): Push the lever forward
once to shift up one gear.
• - (Down): Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one gear.
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
engine rpm range. The driver
must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking
care to keep the engine rpms
below the red zone.
Paddle shifter (if equipped)
The paddle shift function is available
when the shift lever is in the D
(Drive) position or the manual mode.
5
NOTICE
• Only the 7 forward gears can be
selected. To reverse or park the
vehicle, move the shift lever to
the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required.
• Downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows
down. When the vehicle stops, 1st
gear is automatically selected.
• When the engine rpm approaches
the red zone the transmission will
upshift automatically.
• If the driver presses the lever to +
(Up) or - (Down) position, the
transmission may not make the
requested gear change if the next
gear is outside of the allowable
OSK3058010NR
With the shift lever in the D position
The paddle shift function will operate when the vehicle speed is more
than 6 mph (10 km/h).
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic
mode to manual mode.
When the vehicle speed is lower
than 6 mph (10 km/h), if you
depress the accelerator pedal for
more than 5 seconds or if you shift
the shift lever from D (Drive) to
5
35
Driving your vehicle
manual mode and shift it from
manual mode to D (Drive) again, the
system changes from manual mode
to automatic mode.
With the shift lever in the manual
mode
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear.
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
WARNING
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting out
of the P (Park) position into another
position to avoid inadvertent motion
of the vehicle which could injure persons in or around the car.
Shift-lock override
NOTICE
Type A
If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle
shifters at the same time, you cannot shift the gear.
Shift lock system (if equipped)
For your safety, the Dual clutch
transmission has a shift lock system
which prevents shifting the
transmission from P (Park) into R
(Reverse) unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
OSK3058006NR
Type B
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
chattering noise & vibration near
the shift lever may be heard. This is
a normal condition.
5
36
OSK3058005NR
Driving your vehicle
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, then do the following:
1. Place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering the shift-lock release access
hole.
4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and
press down on the tool.
5. Move the shift lever.
6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock override access hole then
install the cap.
7. Have the system inspected by a
professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized
Kia dealer.
Ignition key interlock system (if
equipped)
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position.
Good driving practices
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
• Be sure the car is completely
stopped before you attempt to
shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Never take the car out of gear
and coast down a hill. This may be
extremely hazardous. Always
leave the car in gear when moving.
• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are
driving down a long hill, slow down
and shift to a lower gear. When
you do this, engine braking will
help slow the car.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the
transmission in P (Park) to keep
the car from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On
a slippery surface, an abrupt
change in vehicle speed can cause
the drive wheels to lose traction
and the vehicle to go out of control.
• Optimum vehicle performance
and economy is obtained by
smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal.
5
37
5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
unbelted occupant is significantly
more likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belted
occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering
or turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two
or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver oversteers to
reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer
sharply. Instead, slow down
before pulling back into the travel
lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed limits.
5
38
Dual clutch transmission (DCT)
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may
attempt to rock the vehicle free by
moving it forward and backward. Do
not attempt this procedure if people
or objects are anywhere near the
vehicle. During the rocking operation
the vehicle may suddenly move forward of backward as it becomes
unstuck, causing injury or damage
to nearby people or objects.
Driving your vehicle
Brake system
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes, parking brake, and various
braking systems for safe driving.
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
In the event that the powerassisted brakes lose power because
of a stalled engine or some other
reason, you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the
brake pedal than you normally
would. The stopping distance, however, will be longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
CAUTION
Brake Pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. This will create
abnormally high brake temperatures which can cause excessive
brake lining and pad wear.
Brake system
WARNING
Steep hill braking
Avoid continuous application of the
brakes when descending a long or
steep hill by shifting to a lower gear.
Continuous brake application will
cause the brakes to overheat and
could result in a temporary loss of
braking performance.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's
ability to safely slow down; the
vehicle may also pull to one side
when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been affected in
this way. Always test your brakes in
this fashion after driving through
deep water. To dry the brakes, apply
them lightly while maintaining a
safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal.
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate
while the vehicle is in motion, you
can make an emergency stop with
the parking brake. The stopping distance, however, will be much
greater than normal.
5
39
5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Parking brake
Avoid applying the parking brake to
stop the vehicle while it is moving
except in an emergency situation.
Applying the parking brake while the
vehicle is moving at normal speeds
can cause a sudden loss of control
of the vehicle. If you must use the
parking brake to stop the vehicle,
use great caution in applying the
brake.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high-pitched warning sound from
your front brakes or rear brakes.
You may hear this sound come and
go or it may occur whenever you
depress the brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving
conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply
(or lightly apply) the brakes. This is
normal and does not indicate a
problem with your brakes.
Always replace the front or rear
brake pads as pairs.
Brake system
CAUTION
Replace brake pads
Do not continue to drive with worn
brake pads. Continuing to drive with
worn brake pads can damage the
braking system and result in costly
brake repairs.
WARNING
Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched wear
sounds from your brakes. If you
ignore this audible warning, you will
eventually lose braking performance, which could lead to a serious
accident.
Rear drum brakes (if equipped)
Your rear drum brakes do not have
wear indicators. Therefore, have the
rear brake linings inspected if you
hear a rear brake rubbing noise. Also
have your rear brakes inspected
each time you change or rotate
your tires and when you have the
front brakes replaced.
Parking brake
After parking the vehicle, apply the
parking brake to prevent the vehicle
from being moved by the external
force.
5
40
Driving your vehicle
Applying the parking brake
OSK3058007NR
To engage the parking brake:
1. Apply the foot brake and then pull
up the parking brake lever as far
as possible.
In addition it is recommended that
when parking the vehicle on a
incline, the shift lever should be in a
low gear on manual transmission
vehicles.
CAUTION
• Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive brake
pad and brake rotor wear.
• Do not operate the parking brake
while the vehicle is moving except
in an emergency situation. It could
damage the vehicle system and
make endanger driving safety.
Brake system
Releasing the parking brake
OSK3058008NR
To release the parking brake:
1. Apply the foot brake and pull up
the parking brake lever slightly.
2. Depress the release button (1)
and lower the parking brake lever
(2) while holding the button.
If the parking brake does not release
or does not release all the way, have
the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to
visit an authorized Kia dealer.
• Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shift lever in first or
reverse gear (manual transmission). If your vehicle is facing
downhill, turn the front wheels
into the curb to help keep the
vehicle from rolling. If your vehicle
is facing uphill, turn the front
wheels away from the curb to
help keep the vehicle from rolling.
If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to
keep the vehicle from rolling,
block the wheels.
5
41
5
Driving your vehicle
• Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the
engaged position. This is most
likely to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or
if the brakes are wet. If there is a
risk that the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily
while you put the shift lever in
first or reverse gear (manual
transmission) and block the rear
wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.
Then release the parking brake.
• Do not hold the vehicle on the
upgrade with the accelerator
pedal. This can cause the transmission to overheat. Always use
the brake pedal or parking brake.
WARNING
• Never allow a passenger to touch
the parking brake. If the parking
brake is released unintentionally,
serious injury may occur.
• All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parking to avoid inadvertent
movement of the vehicle which
can injure occupants or pedestrians.
ODEEV068228NR
5
42
Brake system
Check the brake warning light by
turning the ignition switch ON (do
not start the engine). This light will
be illuminated when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition
switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off.
If the brake warning light remains
on after the parking brake is
released while engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention
is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately. If that is not
possible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair
shop.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
The ABS prevents the wheels from
locking. So the vehicle remains stable and can still be steered.
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though
vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you
and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during
Driving your vehicle
extreme road conditions. The vehicle
should be driven at reduced speeds
in the following circumstances:
• When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
• When driving with tire chains
installed
• When driving on roads where the
road surface is pitted or has different surface heights.
Driving in these conditions increases
the stopping distance for your vehicle.
The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
are going to lock, the ABS system
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik''
sound from the brakes, or feel a
corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum
benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to
modulate your brake pressure and
do not try to pump your brakes.
Press your brake pedal as hard as
possible to allow the ABS to control
the force being delivered to the
brakes.
Brake system
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
vehicle compartment when the
vehicle begins to move after the
vehicle is started. These conditions
are normal and indicate that the
anti-lock brake system is functioning properly.
Even with the anti-lock brake system, your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
Always slow down when cornering.
The anti-lock brake system cannot
prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake
system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional brake
system.
The ABS warning light will stay on
for approximately 3 seconds after
the ignition switch or START/STOP
button is ON.
ODEEV068101NR
5
43
5
Driving your vehicle
During that time, the ABS will go
through selfdiagnosis and the light
will go off if everything is normal. If
the light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS. Contact an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
Brake system
Electronic stability control (ESC)
The ESC system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers.
When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and have operated your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active
continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop the
vehicle.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS
warning light goes off, then your
ABS system is normal. Otherwise,
you may have a problem with the
ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
vehicle may not run as smoothly
and the ABS warning light may turn
on at the same time. This happens
because of low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged
before driving the vehicle.
5
44
OSK3058009NR
ESC checks where you are steering
and where the vehicle is actually
going. ESC applies the brakes on
individual wheels and intervenes
with the vehicle management system to stabilize the vehicle.
ESC will not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet
surfaces can still result in serious
accidents.
Only a safe and attentive driver can
prevent accidents by avoiding
maneuvers that cause the vehicle to
lose traction. Even with ESC
installed, always follow all the normal precautions for driving - including driving at safe speeds for the
conditions.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
For maximum protection, always
wear your seat belt. No system, no
matter how advanced, can compensate for all driver error and/or driving conditions. Always drive
responsibly.
The ESC system is an electronic
system designed to help the driver
maintain vehicle control under
adverse conditions. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
Factors including speed, road conditions and driver steering input can
all affect whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control. It
is still your responsibility to drive
and corner at reasonable speeds
and to leave a sufficient margin of
safety.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a "tik-tik''
sound from the brakes, or feel a
corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ESC is active.
Brake system
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
vehicle compartment when the
vehicle begins to move after the
vehicle is started. These conditions
are normal and indicate that the
Electronic Stability Control System
is functioning properly.
Electronic stability control (ESC)
operation
ESC ON condition
• When the ignition switch or
START/STOP button is turned ON,
ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights
illuminate for approximately 3
seconds, then ESC is turned on.
• Press the ESC OFF button for at
least half a second after turning
the vehicle ON to turn ESC off.
(ESC OFF indicator will illuminate).
To turn the ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF indicator
light will go off).
• When starting the vehicle, you
may hear a slight ticking sound.
This is the ESC performing an
automatic system self-check and
does not indicate a problem.
5
45
5
Driving your vehicle
Brake system
When operating
When the ESC is in operation,
the ESC indicator light blinks.
When the Electronic Stability
Control is operating properly, you
can feel a slight pulsation in the
vehicle. This is only the effect of
brake control and indicates nothing
unusual.
When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, pressing
the accelerator pedal may not cause
the vehicle rpm (revolutions per
minute) to increase.
ESC off state 2 - Traction & stability control disabled
To turn off the traction control
function and the brake control function of the ESC, press the ESC OFF
button (ESC OFF
) for more than
3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator light
(ESC OFF
) will illuminate and ESC
OFF warning chime will sound. At
this state, the car stability control
function does not operate any
more.
Indicator light
Electronic stability control (ESC)
operation off
ESC indicator light
This car has 2 kinds of ESC off
states.
If the vehicle stops when ESC is off,
ESC remains off. Upon restarting
the vehicle, the ESC will automatically turn on again.
ESC off state 1 - Traction control
disabled
To turn off the traction control
function and only operate the brake
control function of the ESC, press
the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF
)
for less than 3 seconds and the ESC
OFF indicator light (ESC OFF
illuminate.
5
46
) will
ESC OFF indicator light
When ignition switch or START/
STOP button is turned to ON, the
indicator light illuminates, then goes
off if the ESC system is operating
normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.
Driving your vehicle
Brake system
NOTICE
WARNING
Electronic stability control
Drive carefully even though your
vehicle has Electronic Stability Control. It can only assist you in maintaining control under certain
circumstances.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
• ESC should be turned on for daily
driving whenever possible.
• To turn ESC off while driving,
press the ESC OFF button while
driving on a flat road surface.
WARNING
Operating ESC
Never press the ESC OFF button
while ESC is operating (ESC indicator
light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip out
of control.
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it
may prevent the vehicle speed
from increasing, and result in
false diagnosis.
• Turning the ESC off does not
affect ABS or brake system operation.
Vehicle stability management
(VSM)
This system provides further
enhancements to vehicle stability
and steering responses when a
vehicle is driving on a slippery road
or a vehicle detects changes in coefficient of friction between right
wheels and left wheels when braking.
WARNING
Tire/Wheel size
When replacing tires and wheels,
make sure they are the same size
as the original tires and wheels
installed. Driving with varying tire or
wheel sizes may diminish any supplemental safety benefits of the
VSM system.
5
47
5
Driving your vehicle
Brake system
Vehicle stability management
(VSM) operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC
indicator light (
) blinks.
When the vehicle stability management is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle
and/or abnormal steering responses
(EPS- Electronic Power Steering).
This is only the effect of brake and
EPS control and indicates nothing
unusual.
WARNING
Vehicle stability management
Drive carefully even though your
vehicle has vehicle stability management. It can only assist you in maintaining control of the vehicle under
certain circumstances.
Malfunction indicator
• Driving on a sloping road such as a
gradient or incline
• Driving in reverse
The VSM can be deactivated even if
you don't cancel the VSM operation
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
Electric Power Steering system or
VSM system. If the ESC indicator
• ESC OFF indicator light (
light (
The VSM does not operate when:
)
remains on the instrument cluster
• EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
Vehicle stability management
(VSM) operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
light (
) illuminates.
To turn on the VSM, press the button again. The ESC OFF indicator
light goes out.
5
48
) or EPS warning light
remains on, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
NOTICE
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 13 mph (22
km/h) on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 6 mph (10
km/h) when a vehicle is braking on
a split-mu surface. A split-mu
surface is made of two surfaces
which have different friction
forces.
Driving your vehicle
The Vehicle Stability Management
system is not a substitute for safe
driving practices but a supplementary function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check
the speed and the distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver's intention,
even with installed VSM. Always follow all the normal precautions for
driving at safe speeds for the conditions – including driving in clement
weather and on a slippery road.
WARNING
For maximum protection, always
wear your seat belt. No system, no
matter how advanced, can compensate for all driver error and/or driving conditions. Always drive
responsibly.
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)
A vehicle has the tendency to roll
back on a steep hill when it starts to
go after stopping. The Hill-start
Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
vehicle from rolling back by applying
the brakes automatically for about
2 seconds.
The brakes are released when the
accelerator pedal is depressed or
after about 2 seconds.
Brake system
The HAC is activated only for about
2 seconds, so when the vehicle is
starting off always depress the
accelerator pedal.
WARNING
Maintaining Brake Pressure on
Incline
HAC does not replace the need to
apply brakes while stopped on an
incline. While stopped, make sure
you maintain brake pressure sufficient to prevent your vehicle from
rolling backward and causing an
accident. Don't release the brake
pedal until you are ready to accelerate forward.
Good braking practices
Good braking practices help keep
occupants safe and extend brake
life.
• Check to be sure the parking
brake is not engaged and the
parking brake indicator light is out
before driving away.
• Driving through water may get
the brakes wet. They can also get
wet when the vehicle is washed.
Wet brakes can be dangerous!
Your vehicle will not stop as
quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
brakes may cause the vehicle to
pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the
brakes lightly until the braking
5
49
5
Driving your vehicle
action returns to normal, taking
care to keep the vehicle under
control at all times. If the braking
action does not return to normal,
stop as soon as it is safe to do so
and call an authorized Kia dealer
for assistance.
• Don't coast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear. This is
extremely hazardous. Keep the
vehicle in gear at all times, use the
brakes to slow down, then shift to
a lower gear so that vehicle braking will help you maintain a safe
speed.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting your foot on the brake pedal
while driving can be dangerous
because the brakes might overheat and lose their effectiveness.
It also increases the wear of the
brake components.
• If a tire goes flat while you are
driving, apply the brakes gently
and keep the vehicle pointed
straight ahead while you slow
down. When you are moving
slowly enough for it to be safe to
do so, pull off the road and stop in
a safe place.
• Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shifter dial in P. If
your vehicle is facing downhill,
turn the front wheels into the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling.
5
50
Brake system
If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to
keep the vehicle from rolling,
block the wheels.
• Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the
engaged position. This is most
likely to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or
if the brakes are wet. If there is a
risk that the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily
while you put the shifter dial in P
and block the rear wheels so the
vehicle cannot roll. Then release
the parking brake.
• Do not hold the vehicle on an
incline with the accelerator pedal.
This can cause the reduction gear
to overheat. Always use the brake
pedal or parking brake.
Driving your vehicle
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) (Camera Type) (if
equipped)
The FCA system is designed to
detect and monitor a vehicle ahead
in the roadway through camera recognition to warn the driver that a
collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
Camera type FCA system does not
operate for pedestrians in front.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA):
• This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended
to, or does it replace the need for
extreme care and attention of the
driver. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the sensors
are limited. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or
while cornering.
• Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. FCA does not stop
the vehicle completely and does
not avoid all collisions due to system limitations.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Camera Type)
Setting and activating the FCA
The driver can activate the FCA by
placing the ignition switch or START/
STOP button to the ON position and
by selecting:
• Go to the "User Settings in the
cluster → Driver assistance →
Forward safety"
• If you select "Active assist", the
FCA system activates. The FCA
produces warning messages and
warning alarms in accordance
with the collision risk levels. Also,
it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.
• If you select "Warning only", the
FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in
accordance with the collision risk
levels. You should control the
brake directly because the FCA
system do not control the brake.
• If you select "Off", the FCA system deactivates.
The warning light illuminates on the LCD display,
when you cancel the FCA
system. The driver can monitor the
FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) is turned off. If the
warning light remains ON with the
FCA activated, take your vehicle to
an authorized Kia dealer and have
the system checked.
5
51
5
Driving your vehicle
Setting the initial warning activation time
The driver can select the initial
warning activation time on the LCD
display.
• Go to the "User Settings in the
cluster → Driver assistance →
Warning timing → Normal/Later".
The options for the initial Forward
Collision Warning includes the following:
• Normal: When this condition is
selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated normally.
• Later: When this condition is
selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later
than normal. This setting reduces
the amount of distance between
the vehicle ahead before the initial
warning occurs.
Select 'Later' when traffic is light
and when driving speed is slow.
When the vehicle ahead brakes
suddenly or you increase the
speed of your vehicle, the driver
can notice the warning alarm is
early even though the later option
is selected.
Prerequisite for the FCA activation
The FCA gets ready to be activated,
when the Active Assist or Warning
Only under the Forward Safety is
selected on the LCD display, and
5
52
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Camera Type)
when the following prerequisites are
satisfied.
• The ESC is activated.
• The driving speed is over 6 mph
(10 km/h). (However, FCA is activated within certain driving
speed.)
• The system detects a vehicle in
front. (However, FCA does not
activate according to conditions in
front and vehicle systems, but it
notices only certain warnings.)
• FCA may not be activated or may
only sound a warning alarm
depending on the driving or vehicle conditions.
• If the warning only under the Forward Safety is selected, FCA produces only warning alarms in
accordance with the collision risk
levels.
WARNING
• The FCA automatically activates
upon placing the ignition switch or
START/STOP button to the ON
position. The driver can deactivate
the FCA by canceling the system
setting on the LCD display. To
avoid driver distractions, do not
attempt to set or cancel the FCA
while driving the vehicle.
• The FCA automatically deactivates upon canceling the ESC.
When the ESC is canceled, the FCA
cannot be activated on the LCD
display.
Driving your vehicle
In this situation, the FCA warning
light will illuminate, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the system.
• Set or cancel FCA with controlling
switches on steering wheel after
stopping the vehicle in a safe
place for your safety.
FCA warning message and brake
control
The FCA system produces warning
messages, warning alarms, and
emergency braking based on the
level of risk of a frontal collision,
such as when a vehicle ahead suddenly brakes.
Collision Warning (1st warning)
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Camera Type)
management system to help decelerate the vehicle.
The Vehicle may slow down slightly.
• It will operate if the vehicle speed
is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h)
and less than or equal to 100 mph
(160 km/h) on a forward vehicle.
(Depending on the condition of
the vehicle ahead and the environment surrounding it, the possible maximum operating speed
may be reduced.)
• If you select "Warning only" for
the FCA system setting, the FCA
system activates and produces
only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels.
You should control the brake
directly because the FCA system
will not control the brake.
Emergency braking (2nd warning)
OSK3058064NR
The warning message appears on
the LCD display with the warning
alarms.
Additionally, some vehicle system
intervention occurs by the engine
OSK3058065NR
The warning message appears on
the LCD display with the warning
alarms.
5
53
5
Driving your vehicle
Additionally, some vehicle system
intervention occurs by the engine
management system to help decelerate the vehicle.
The brake control is maximized just
before a collision, reducing impact
when it strikes a forward vehicle.
• It will operate if the vehicle speed
is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h)
and less than or equal to 40 mph
(65 km/h) on a forward vehicle.
(Depending on the condition of
the vehicle ahead and the environment surrounding it, the possible maximum operating speed
may be reduced.)
• If you select "Warning only" for
the FCA system setting, the FCA
system activates and produces
only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels.
You should control the brake
directly because the FCA system
will not control the brake.
Brake operation
In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status
for prompt reaction against the
driver's depressing the brake pedal.
• The FCA system provides additional braking power for optimum
braking performance, when the
driver depresses the brake pedal
during warning.
• The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver
5
54
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Camera Type)
sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver
abruptly operates the steering
wheel.
• The braking control is automatically canceled, when risk factors
disappear.
CAUTION
The driver should always use
extreme caution when operating
the vehicle, even though there is no
warning message or warning alarm.
WARNING
The FCA system cannot avoid all
collisions nor completely stop the
vehicle before collision. The driver is
responsible to safely drive and control the vehicle.
WARNING
The FCA system logic operates
within certain parameters, such as
the distance from the vehicle ahead,
the speed of the vehicle ahead, and
the driver's vehicle speed. Certain
conditions such as inclement
weather and road conditions may
affect the operation of the FCA system.
Never deliberately drive dangerously
to activate the system.
Driving your vehicle
FCA front view camera sensor
In order for the FCA system to
operate properly, always make sure
the sensor is clean and free of dirt,
snow, and debris.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Camera Type)
This is not a malfunction with the
FCA. To operate the FCA again,
remove the foreign substances.
The FCA may not properly operate
in an area (e.g. open terrain), where
objects or vehicles are not detected
after turning ON the engine.
WARNING
The FCA system may not activate
without any warning messages
depending on driving and road conditions.
OSK3058011NR
Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on
the lens may adversely affect the
sensing performance of the sensor.
Warning message and warning light
OSK3058066NR
When the camera is covered with
dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA operation may not be able to detect other
vehicles. In this case, the warning
message appears to warn the driver.
NOTICE
5
• Doing so may adversely affect the
sensing performance of the sensor.
• Always keep the sensor clean and
free of dirt and debris.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the sensor. If the
sensor is forcibly moved out of
proper alignment, the FCA system
may not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may not
be displayed. In this case, take
your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system
inspected.
• Use only genuine parts to repair
or replace a damaged.
• Do not tint the window or install
stickers, accessories around the
inside mirror where the camera is
installed.
5
55
Driving your vehicle
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Camera Type)
• Make sure the frontal camera
installation point does not get
wet.
• Do not impact or arbitrarily
remove any camera components.
• Do not place reflective objects
(white paper or mirror etc.) on the
dashboard.
The system may activate unnecessarily due to reflect of the sunlight.
• Excessive audio volume may disturb the sound of the system
warning alarm.
• For more precautions related to
the camera sensor, refer to the
"Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System (if equipped)" on page 5-127.
FCA malfunction
When the FCA is not working properly, the FCA warning light (
)
will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few seconds.
Type A
Type B
OSK3058068NR
After the message disappears, the
master warning light (
) will illuminate. In this case, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and
have the system inspected.
The FCA system will also be deactivated for the sake of driver's safety
when the ESC warning light comes
on. The FCA warning message will
appear at the same time, too. But
that doesn't necessarily mean the
malfunction of the FCA system.
Both FCA warning light and warning
message will disappear once the ESC
warning light issue is resolved.
WARNING
OSK3058067NR
5
56
• The FCA is only a supplemental
system for the driver's convenience. It is the driver's responsibility to control the vehicle
operation. Do not solely depend
on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and,
if necessary, depress the brake
Driving your vehicle
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
pedal to reduce the driving speed
or to stop the vehicle.
In certain instances and under
certain driving conditions, the FCA
system may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display
with a warning chime.
Also, due to sensing limitations, in
certain situations, the camera
recognition system may not
detect the vehicle ahead. The FCA
system may not activate and the
warning message may not be displayed.
The FCA system may not activate
if the driver applies the brake
pedal before warning to avoid the
risk of a collision.
The FCA system does not operate
when the vehicle is in reverse.
The FCA system is not designed
to detect other objects on the
road such as animals.
The FCA system does not detect
vehicles in the opposite lane.
The FCA system does not detect
cross traffic vehicles that are
approaching.
The FCA system cannot detect
the driver approaching the side
view of a parked vehicle (for
example on a dead end street).
In these cases, you must maintain
a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce the driving speed
in order to maintain a safe distance or to stop the vehicle.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Camera Type)
Limitations of the FCA
The FCA system is designed to
monitor the vehicle ahead in the
roadway through camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary,
apply emergency braking.
In certain situations, the camera
may not be able to detect the vehicle ahead. In these cases, the FCA
system may not operate normally.
The driver must pay careful attention in the following situations
where the FCA operation may be
limited.
5
Limitations of the sensors
The sensor may be limited when:
• The sensor is covered with foreign
substances.
• It heavily rains or snows.
• The vehicle in front has a narrow
body. (i.e. motor cycle and bicycle)
• The sensor view is unclear due to
the backlight, the reflected light,
or darkness.
• The sensor cannot contain the full
image of the vehicle in front.
• The vehicle in front is a special
vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded
truck or a trailer.
• The outside brightness changes
suddenly, such as entering/exiting
the tunnel.
• The vehicle driving is unstable.
• The camera sensor recognition is
limited.
5
57
Driving your vehicle
• The sensor's field of view is not
well illuminated (either too dark
or too much reflection or too
much backlight that obscures the
field of view)
• The vehicle in front is driving
erratically
• The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances such
as a construction zone, railroad,
etc.
• Backlight is reflected in the direction of the vehicle (including front
light from the vehicle ahead)
• Moisture on the windshield is not
completely removed or frozen.
• The weather is misty.
• The vehicle in front does not turn
ON the rear lights, does not have
rear lights, has asymmetric rear
lights, or has rear lights out of
angle.
• The vehicle is on unpaved or
uneven rough surfaces, or roads
with sudden gradient changes.
• The vehicle is moving under
ground level or inside a building.
• A sudden change in the sensor
recognition takes place while
passing through the speed bump,
• The vehicle is severely shaken due
to adverse road conditions.
• Driving around circular intersection with a vehicle in front,
• The front of the camera lens is
contaminated by front glass tinting, film, water repellent coating,
damage on glass, foreign matter
(sticker, insect, etc.)
5
58
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Camera Type)
• The camera or camera lens is
damaged.
• The headlights of the vehicle are
not used at night or in the tunnel
section, or the light is too weak.
• The street light or the light of the
vehicle coming from the opposite
is reflected or when sunlight is
reflected by the water on the
road surface.
• The back light is projected in the
direction of the vehicle's motion
(including the headlights of vehicles)
• Road sign, shadow on the road,
tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial
pavement
• The windshield has moisture on
its surface or if windshield
freezes,
• Driving in the fog.
• Objects are out of the sensing
range of the camera.
Driving on a curve
OSK3058053NR
The FCA performance may be limited when driving on a curve. The
Driving your vehicle
FCA may not recognize the vehicle in
front even in the same lane.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Camera Type)
Driving on a slope
The FCA system may produce the
warning message and the warning
alarm prematurely, or it may not
produce the warning message or
the warning alarm at all.
When driving on a curve, the driver
must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
OSK3058012NR
The FCA performance may be limited while driving upward or downward on a slope and may not
recognize the vehicle in front in the
same lane.
It may produce the warning message and the warning alarm prematurely, or it may not produce the
warning message and the warning
alarm at all.
OSK3058052NR
While driving on a curve, the FCA
may recognize the vehicle in front in
the next lane.
If necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce your driving speed
in order to maintain a safe distance.
When the FCA suddenly recognizes
the vehicle in front while passing
over a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
Always keep your eyes forward
while driving upward or downward
on a slope, and, if necessary,
depress the brake pedal.
Also, when necessary depress the
accelerator pedal to prevent the
system from unnecessarily decelerating your vehicle. Always check the
traffic conditions around the vehicle.
5
59
5
Driving your vehicle
Changing lanes
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Camera Type)
of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in
order to maintain a safe distance.
Recognizing the vehicle
OSK3058051NR
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, the FCA system may
not immediately detect the vehicle,
especially if the vehicle changes
lanes abruptly. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
OSK3058048NR
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a stopped vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the FCA
system may not immediately detect
the new vehicle that is now in front
5
60
OSK3058013NR
If the vehicle in front of you has
cargo that extends rearward from
the cab, or when the vehicle in front
of you has higher ground clearance,
additional special attention is
required.
The FCA system may not be able to
detect the cargo extending from the
vehicle. In these instances, you must
maintain a safe braking distance
from the rearmost object, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in
order to maintain distance.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• Do not use the Forward CllisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) system
when towing a vehicle. Application
of the FCA system while towing
may adversely affect the safety
of your vehicle or the towing vehi•
•
•
•
cle.
Use extreme caution when the
vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the
cab, or when the vehicle in front
of you has higher ground clearance.
The FCA system is designed to
detect and monitor the vehicle
ahead in the roadway through
camera recognition. It is not
designed to detect pedestrians,
bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller
wheeled objects such as luggage
bags, shopping carts, or strollers.
Never try to test the operation of
the FCA system. Doing so may
cause severe injury or death.
If the front glass or camera have
been replaced or repaired, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Camera Type)
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the device.
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm) between the
radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be colocated or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or transmitter.
NOTICE
In some instances, the FCA system
may be canceled when subjected to
electromagnetic interference.
5
61
5
Driving your vehicle
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist FCA Sensor fusion type
(front Camera + front radar
type) (if equipped)
The FCA system is designed to
detect and monitor a vehicle ahead
or detect a pedestrian in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver
that a collision is imminent, and if
necessary, apply emergency braking.
are limited. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or
while cornering.
• Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. FCA does not stop
the vehicle completely and does
not avoid all collisions due to system limitations.
Setting and activating the FCA
WARNING
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) Limitations
The FCA system is a supplemental
system and is not a substitute for
safe driving practices.
It is the responsibility of the driver
to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead and to be
prepared to apply the brakes.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the forward CollisionAvoidance assist (FCA) system:
• This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended
to, or does it replace the need for
extreme care and attention of the
driver. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the sensors
5
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
62
The driver can activate the FCA by
placing the ignition switch or START/
STOP button to the ON position and
by selecting:
• Go to the 'User Settings in the
cluster', 'Driver Assistance', and
'Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist'.
The FCA deactivates, when the
driver cancels the system setting.
The warning light illuminates on the LCD display,
when you cancel the FCA
system. The driver can monitor the
FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) is turned off (Traction & Stability control disabled.).
When the warning light remains ON
with the FCA activated, take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked.
Driving your vehicle
Setting the initial warning activation time
The driver can select the initial
warning activation time in the User
Settings in the instrument cluster
LCD display.
The options for the initial Forward
Collision Warning include the following:
• NORMAL: When this condition is
selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated normally.
• LATE: When this condition is
selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later
than normal. This setting reduces
the amount of distance between
the vehicle or pedestrian ahead
before the initial warning occurs.
Select this condition only when
traffic is light, and you are driving
slowly.
Prerequisite for the FCA activation
The FCA will activate when the FCA
is selected on the LCD display, and
when the following prerequisites are
satisfied:
• The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is activated.
• The driving speed is over 6 mph
(10 km/h). (The FCA only works
within a certain range of vehicle
speeds)
• When the FCA recognizes a vehicle
or the pedestrian in front.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
WARNING
The FCA may not recognize every
obstacle or provide warnings and
braking in every situation, so do not
rely on the FCA to stop the vehicle in
instances where the driver sees an
obstacle and has the ability to apply
the brakes.
• The FCA automatically activates
upon placing the ignition switch or
START/STOP button to the ON
position. The driver can deactivate
the FCA by canceling the system
setting on the LCD display.
• The FCA automatically deactivates upon canceling the ESC.
When the ESC is canceled, the FCA
cannot be activated on the LCD
display.
The FCA warning light will illuminate.
• To avoid driver distractions, do
not attempt to set or cancel the
FCA while operating the vehicle.
FCA warning message and brake
control
The FCA system produces warning
messages, warning alarms, and
emergency braking based on the
level of risk of a frontal collision,
such as when a vehicle ahead suddenly brakes, or when the system
detects that a collision with a
pedestrian is imminent.
5
63
5
Driving your vehicle
The driver can select the initial
warning activation time in the User
Settings in the LCD display. The
options for the initial Forward Collision Warning include Early, Normal
or Late initial warning time.
Collision Warning (1st warning)
OSK3058064NR
• The warning message appears on
the LCD display with the warning
alarms.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
• For pedestrians and cyclists, the
vehicle speed is greater than or
equal to 6 mph (10 km/h) and less
than 56 mph (90 km/h). (Depending on the condition of pedestrians and bike riders and the
surrounding environment the
possible maximum operating
speed may be reduced.)
- If you select "Warning only", the
FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in
accordance with the collision
risk levels. You should control
the brake directly because the
FCA system do not control the
brake.
Emergency braking (2nd warning)
Additionally, some vehicle system
intervention occurs by the engine
management system to help decelerate the vehicle.
The Vehicle may slow down slightly.
• It will operate if the vehicle speed
is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h)
and less than or equal to 100 mph
(160 km/h) on a forward vehicle.
(Depending on the condition of
the vehicle ahead and the environment surrounding it, the possible maximum operating speed
may be reduced.)
5
64
OSK3058065NR
• The warning message appears on
the LCD display with the warning
alarms.
Additionally, some vehicle system
intervention occurs by the engine
management system to help decelerate the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
The Vehicle may slow down slightly.
• It will operate if the vehicle speed
is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h)
and less than or equal to 50 mph
(80 km/h) on a forward vehicle.
(Depending on the condition of
the vehicle ahead and the environment surrounding it, the possible maximum operating speed
may be reduced.)
• For pedestrians and cyclists, the
vehicle speed is greater than or
equal to 6 mph (10 km/h) and less
than 43 mph (70 km/h). (Depending on the condition of pedestrians and bike riders and the
surrounding environment the
possible maximum operating
speed may be reduced.)
- If you select "Warning only", the
FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in
accordance with the collision
risk levels. You should control
the brake directly because the
FCA system do not control the
brake.
Brake operation
In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status
for prompt reaction to assist the
driver in depressing the brake pedal.
• The FCA provides additional brak-
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
depresses the brake pedal during
warning.
• The braking control is automatically deactivated when the driver
sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver
abruptly operates the steering
wheel.
• The braking control is automatically canceled when risk factors
disappear.
The driver should always exercise
caution when operating the vehicle,
even though there is no warning
message or warning alarm.
5
WARNING
The FCA cannot avoid all collisions
nor completely stop the vehicle
before collision. The driver has the
responsibility to drive safely and
control the vehicle.
WARNING
The FCA is a supplemental system
and cannot completely stop the
vehicle in all situations or avoid all
collisions. It is the responsibility of
the driver to safely drive and control
the vehicle.
ing power for optimum braking
performance when the driver
5
65
Driving your vehicle
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
WARNING
Never deliberately drive dangerously
to activate the system as such conduct increases the risk of an accident.
NOTICE
The FCA system assesses the risk of
a collision by monitoring several
variables such as the distance to the
vehicle/pedestrian ahead, the speed
of the vehicle/pedestrian ahead, and
the driver's operation of the vehicle.
Certain conditions such as inclement
weather and road conditions may
affect the operation of the FCA sys-
OSK3058014NR
tem.
For the system operation, do not
attempt risky driving.
OSK3058011NR
NOTICE
FCA front radar / Camera sensor
In order for the FCA system to
operate properly, always make sure
the sensor or sensor cover is clean
and free of dirt, snow, and debris.
Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on
the sensor or its external parts may
adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor.
5
66
• Do not apply foreign objects such
as a bumper sticker or a bumper
guard near the radar sensor.
Doing so may adversely affect the
sensing performance of the radar.
• Always keep the radar sensor and
over clean and free of dirt and
debris.
• Use only soft clothes to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressurized
water directly on the sensor or
sensor cover.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is forc-
Driving your vehicle
•
•
•
•
•
•
ibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not
operate correctly. In this case, a
warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around the
radar sensor, the FCA system
may not operate properly. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Use only genuine parts to repair
or replace a damaged sensor or
sensor cover. Do not apply paint
to the sensor cover.
Do not tint the window or install
stickers or accessories around the
inside mirror where the camera is
installed.
Make sure the frontal camera
installation point does not get
wet.
Do not impact or remove any
radar/camera components.
Do not place reflective objects
(white paper or mirror etc.) on the
dashboard. The system may activate unnecessarily due to reflec-
tion of the sunlight.
• Excessive audio system volume
may prevent occupants from
hearing the FCA system warning
alarm.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
Warning message and warning light
When the sensor is covered or the
sensor lens is dirty with foreign
substances, such as snow or rain,
the FCA system may not be able to
detect vehicles or pedestrians.
OSK3058069NR
5
In this case, a warning message
("Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system disabled. Radar
blocked") will appear to notify the
driver. Remove the foreign substances to allow the FCA system to
function normally.
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris
and clean the radar sensor cover
before operating the FCA system.
The FCA may not properly operate
in an area (e.g. open terrain), where
any vehicles or objects are not
detected after turning ON the vehicle.
5
67
Driving your vehicle
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
FCA malfunction
When the FCA is not working properly, the FCA warning light (
)
will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few seconds.
Type A
when the ESC warning light comes
on. The FCA warning message will
appear at the same time, too. But
that doesn't necessarily mean the
malfunction of the FCA system.
Both FCA warning light and warning
message will disappear once the ESC
warning light issue is resolved.
WARNING
• The FCA is only a supplemental
system for the driver's convenience. It is the driver's responsibility to control the vehicle
operation. Do not solely depend
on the FCA system. Rather, mainOSK3058067NR
Type B
OSK3058068NR
After the message disappears, the
master warning light (
) will illuminate. In this case, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and
have the system checked.
The FCA system will also be deactivated for the sake of driver's safety
5
68
tain a safe braking distance, and,
if necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce the driving speed
or stop the vehicle.
• In certain instances and under
certain driving conditions, the FCA
system may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display
with a warning chime.
Also, due to sensing limitations, in
certain situations, the front radar
sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle,
pedestrian or cyclist (if equipped)
ahead. The FCA system may not
activate and the warning message will not be displayed.
• The FCA may unnecessarily produce the warning message and
the warning alarms. Also, due to
Driving your vehicle
the sensing limitation, the FCA
may not produce the warning
message and the warning alarm
at all.
• When there is a malfunction with
the FCA, the autonomous emergency braking does not operate
upon detecting a collision risk
even with other braking systems
normally operating.
• The FCA operates only for the
vehicle/pedestrian in front, while
driving forward. It does not oper-
•
•
•
•
•
•
ate for any animals or vehicles in
the opposite direction.
The FCA system may not activate
if the driver applies the brake
pedal before warning to avoid risk
of collision.
The FCA system does not operate
when the vehicle is in reverse.
The FCA system is not designed
to detect other objects on the
road such as animals.
The FCA system does not detect
vehicles in the opposite lane.
The FCA system does not detect
cross traffic vehicles that are
approaching.
The FCA system cannot detect
the driver approaching the side
view of a parked vehicle (for
example on a dead end street). In
these cases, you must maintain a
safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce the driving speed in
order to maintain a safe distance.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
• The FCA system may not activate
depending on road or driving conditions.
• The FCA system may not activate
to all types of vehicles.
Limitations of the FCA
The FCA system is designed to
monitor the vehicle ahead in the
roadway through radar signals and
camera recognition to warn the
driver that a collision is imminent,
and if necessary, apply emergency
braking.
In certain situations, the radar sensor or the camera may not be able
to detect the vehicle ahead. In these
cases, the FCA system may not
operate normally. The driver must
pay careful attention in the following situations where the FCA operation may be limited.
Recognizing the vehicle
The sensor may be limited when:
• The radar sensor or camera is
blocked with a foreign object or
debris.
• The camera lens is contaminated
due to tinted, filmed or coated
windshield, damaged glass, or
stuck of foreign matter (sticker,
bug, etc.) on the glass.
• Inclement weather such as heavy
rain or snow obscures the field of
5
69
5
Driving your vehicle
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5
view of the radar sensor or camera.
There is interference by electromagnetic waves.
Something in the path of travel
deflects the radar waves.
The radar/camera sensor recognition is limited.
The vehicle in front is too small to
be detected (for example a
motorcycle etc.)
The vehicle in front is an oversize
vehicle or trailer that is too big to
be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a
tractor trailer, etc.)
The camera's field of view is not
well illuminated (either too dark
or too much reflection or too
much backlight that obscures the
field of view)
The vehicle in front does not have
their rear lights on or their rear
lights are located unusually.
The outside brightness changes
suddenly, for example when
entering or exiting a tunnel.
When light coming from a street
light or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road.
The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare.
The windshield glass is fogged up.
The vehicle in front is driving
erratically.
70
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
• The vehicle is on unpaved or
uneven rough surfaces, or road
with sudden gradient changes.
• The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances as a
construction zone, railroad, etc.
• The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking
lot.
• The camera does not recognize
the entire vehicle in front.
• The camera is damaged.
• The brightness outside is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel.
• A shadow is on the road by a
median strip, trees, etc.
• The vehicle drives through a tollgate.
• The rear part of the vehicle in
front is not fully visible.
• Adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving.
• The sensor recognition changes
suddenly when passing over a
speed bump.
• The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction.
• The vehicle in front is stopped
vertically.
• The vehicle in front is driving
towards your vehicle or reversing.
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front circles.
Driving your vehicle
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
Driving on a curve
OSK3058052NR
OSK3058053NR
The FCA performance may be limited while driving on a curve. The
FCA may not recognize the vehicle in
front even in the same lane. The
FCA system may produce the warn-
The FCA system may recognize a
vehicle in the next lane when driving
on a curved road.
ing alarm at all.
In this case, the system may alarm
the driver and apply the brake.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving. If
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in
order to maintain a safe distance.
Also, in certain instances the front
radar sensor or camera recognition
system may not detect the vehicle
traveling on a curved road.
Also, when necessary depress the
accelerator pedal to prevent the
system from unnecessarily decelerating your vehicle.
When driving on a curve, the driver
must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
Always check the traffic conditions
around the vehicle.
ing message and the warning alarm
prematurely, or it may not produce
the warning message or the warn-
5
71
5
Driving your vehicle
Driving on a slope
OSK3058015NR
The FCA performance may be limited while driving upward or downward on a slope, and may not
recognize the vehicle in front in the
same lane. It may produce the
warning message and the warning
alarm prematurely, or it may not
produce the warning message and
the warning alarm at all.
When the FCA suddenly recognizes
the vehicle in front while passing
over a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
Changing lanes
OSK3058051NR
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, the FCA system may
not immediately detect the vehicle,
especially if the vehicle changes
lanes abruptly. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
Always keep your eyes forward
while driving upward or downward
on a slope, and, if necessary,
depress the brake pedal.
OSK3058048NR
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a stopped vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the FCA
system may not immediately detect
the new vehicle that is now in front
5
72
Driving your vehicle
of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in
order to maintain a safe distance.
Recognizing the vehicle
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
Recognizing pedestrians
Be cautious in the following situations, as the pedestrian may not be
detected by the system.
• The pedestrian is not fully captured by the camera sensor, or
the pedestrian does not walk in
the upright position.
• The pedestrian moves very fast.
• The pedestrian abruptly appears
in front.
• The pedestrian wears clothes in
the color similar to the back•
•
OSK3058016NR
If the vehicle in front of you has
cargo that extends rearward from
the cab, or when the vehicle in front
of you has higher ground clearance,
additional special attention is
required.
The FCA system may not be able to
detect the cargo extending from the
vehicle. In these instances, you must
maintain a safe braking distance
from the rearmost object, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in
order to maintain distance.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ground.
The outside is too bright or too
dark.
The vehicle drives at night or in
the darkness.
There is an item similar to a person's body structure.
The pedestrian is small.
The pedestrian has impaired
mobility.
It is difficult to distinguish the
pedestrian from the surroundings.
The sensor recognition is limited
due to weather conditions.
There is a group of pedestrians.
If a sudden change in the sensor
recognition takes place while
passing through the speed bump.
When the vehicle is severely
shaken due to adverse road conditions.
5
73
5
Driving your vehicle
• When driving around circular
intersection with a vehicle in
front.
• If the front of the camera lens is
contaminated by front glass tint-
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ing, film, water repellent coating,
damage on glass, foreign matter
(sticker, insect, etc.)
The radar or camera or camera
lens is damaged.
If the headlights of the vehicle are
not used at night or in the tunnel
section, or the light is too weak.
If street light or the light of the
vehicle coming from the opposite
is reflected or when sunlight is
reflected by the water on the
road surface.
If the windshield has moisture on
its surface or if windshield
freezes.
Driving in the fog.
When objects are out of the sensing range of the sensor or radar.
When the cyclist in front is riding
intersected with the driving direction.
When there is any other electromagnetic interference.
When the construction area, rail
or other metal object is near the
pedestrian.
If the bicycle material is not
reflected well on the radar.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist FCA Sensor
fusion type (front Camera + front radar type)
WARNING
• Cancel the FCA in the User Settings on the LCD display, before
towing another vehicle. While
towing, the brake application may
adversely affect your vehicle
safety.
• Exercise extreme caution to the
vehicle in front, when it has heavy
loading extended rearward, or
when it has higher ground clearance.
• The FCA system is designed to
detect and monitor the vehicle
ahead or detect a pedestrian in
the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition. It is
not designed to detect bicycles,
motorcycles, or smaller wheeled
objects such as luggage bags,
shopping carts, or strollers.
• Never try to test the operation of
the FCA system. Doing so may
cause severe injury or death.
• When replacing or reinstalling the
windshield, front bumper or
radar/camera after removal, take
your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system
checked.
NOTICE
In some instances, the FCA system
may be canceled when subjected to
electromagnetic interference.
5
74
Driving your vehicle
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the device.
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm) between the
radiator (antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be colocated or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or transmitter.
Cruise control system
Cruise control system (if
equipped)
The cruise control system allows
you to program the vehicle to maintain a constant speed without
pressing the accelerator pedal.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 20 mph (30
km/h).
• If the cruise control is left on,
(CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster illuminated)
the cruise control can be switched
on accidentally. Keep the cruise
control system off (CRUISE indicator light OFF) when the cruise
control is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Use the cruise control system
only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
• Do not use the cruise control
when it may not be safe to keep
the car at a constant speed, for
instance, driving in heavy or varying traffic, or on slippery (rainy,
icy or snow-covered) or winding
roads or over 6% uphill or downhill roads.
• Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever using
the cruise control system.
5
75
5
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
Cruise control system
Cruise control switch
During cruise-speed driving of a
manual transmission vehicle, do not
shift into neutral without depressing the clutch pedal, since the
engine will be overrevved. If this
happens, depress the clutch pedal or
release the cruise control ON-OFF
switch.
OSK3058054NR
NOTICE
During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying
the brakes, the cruise control will
energize after approximately 3 seconds. This delay is normal.
NOTICE
• CANCEL: Cancels cruise control
operation.
• CRUISE: Turns cruise control system on or off.
• RES+: Resumes or increases
cruise control speed.
• SET-: Sets or decreases cruise
control speed.
Setting cruise control speed
To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the ON
position or starting the engine.
WARNING
Misuse of Cruise Control
Do not use cruise control if the traffic situation does not allow you to
drive safely at a constant speed and
with sufficient distance to the vehicle in front.
5
76
OSK3058055NR
1. Press the cruise CRUISE button on
the steering wheel, to turn the
system on. The cruise indicator
light will illuminate.
Driving your vehicle
2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 20 mph
(30 km/h).
Cruise control system
Increasing cruise control set speed:
NOTICE
Manual transmission
For manual transmission vehicles,
you should depress the brake pedal
at least once to set the cruise control after starting the engine.
OSK3058057NR
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the button (RES+) and hold
it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the button at the speed
you want.
• Push the button (RES+) and
release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1.2 mph
(2.0 km/h) each time you push
the button (RES+) in this manner.
OSK3058056NR
3. Push the button (SET-), and
release it at the desired speed.
The cruise set indicator light will
illuminate. Release the accelerator pedal at the same time. The
desired speed will automatically
be maintained.
Decreasing the cruising speed
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going downhill.
OSK3058056NR
5
77
5
Driving your vehicle
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the button (SET-) and hold
it. Your vehicle will gradually slow
down. Release the button at the
speed you want to maintain.
• Push the button (SET-) and
release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1.2
mph (2.0 km/h) each time you
push the button (SET-) in this
manner.
Accelerating temporarily with the
cruise control on
• If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is
on, depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
• To return to the set speed, take
your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
Cancelling cruise control
Cruise control system
Follow either of these procedures:
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Depress the clutch pedal if
equipped with a manual
transmission.
• Press the CANCEL switch located
on the steering wheel.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by 12
mph (20 km/h).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 20 mph (30
km/h).
Each of these actions will cancel
cruise control operation (the cruise
set indicator light will go off), but it
will not turn the system off. If you
wish to resume cruise control operation, move up the lever (to RES+)
located on your steering wheel. You
will return to your previously preset
speed.
Resuming cruising speed at more
than approximately 20 mph (30
km/h)
OSK3058058NR
OSK3058057NR
5
78
Driving your vehicle
If any method other than the cruise
CRUISE button was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the most recent set
speed will automatically resume
when you push the button (RES+).
It will not resume, however, if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
Smart Cruise Control
Smart Cruise Control (if
equipped)
The smart cruise control system is
designed to allow you to program
the vehicle to maintain a constant
speed and a predetermined distance
to the vehicle ahead without
depressing the accelerator or brake
pedal.
Turning cruise control off
Follow either of these procedures:
• Press the cruise CRUISE button
(the cruise indicator light will be
turn off).
• Turn the ignition off.
Both of these actions cancel cruise
control operation. If you want to
resume cruise control operation,
repeat the steps provided in "To set
cruise control speed" on the previous page.
5
OSK3058100NR
1. Cruise indicator
2. Set speed
3. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
WARNING
For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
smart cruise control system.
5
79
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
To activate smart cruise control,
depress the brake pedal at least
once after turning the ignition
switch or START/STOP button to the
ON position or starting the vehicle.
This is to check if the brake switch
which is important part to cancel
smart cruise control is in normal
condition.
WARNING
Smart cruise control system Limitations
The smart cruise control system is a
supplemental system and is not a
substitute for safe driving practices.
It is the responsibility of the driver
to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead.
WARNING
• If the smart cruise control is left
on, (cruise indicator in the instrument cluster illuminated) the
smart cruise control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the
smart cruise control system off
(cruise indicator off) when the
smart cruise control is not being
used.
• Use the smart cruise control system only when traveling on open
highways in good weather.
5
80
Smart Cruise Control
• Do not use the smart cruise control when it may not be safe to
keep the car at a constant speed.
For instance.
- Highway interchange and tollgate
- Road surrounded by multiple
steel constructions (subway
construction, steel tunnel, etc)
- Parking lot
- Lanes beside guard rail on a
road
- Slippery road with rain, ice, or
snow
- Abrupt curved road
- Steep hills
- Windy roads
- Off roads
- Rods under construction
- Rumble strip
- When driving near crash barriers
- When driving on a sharp curve
- When the vehicle sensing ability
decreases due to vehicle modification resulting level difference of the vehicle's front and
rear
- When driving in heavy traffic or
when traffic conditions make it
difficult to drive at a constant
speed
- Limited visibility (rain, snow,
smog, etc.)
• Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever using
the smart cruise control system.
Driving your vehicle
• Be careful when driving downhill
using the SCC.
• Cruise function should not be
used when the vehicle is being
towed to prevent any damage.
• Always set the vehicle speed
under the speed limit in your
country.
• Always pay continuous attention
to road and driving conditions
even when the smart cruise control system is being operated.
Smart Cruise Control switch
The smart cruise control switch has
the following functions.
Smart Cruise Control
Setting Smart Cruise Control speed
1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn
the system on. The CRUISE indicator in the instrument cluster
will illuminate.
OSK3058018NR
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
The smart cruise control speed
can be set as follows:
• 5 mph (10 kph) ~ 100 mph (160
kph)
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired
speed. The set speed and vehicle
to vehicle distance on the LCD
screen will illuminate.
OSK3058017NR
• CANCEL: Cancels cruise control
operation.
• CRUISE: Turns cruise control system on or off.
• RES +: Resumes or increases
cruise control speed.
• SET -: Sets or decreases cruise
control speed.
•
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
OSK3058019NR
tance
5
81
5
Driving your vehicle
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
The desired speed will automatically be maintained.
NOTICE
If there is a vehicle in front of you,
the speed may decrease to maintain
the distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
The speed will be set to 20 mph (30
km/h) when there is a vehicle ahead
and your vehicle speed is 6 mph (10
km/h) ~ 20 mph (30 km/h).
Increasing Smart Cruise Control set
speed
Smart Cruise Control
Release the lever at the speed
you want.
• Move the lever up (to RES+), and
release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1.0 mph
(1.0 km/h) each time you move
the lever up (to RES+) in this manner.
You can set the speed to a maximum speed of 100 mph (160 km/h).
However, all speed limit laws must
be followed.
CAUTION
Check the traffic and driving conditions before using the toggle switch.
Driving speed may sharply increase,
when you push up and hold the toggle switch.
Decreasing Smart Cruise Control
set speed
OSK3058020NR
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever up (to RES+), and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).
5
82
OSK3058019NR
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever down (to SET-),
and hold it. Your vehicle set speed
will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Driving your vehicle
Release the lever at the speed
you want.
• Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will decrease by 1.0
mph (1.0 km/h) each time you
move the lever down (to SET-) in
this manner.
You can set the cruise control speed
above 20 mph (30 km/h).
Accelerating temporarily with
Smart Cruise Control on
• If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is
on, depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
• To return to the set speed, take
your foot off the accelerator.
• If you move the lever down (to
SET-) at increased speed, the
cruising speed will be set again.
NOTICE
Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not
controlled automatically at this time
even if there is a vehicle in front of
you.
Smart Cruise Control
Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily canceled when:
You are able to temporarily cancel
the smart cruise control. In some
circumstances, the smart cruise
control will cancel automatically.
Canceled manually
5
OSK3058023NR
The smart cruise control is temporarily canceled when the brake pedal
is depressed or the CANCEL button
is pressed.
Depress the brake pedal and press
the CANCEL button at the same
time, when the vehicle is at a standstill. The speed and vehicle to vehicle
distance indicator on the cluster is
disappeared and the CRUISE indicator is illuminated continuously.
Canceled automatically
Smart cruise control will automatically cancel in the following situations. (the set speed and vehicle to
vehicle distance on the LCD display
will go off.)
5
83
Driving your vehicle
• The driver's door is opened.
• The shift lever is shifted to N
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Parking).
• The EPB (electronic parking
brake) is applied.
• The vehicle speed is over 110 mph
(170 km/h).
• The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating.
• The ESC is turned off.
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or
blocked with foreign matter.
• When the vehicle is stopped for
over 5 minutes.
• The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/
down (SET-) or depressing the
accelerator pedal, after stopping
the vehicle with a vehicle stopped
far away in front.
• The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for long time.
• The SCC system has malfunctioned.
• When the braking control is operated for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA).
• The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/
down (SET-) or depressing the
accelerator pedal, after the vehicle is stopped by the Smart Cruise
Control system with no other
vehicle ahead.
• The vehicle stops and goes
repeatedly for a long period of
time.
• When the parking brake is locked.
5
84
Smart Cruise Control
If the smart cruise control is canceled automatically, the smart
cruise control will not resume even
though the RES+ or SET- lever is
moved.
NOTICE
If the smart cruise control is canceled during a situation is that is not
described above, take your vehicle
to an authorized Kia dealer and have
the system checked.
NOTICE
OSK3058070NR
If the system is automatically canceled, the warning chime will sound
and a message will appear for a few
seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed
by depressing the accelerator or
brake pedal according to the road
condition ahead and driving conditions.
Always check the road conditions.
Do not rely on the warning chime.
Driving your vehicle
Resuming Smart Cruise Control set
speed
Smart Cruise Control
When the Smart Cruise Control System is not needed, press the
[CRUISE] switch and deactivate the
system.
• Press the CRUISE button (The
CRUISE indicator light will go off.).
Setting vehicle-to-vehicle distance
OSK3058020NR
• If any method other than the
"RES+" or "SET-" lever was used
to cancel cruising speed and the
system is still activated, the
cruising speed will automatically
resume when you push the lever
up (RES+) or down (SET-).
• If you push the lever up (RES+),
the speed will resume to the
recently set speed. However, if
vehicle speed drops 5 mph (10
km/h), it will not be resume.
Turning Smart Cruise Control off
You can program the vehicle to
maintain a predetermined distance
to the vehicle ahead without
depressing the accelerator pedal or
brake pedal.
5
OSK3058024NR
• The vehicle to vehicle distance will
automatically activate when the
smart cruise control system is on.
• Select the appropriate distance
according to road conditions and
vehicle speed.
• Each time the button is pressed,
the vehicle to vehicle distance
changes as follows:
OSK3058018NR
5
85
Driving your vehicle
For example, if you drive at 56
mph (90 km/h), the distance
maintain as follows;
Distance 4 - approximately 172 ft
(52.5 m)
Distance 3 - approximately 131 ft
(40 m)
Distance 2 - approximately 107 ft
(32.5 m)
Distance 1 - approximately 82 ft
(25 m)
NOTICE
The distance is set to the last set
distance when the system is used
for the first time after starting the
vehicle.
Smart Cruise Control
WARNING
Following Distance
• To avoid collisions, always be
aware of the selected speed and
vehicle to vehicle distance settings when activating your smart
cruise control system.
• Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your
vehicle by applying the brakes if
necessary.
When there is a vehicle ahead of
you in your lane:
When the lane ahead is clear:
OSK3058101NR
OSK3058105NR
The vehicle speed will maintain the
set speed.
OSK3058102NR
5
86
Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control
WARNING
OSK3058103NR
OSK3058064NR
OSK3058104NR
The vehicle will maintain the set
speed, when the lane ahead is clear.
The vehicle will slow down or speed
up to maintain the selected distance, when there is a vehicle ahead
of you in the lane. (A vehicle will
appear in front of your vehicle in the
LCD display only when there is an
actual vehicle in front of you)
If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your
vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the
selected speed.
• The warning chime sounds and
LCD display blinks if it is hard to
maintain the selected distance to
the vehicle ahead.
• If the warning chime sounds,
actively adjust the vehicle speed
by depressing the brake pedal
according to the road and driving
conditions.
• Even if the warning chime is not
activated, always pay attention to
the driving conditions to prevent
dangerous situations from occurring.
• Be alert to road conditions as
radio, loud sounds and outside
conditions could prevent occupants from hearing a warning
sound.
5
87
5
Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control
If the sensor is covered with dirt or
other foreign matter, the vehicle to
vehicle distance control may not
operate correctly.
Always keep the area in front of the
sensor clean.
Warning message
OSK3058071NR
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed:
less than 20 mph (30 km/h) moves
to the next lane, the warning chime
will sound and a message will
appear. Adjust your vehicle speed
for vehicles or objects that can suddenly appear in front of you by
depressing the brake pedal according to the road and driving conditions.
Radar to detect distance to the
vehicle ahead
OSK3058014NR
The sensor detects the distance to
the vehicle ahead.
5
88
OSK3058072NR
When the sensor lens cover is
blocked with dirt, snow, or debris,
the Smart Cruise Control System
operation may stop temporarily. If
this occurs, a warning message will
appear on the LCD display. Remove
any dirt, snow, or debris and clean
the radar sensor lens cover before
operating the Smart Cruise Control
System.
The Smart Cruise Control system
may not properly activate, if the
radar is totally covered, or if any
vehicles are not detected after
turning ON the vehicle (e.g. in an
open terrain).
Driving your vehicle
SCC (smart cruise control) malfunction message
OSK3058073NR
The message will appear when the
vehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
In this case, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
CAUTION
• Do not install accessories around
the sensor and do not replace the
bumper by yourself. It may interfere with the sensor performance.
• Always keep the sensor and
bumper clean.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressurized
water directly on the sensor or
sensor cover.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control
Smart Cruise Control
System may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning
message may not be displayed.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Do not damage the sensor or sensor area by a strong impact. If the
sensor moves slightly off position,
the smart cruise control system
will not operate correctly without
any warning or indicator from the
cluster. If this occurs, take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked.
• Use only a genuine Kia sensor
cover for your vehicle. Do not
paint anything on the sensor
cover.
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around the
radar sensor, the Smart Cruise
Control System may not operate
properly.
Adjusting the sensitivity of Smart
Cruise Control
The sensitivity of vehicle speed
when following the front vehicle to
maintain the set distance can be
adjusted.
• Go to the 'User Settings in the
cluster → Driver Assistance →
SCC Reaction'.
You may select one of the three
stages you prefer.
5
89
5
Driving your vehicle
• Slow: Vehicle speed to the vehicle
ahead to maintain the set distance is slower than normal
speed.
• Normal: Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is normal
• Fast: Vehicle speed to the vehicle
ahead to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed.
NOTICE
The last selected mode remains in
the system.
Converting to Cruise Control mode
Smart Cruise Control
The driver may choose to only use
the cruise control mode (speed control function) by doing as follows:
1. Turn the smart cruise control system on (the cruise indicator light
will be on but the system will not
be activated).
2. Push the distance to distance
switch for more than 2 seconds.
3. Choose between "Smart Cruise
Control" and "Cruise Control".
When the system is canceled using
the CRUISE button or the CRUISE
button is used after the vehicle is
turned on, the Smart Cruise Control
mode will turn on.
WARNING
When using the cruise control mode,
you must manually assess the distance to other vehicles as the system will not automatically brake to
slow down for other vehicles.
Limitations of the Smart Cruise
Control
OSK3058074NR
OSK3058075NR
5
90
The smart cruise control system
may have limits to its ability to
detect distance to the vehicle ahead
due to road and traffic conditions.
Driving your vehicle
Driving on a curve
Smart Cruise Control
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead.
OSK3058053NR
On curves, the smart cruise control
system may not immediately detect
a moving vehicle in your lane, and
then your vehicle could accelerate to
the set speed. Also, the vehicle
speed will rapidly decrease when the
vehicle ahead is recognized sud-
Adjust your speed by depressing the
brake pedal or applying the accelerator pedal according to road and
driving conditions ahead. Check to
be sure that the road conditions
permit safe operation of the smart
cruise control.
Driving on a slope
5
denly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
curves and adjust your vehicle speed
by depressing the accelerator or
brake pedal according to the road
and driving conditions ahead.
OSK3058086NR
During uphill or downhill driving, the
smart cruise control system may
not immediately detect a moving
vehicle in your lane, and may cause
your vehicle to accelerate to the set
speed.
OSK3058052NR
Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly
down when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.
5
91
Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control
Select the appropriate set speed on
inclines and adjust your vehicle
speed by depressing the accelerator
or brake pedal according to the road
and driving conditions ahead.
Changing lanes
OSK3058050NR
Your vehicle may accelerate when a
vehicle ahead of you disappears.
When you are warned that the vehicle ahead of you is not detected,
drive with caution.
OSK3058051NR
A vehicle which moves into your lane
from an adjacent lane cannot be
recognized by the sensor until it is in
the sensor's detection range.
Recognizing the vehicle
The sensor may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
If a vehicle which moves into your
lane is slower than your vehicle,
your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
If a vehicle which moves into your
lane is faster than your vehicle, your
vehicle will accelerate to the
selected speed.
5
92
OSK3058049NR
Some vehicles ahead in your lane
cannot be recognized by the sensor
as follows:
• Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles
• Vehicles offset to one side
• Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles
• Stopped vehicles
Driving your vehicle
• Vehicles with small rear profiles
such as trailers with no loads
A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any
of following occurs:
• When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
trunk (liftgate)
• While making turns by steering
• When driving to one side of the
lane
• When driving on narrow lanes or
on curves
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead.
Smart Cruise Control
reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
OSK3058047NR
Always look out for pedestrians
when your vehicle is maintaining a
distance with the vehicle ahead.
5
OSK3058087NR
OSK3058048NR
When vehicles are at a standstill and
the vehicle in front of you changes
to the next lane, be careful when
your vehicle starts to move because
it may not immediately recognize
the stopped vehicle in front of you.
Always be cautious when approaching vehicles that are taller with
higher clearance, or vehicles carrying loads that stick out of the back
of the vehicle.
In this case, you must maintain a
safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
5
93
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
When using the Smart Cruise Control take the following precautions:
• If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes.
The Smart Cruise Control system
may not be able to completely
stop the vehicle or avoid a collision
in every situation.
• Keep a safe distance according to
road conditions and vehicle speed.
If the vehicle to vehicle distance is
too close during a high-speed
driving, a serious collision may
result.
• Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your
vehicle by applying the brakes if
necessary.
• The Smart Cruise Control system
cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming
vehicle.
Always look ahead cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
• Vehicles moving in front of you
with a frequent lane change may
cause a delay in the system's
reaction or may cause the system
to react to a vehicle actually in an
adjacent lane.
Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring.
• Always be aware of the selected
speed and vehicle to vehicle dis5
94
Smart Cruise Control
tance. The driver should not solely
rely on the system but always
pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle
speed.
• The Smart Cruise Control system
may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay
attention to driving conditions
and control your vehicle speed.
• For safe operation, carefully read
and follow the instructions in this
manual before use.
• Do not use smart cruise control
system on steep inclines or when
towing another vehicle or trailer
since such extreme loading can
interfere with your vehicle's ability to maintain the selected
speed.
NOTICE
The Smart Cruise Control System
may not operate temporarily due
to:
• Electrical interference.
• A modified suspension.
• Differences of tire abrasion or tire
pressure.
• Installing different type of tires.
Driving your vehicle
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to oper-
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system
Your vehicle may be equipped with
the ISG system, which reduces fuel
consumption by automatically shutting down the engine, when the
vehicle is at a standstill. (For example: red light, stop sign and traffic
jam)
The engine starts automatically as
soon as the starting conditions are
met.
The ISG system is ON whenever the
engine is running.
ate the device.
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm) between the
radiator (antenna) and your body.
NOTICE
5
When the engine automatically
starts by the ISG system, some
warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF,
EPS or Parking brake warning light)
may turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean the
system has malfunctioned.
This transmitter must not be colocated or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or transmitter.
5
95
Driving your vehicle
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system
Auto stop
NOTICE
To stop the engine in idle stop
mode
If you open the engine hood in auto
stop mode, the following will happen:
• The ISG system will deactivate
(the light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate).
• A message will appear on the LCD
display.
OSK3058120NR
Stop the vehicle completely by
pressing the brake pedal when the
shift lever is in the D (Drive) or N
(Neutral) position.
The engine will stop and the green
AUTO STOP (
) indicator on the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
OSK3058119NR
• If you move the transmission
lever from N to D (manual mode)
or R without depressing the brake
pedal after stopping engine automatically, the engine does not
restart automatically and a warning chime alarms. When this happens, press the brake pedal for
auto start.
OSK3058118NR
5
96
Driving your vehicle
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system
Auto start
To restart the engine from idle stop
mode
OSK3058121NR
• Release the brake pedal.
or
• Move the shift gear to the R
(Reverse) position or the manual
mode while depressing the brake
pedal.
The engine will start and the green
AUTO STOP indicator (
) on the
instrument cluster will go out.
The engine will also restart automatically without any driver
actions if the following occurs:
• The fan speed of manual climate
control system is set above the
3rd position when the air conditioning is on.
• The fan speed of automatic climate control system is set above
the 6th position when the air con-
• When a certain amount of time
has passed with the climate control system on.
• When the defroster is on.
• The brake vacuum pressure is
low.
• The battery charging status is
low.
• The vehicle speed exceeds 1 mph
(1 km/h).
• Engine is turned off by Auto Stop
for a long time.
• If you unfasten the seat belt or
open the driver's door while
depressing the brake pedal.
Condition of ISG system operation
The ISG system will operate under
the following condition:
• The driver's seat belt is fastened.
• The driver's door and engine hood
are closed.
• The brake vacuum pressure is
adequate.
• The battery is sufficiently
charged.
• The outside temperature is
between 14 F to 95 F (-10 C to
35 C).
• The engine coolant temperature
is not too low.
ditioning is on.
5
97
5
Driving your vehicle
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system
ISG system malfunction
NOTICE
• If the ISG system does not meet
the operation condition, the ISG
system is deactivated. The light
on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and a message "Auto Stop
conditions not met" will appear on
the LCD display.
• If the light or notice comes on
continuously, please check the
operation condition.
The system may not operate
when:
ISG system deactivation
OSK3058120NR
The system may not operate when
an ISG related sensor or system
error occurs.
The following will happen:
• The yellow AUTO STOP (
OSK3058122NR
• If you wish to deactivate the ISG
system, press the ISG OFF button
(1). The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate.
• If you press the ISG OFF button
again, the system will be activated and the light on the ISG OFF
button will turn off.
5
98
) indi-
cator on the instrument cluster
will stay on after blinking for 5
seconds.
• The light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate.
NOTICE
If the ISG OFF button light is not
turned off by pressing the ISG OFF
button again or if the ISG system
continuously does not work correctly, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Driving your vehicle
When the engine is in Idle Stop
mode, it's possible to restart the
engine without the driver taking any
action. Before leaving the car or
doing anything in the engine compartment, stop the engine by turning the ignition switch to the LOCK/
OFF position or removing the igni-
Drive mode integrated control system
Drive mode integrated control
system (if equipped)
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
tion key.
NOTICE
If the AGM battery is reconnected or
replaced, ISG function will not operate immediately. If you want to use
the ISG function, the battery sensor
needs to be calibrated for approximately 4 hours with the ignition off.
After calibration, turn the engine on
and off 2 or 3 times.
OSK3058022NR
The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE button is pressed.
• NORMAL mode: NORMAL mode
provides smooth and comfortable
riding.
• SPORT mode: SPORT mode provides sporty but firm riding.
• ECO mode: ECO mode improves
fuel efficiency for eco-friendly
driving.
The driving mode will be set to
NORMAL or ECO mode when the
engine is restarted. If it is in NORMAL mode this mode will be set,
when the engine is restarted.
If it is in Eco mode, Eco mode will be
set when the engine is restarted.
5
99
5
Driving your vehicle
SPORT mode
SPORT mode focuses on
dynamic driving.
• When the DRIVE MODE button is
pressed and the SPORT mode is
selected, the SPORT indicator will
illuminate.
• When the SPORT mode is activated, and the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned off and on
it will change to NORMAL mode.
To turn on the SPORT mode press
DRIVE MODE button again.
• If the system is activated:
- After increasing speed and taking your foot off the accelerator pedal it maintains the gear
and rpm for a short time even
though the accelerator pedal is
not depressed.
- Up-shifting is delayed.
NOTICE
In Sport drive mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.
Drive mode integrated control system
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is
set to ECO mode, the engine and
transmission control logic are
changed to maximize fuel efficiency.
• When ECO mode is selected by
pressing the DRIVE MODE button,
the ECO indicator will illuminate.
• If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
when the engine is turned OFF
and restarted the Drive Mode setting will remain in ECO mode.
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the
driver's driving habit and road condition.
When ECO mode is activated:
• The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
• The shift pattern of the automatic transmission may change.
• The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are activated
to improve fuel efficiency.
5
100
Driving your vehicle
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur
while ECO mode is operating, the
system operation a will be limited:
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes
comfort.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
• When driving the vehicle with the
automatic transmission gear shift
lever in manual mode:
The system will be limited accord-
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (if
equipped)
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system uses radar sensors in
the rear bumper to monitor and
warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle in the driver's blind spot
area.
The system monitors the rear area
of the vehicle and provides information to the driver with an audible
alert and a indicator on the outside
rearview mirrors.
1. Blind-Spot Area
5
ing to the shift location.
OSK3058089NR
The blind spot detection range
varies relative to vehicle speed.
Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles
around you, the warning will not
occur.
5
101
Driving your vehicle
2. Closing at high speed
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
tion when changing lanes or backing up the vehicle.
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system may not detect
every object alongside the vehicle.
Setting and activating the BCW
OSK3058090NR
The Lane Change Assist feature
will alert you when it detects a
vehicle is approaching in an adjacent lane at a high rate of speed.
If the driver activates the turn
signal when the system detects
an oncoming vehicle, the system
sounds an audible alert.
WARNING
• Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be alert for
unexpected situations even
though the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning system is operating.
• The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system is supplemental
systems to assist you. Do not
entirely rely on the systems.
Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety.
• The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system is not a substitute
for proper and safe driving.
Always drive safely and use cau-
5
102
The driver can activate the system
by placing the ignition switch or
START/STOP button to the ON position and by selecting:
• Go to the 'User Settings in the
cluster → Driver Assistance →
Blind-Spot Safety'.
• The BCW is ready to be activated when 'Active Assist' is
selected. Then, if a vehicle
approaches the driver's blind
spot area a warning sounds or
braking power is applied.
• Only BCW turns on and is ready
to be activated when 'Warning
Only' is selected. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind
spot area a warning sounds but
braking is not applied.
• The system is deactivated and
the indicator on the BCW button is turned off when 'Off' is
selected.
Driving your vehicle
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
Setting the warning volume of the
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
The driver can select the warning
volume of Blind-Spot Collision
Warning in the User Settings in the
LCD display by selecting
• Go to the 'User Settings → Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume →
High/Medium/Low'.
OSK3058027NR
• If you press the BCW switch while
'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only' is
selected the indicator on the button will turn off and the system
will deactivate.
• If you press the BCW switch while
the system is canceled the indicator on the button illuminates and
the system activates. In this case,
the system returns to the state
before the vehicle was turned off.
When the system is initially
turned on and when the vehicle is
turned off then on again while the
system is in activation, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outer side view
mirror.
• If the vehicle is turned off then on
again, the system maintains the
last setting.
For more details, refer to "LCD display" on page 4-51.
NOTICE
If you change the warning volume,
the warning volume of other systems may change. Always be aware
before changing the warning volume.
Operating Conditions
The system enters the ready status, when 'Active Assist' or 'Warning
Only' is selected and the following
conditions are satisfied:
Active Assist
The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist system will activate when:
• Vehicle speed is between 40 mph
and 110 mph (60 km/h and 180
km/h).
• The system detects both of the
lane lines.
5
103
5
Driving your vehicle
• An approaching vehicle is
detected next to or behind your
vehicle.
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system will activate when:
• The vehicle speed is above
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
Warning Only
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system will activate when:
• The vehicle speed is approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a warning
light will illuminate on the outer side
view mirror and the Head-Up Display (if equipped).
If the detected vehicle is no longer
within the blind spot area, the
warning will turn off according to
the driving conditions of the vehicle.
Second stage alert
* The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist system is not activated
when "Warning Only" is selected.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
alert
The BCW is designed to alert the
driver if a vehicle is detected by the
radar.
First stage alert
OSK3058165NR
A warning chime to alert the driver
will activate when:
1. A vehicle has been detected in the
blind spot area by the radar system AND.
2. The turn signal is applied (same
side as where the vehicle is being
detected).
When this alert is activated, the
warning light on the outer side view
mirror and the Head-Up Display (if
equipped) will also blink. And a
warning chime will sound.
OSK3058164NR
5
104
Driving your vehicle
If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert will be
deactivated.
If the detected vehicle is no longer
within the blind spot area, the
warning will turn off according to
the driving conditions of the vehicle.
WARNING
• The warning light on the outer
side view mirror will illuminate
whenever a vehicle is detected at
the rear side by the system.
To avoid accidents, do not focus
only on the warning light and
neglect to see the surrounding of
the vehicle.
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a BlindSpot Collision Warning (BCW) system. Do not solely rely on the
system but check your surroundings before changing lanes or
backing the vehicle up.
• The system may not alert the
driver in some situations due to
system limitations so always
check your surroundings while
driving.
• The driver should always use
extreme caution while operating
the vehicle, whether or not the
warning light on the outer side
view mirror illuminates or there is
a warning alarm.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
CAUTION
• Playing the vehicle audio system
at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the BlindSpot Collision Warning system
warning sounds.
• If any other warning sound such
as seat belt warning chime is
already generated, the Blind-Spot
Collision Warning (BCW) system
warning may not sound.
Detecting Sensor (radar)
The BCW operates based on data
collected by the rear radars.
5
Rear radar
OSK3058028NR
Rear radar
The rear radars are located inside
the rear bumper for detecting the
side and rear areas. Always keep the
rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system.
5
105
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
• The system may not work properly when the bumper has been
damaged, or if the rear bumper
has been replaced or repaired.
• The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of
the road. When the road is nar-
•
•
•
•
row, the system may detect
other vehicles in the next lane.
The system may turn off due to
interference by electromagnetic
waves.
Always keep the sensors clean.
NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the
sensor component or apply any
impact on the sensor component.
Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper align-
ment, the system may not
operate correctly. In this case, a
warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
• Do not apply foreign objects such
as a bumper sticker or a bumper
guard near the radar sensor or
apply paint to the sensor area.
Doing so may adversely affect the
performance of the sensor.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
Warning message
If a warning message related to the
BCW appears, take the appropriate
measures as detailed below.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system disabled. Radar blocked
OSK3058082NR
This warning message may appear
when:
• One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or
snow or a foreign object.
• Driving in rural areas where the
sensor does not detect another
vehicle for an extended period of
time.
• When there is inclement weather
such as heavy snow or rain.
If any of these conditions occur, the
light on the BCW switch and the
system will turn off automatically.
When the BCW canceled warning
message is displayed in the cluster
check to make sure that the rear
bumper is free from any dirt or
snow in the areas where the sensor
5
106
Driving your vehicle
is located. Remove any dirt, snow,
or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system
Type A
After any dirt or debris is removed,
the system should operate normally
after about 10 minutes of driving
the vehicle.
If the system still does not operate
normally have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Turn off the BCW and RCCW system
when a trailer or carrier is installed.
• Press the BCW switch (the indica-
OSK3058083NR
Type B
5
tor on the switch will turn off)
• Deactivate the RCCW system by
deselecting
'User Settings → Driver Assistance →Blind-Spot Safety → Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning' (if
equipped)
OSK3058084NR
If there is a problem with the BCW
system, a warning message will
appear and the light on the switch
will turn off. The system will turn
off automatically. Have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
5
107
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the BCW
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the system may not detect other vehicles
or objects in certain circumstances:
• When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
• The vehicle driven in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
• The sensor is covered with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
• The rear bumper where the sen-
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5
sor is located is covered with a
foreign object such as a bumper
sticker, a bumper guard, a bike
rack, etc.
The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a
trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
When the temperature of the
rear bumper is high.
When the sensors are blocked by
other vehicles, walls or parkinglot pillars.
The vehicle is driven on a curved
road.
The vehicle is driven through a
tollgate.
The road pavement (or the
peripheral ground) abnormally
contains metallic components (i.e.
possibly due to subway construction).
108
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail.
• While going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane
is different.
• Driving on a narrow road where
trees or grass or overgrown.
• Driving in rural areas where the
sensor does not detect another
vehicle or structure for an
extended period of time.
• Driving on a wet road.
• Driving on a road where the
guardrail or wall is in double
structure.
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
• When the other vehicle
approaches very close.
• When the other vehicle passes at
a very fast speed.
• While changing lanes.
• If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
• When the vehicle in the next lane
moves two lanes away from you
OR when the vehicle two lanes
away moves to the next lane
from you.
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
• A flat trailer is near.
• If there are small objects in the
detecting area such as a shopping
cart or a baby stroller.
• If there is a low height vehicle
such as a sports car.
• The brake pedal is depressed.
Driving your vehicle
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
activated.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
malfunctions.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged.
• The brake is reworked.
• The vehicle abruptly changes
driving direction.
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle sharply stops.
• Temperature is extremely low
around the vehicle.
• The vehicle severely vibrates
while driving over an uneven/
bumpy road, or concrete patch.
• The vehicle drives on a slippery
surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.
• The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) or
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) do
not operate normally. (if
equipped)
For more information refer to
"Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System (if equipped)" on page 5-127.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
Driving on a curve
OSK3058029NR
The BCW systems may not operate
properly when driving on a curved
road. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle in
the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
OSK3058091NR
The BCW systems may not operate
properly when driving on a curved
road. In certain instances, the system may recognize a vehicle in the
same lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
5
109
5
Driving your vehicle
Driving where the road is merging/
dividing
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
Also, in certain instances, the system may wrongly recognize the
ground or structures.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
Driving where the heights of the
lanes are different
OSK3058030NR
The BCW systems may not operate
properly when driving where the
road is merging/dividing. In certain
instances, the system may not
detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
Driving on a slope
OSK3058032NR
The BCW systems may not operate
properly when driving where the
heights of the lanes are different.
In certain instances, the system
may not detect the vehicle on a road
with different lane heights (i.e.
underpass joining section, grade
separated intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
OSK3058031NR
The BCW systems may not operate
properly when driving on a slope. In
certain instances the system may
not detect the vehicle in the next
lane.
5
110
Driving your vehicle
Driving where there is a structure
beside the road
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) / Rear CrossTraffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist (RCCA)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system
OSK3058033NR
[A]: noise barrier, [B]: guardrail
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) system uses radar
sensors to monitor the approaching
cross traffic from the left and right
side of the vehicle when your vehicle
is in reverse.
The BCW systems may not operate
properly when driving where there
is structure beside the road.
5
In certain instances, the system
may wrongly recognize the structures (i.e. noise barriers, guardrail,
double guardrail, median strip, bollard, street light, road sign, tunnel
wall, etc.) beside the road.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
OSK3058092NR
The blind spot detection range varies relative to the approaching vehicle speed.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system
The Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist (RCCA) system
monitors approaching cross traffic
from the left and right side of the
vehicle when your vehicle is
approaching.
5
111
Driving your vehicle
The Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist (RCCA) system
may activate the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) in certain situations.
WARNING
• Always be aware of road and
traffic conditions while driving
and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
are operating.
• The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning system and Rear CrossTraffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
system are supplemental systems to assist you. Do not
entirely rely on the systems.
Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety.
• The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning system and Rear CrossTraffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
system are not substitutes for
proper and safe driving. Always
drive safely and use caution when
backing up the vehicle.
Setting and activating the RCCW/
RCCA
The driver can activate the systems
by placing the ignition switch or
START/STOP button to the ON position and by selecting:
5
112
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
• Go to the 'User Settings in the
cluster → Driver Assistance →
Blind-Spot Safety → Rear CrossTraffic Safety'.
The RCCA and RCCW is ready to be
activated when 'Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety' is selected.
When the vehicle is turned off then
on again, the systems will be ready
to be activated.
When the system is initially turned
on and when the engine is turned
off then on again, the warning light
will illuminate for 3 seconds on the
outer side view mirror.
Setting the initial warning activation time
The driver can select the initial
warning activation time in the User
Settings in the LCD display by
selecting:
• 'User Settings in the cluster →
Driver Assistance → Warning
Timing'.
The options for the initial Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
includes the following:
• Normal: When this option is
selected, the initial Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting
feels sensitive, change the option
to 'Later'.
Driving your vehicle
• Later: Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light
and you are driving in a low speed.
NOTICE
If you change the warning timing,
the warning time of other systems
may change. Always be aware
before changing the warning timing.
Setting the warning volume of the
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
The driver can select the warning
volume of the Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning by selecting:
• Go to the 'User Settings → Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume →
High/Medium/Low'.
NOTICE
If you change the warning volume,
the warning volume of other systems may change. Always be aware
before changing the warning volume.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
* The system will not activate when
the vehicle speed exceeds 7 mph
(10 km/h). The system will activate again when the speed is
below 5 mph (8 km/h).
The system's detecting range is
approximately 1~65 ft (0.5~20 m).
An approaching vehicle will be
detected if the vehicle speed is
within 5~22.5 mph (8~36 km/h).
Note that the detecting range may
vary under certain conditions. As
always, use caution and pay close
attention to your surroundings
when backing up your vehicle.
5
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) alert
If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches from the rear left/
right side of your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning
light on the outer side view mirror
will blink and a message will appear
on the LCD display.
Left
For more details, refer to "LCD display" on page 4-51.
Operating conditions
The system will activate when vehicle speed is below 7 mph (10 km/h)
and with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
OSK3058093NR
5
113
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
Left
If the rear view monitor system is in
activation, a message will also
appear on the instrument cluster or
multimedia screen.
The warning will stop when:
• the detected vehicle moves out of
the sensing area or
• when the vehicle is right behind
your vehicle or
• when the vehicle is not approach-
OSK3058113NR
Right
ing your vehicle or
• when the other vehicle slows
down.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) alert
OSK3058094NR
Right
If the risk of collision is detected
while the RCCW is generated, brake
control may be activated. The
instrument cluster will inform the
driver of the brake control. If the
rear view monitor system is in activation, a message will also appear
on the instrument cluster or multimedia screen.
Left
OSK3058114NR
OSK3058099NR
5
114
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
Left
OSK3058113NR
Right
OSK3058098NR
Right
After brake control is activated, the
driver must immediately depress
the brake pedal and check the surroundings.
• The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds.
The driver must pay attention as
the brake is disengaged after 2
seconds.
• The brake control by the system
is canceled if the driver depresses
the brake pedal with sufficient
power.
• Brake control is activated once for
each right/left approach after
shifting the shift lever to R
(Reverse).
The brake control may not operate
properly according to the status of
the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). The same warning message is
displayed on the instrument cluster
when:
• The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light is on.
• The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is engaged in a different
function.
OSK3058114NR
5
115
5
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
• When the operation condition of
the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning system is met, the
warning will occur every time a
vehicle approaches the side or
rear of your stopped (0 mph (0
km/h) vehicle speed) vehicle.
• The system's warning or brake
may not operate properly if the
left or right of your vehicle's rear
bumper is blocked by a vehicle or
obstacle.
• The driver should always use
extreme caution while operating
the vehicle, whether or not the
warning light on the outer side
view mirror illuminates or there is
a warning alarm.
• Playing the vehicle audio system
at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system's
warning sounds.
• If any other warning sound such
as seat belt warning chime is
already generated, the Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system warning may not sound.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
WARNING
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
system and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist system.
Do not solely rely on the system
but check your surrounding when
backing the vehicle up.
• The driver is responsible for accurate brake control.
• Always pay extreme caution while
driving. The Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning system and Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist system may not operate
properly or unnecessarily operate
depending on traffic and driving
conditions.
• The Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist system is not a
substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function
only. It is the responsibility of the
driver to always drive cautiously
to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
Detecting Sensor
The rear radars are located inside
the rear bumper for detecting the
side and rear areas. Always keep the
rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system.
5
116
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
Warning message
If a warning message related to the
RCCW/RCCA appears, take appropriate measures as detailed below.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system disabled. Radar blocked
OSK3058028NR
CAUTION
• The system may not work properly when the bumper has been
damaged, or if the rear bumper
has been replaced or repaired.
• The system may turn off if interfered by electromagnetic waves.
• Always keep the sensors clean.
• NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the
sensor component or apply any
impact on the sensor component.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not
operate correctly. In this case, a
warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
• Do not apply foreign objects such
as a bumper sticker or a bumper
guard near the radar sensor or
apply paint to the sensor area.
Doing so may adversely affect the
performance of the sensor.
5
OSK3058082NR
This warning message may appear
when:
• One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is covered by dirt or
snow or a foreign object.
• Driving in rural areas where the
sensor does not detect another
vehicle for an extended period of
time.
• When there is inclement weather
such as heavy snow or rain.
If any of these conditions occur, the
light on the BCW switch and the
system will turn off automatically.
When the BCW canceled warning
message is displayed in the cluster,
check to make sure that the rear
bumper is free from any dirt or
snow in the areas where the sensor
5
117
Driving your vehicle
is located. Remove any dirt, snow,
or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system
Type A
After any dirt or debris is removed,
the system should operate normally
after about 10 minutes of driving
the vehicle.
If the system still does not operate
normally have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Turn off the BCW and RCCW system
when a trailer or carrier is installed.
• Press the BCW switch (the indica-
OSK3058083NR
Type B
tor on the switch will turn off)
• Deactivate the RCCW system by
deselecting 'User Settings →
Driver Assistance → Blind-Spot
Safety → Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning'
OSK3058084NR
If there is a problem with the BCW
system, a warning message will
appear and the light on the switch
will turn off. The system will turn
off automatically. RCCW and RCCA
will not operate also if the BCW system turns off due to malfunction.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
5
118
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the system
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the system may not detect other vehicles
or objects in certain circumstances.
• When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
• The vehicle drives in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
• The sensor is covered with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
• The rear bumper where the sen-
•
•
•
•
•
•
sor is located is covered with a
foreign object such as a bumper
sticker, a bumper guard, a bike
rack, etc.
The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a
trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
When the temperature of the
rear bumper is high.
When the sensors are blocked by
other vehicles, walls or parkinglot pillars.
The vehicle drives on a curved
road.
The road pavement (or the
peripheral ground) abnormally
contains metallic components (i.e.
possibly due to subway construc-
tion).
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
• While going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane
is different.
• Driving on a narrow road where
trees or grass or overgrown.
• Driving in rural areas where the
sensor does not detect another
vehicle for an extended period of
time.
• Driving on a wet road.
• Driving on a road where the
guardrail or wall is in double
structure.
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
• When the other vehicle
approaches very close.
• When the other vehicle passes at
a very fast speed.
• While changing lanes.
• If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
• When the vehicle in the next lane
moves two lanes away from you
OR when the vehicle two lanes
away moves to the next lane
from you.
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
• A flat trailer is near.
• If there are small objects in the
detecting area such as a shopping
cart or a baby stroller.
• If there is a low height vehicle
such as a sports car.
• The brake pedal is depressed.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
activated.
5
119
5
Driving your vehicle
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
malfunctions.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged.
• The brake is reworked.
• The vehicle sharply stops.
• Temperature is extremely low
around the vehicle.
• The vehicle severely vibrates
while driving over an uneven/
bumpy road, or concrete patch.
• The vehicle drives on a slippery
surface due to snow, water pud-
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.
When the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment
dle, or ice.
Driving where there is a vehicle or
structure near
OSK3058035NR
The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment.
In certain instances, the system
may not be able to exactly determine the risk of collision for the
vehicles which are parking or pulling
out near your vehicle (e.g. a vehicle
escaping beside your vehicle, a vehi-
OSK3058034NR
[A]: Structure
The system may not operate properly when driving where there is a
vehicle or structure near.
In certain instances, the system
may not detect the vehicle
approaching from behind and the
warning or brake may not operate
properly.
5
120
cle parking or pulling out in the rear
area, a vehicle approaching your
vehicle making a turn, etc.).
If this occurs, the warning or brake
may not operate properly.
Driving your vehicle
When the vehicle is parked diagonally
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
When the vehicle is on/near a slope
OSK3058037NR
OSK3058036NR
[A]: Vehicle
The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is parked diagonally.
In certain instances, when the diagonally parked vehicle is pulled out of
the parking space, the system may
not detect the vehicle approaching
from the rear left/right of your
vehicle. In this case, the warning or
brake may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.
The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is on/near a
slope.
In certain instances, the system
may not detect the vehicle
approaching from the rear left/right
and the warning or brake may not
operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.
Pulling into the parking space
where there is a structure
OSK3058038NR
[A]: Structure, [B]: Wall
5
121
5
Driving your vehicle
The system may not operate properly when pulling in the vehicle to
the parking space where there is a
structure at the back or side of your
vehicle.
In certain instances, when backing
into the parking space, the system
may not detect the vehicle moving
in front of your vehicle. In this case,
the warning or brake may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.
When the vehicle is parked rearward
OSK3058039NR
If the vehicle is parked rearward and
the sensor detects the another
vehicle in the rear area of the parking space, the system can warn or
control braking.
Always pay attention to your surroundings while backing up.
5
122
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) /
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA)
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Driving your vehicle
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
(if equipped)
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system is designed to warn the
driver of potentially hazardous driving situations if it detects inattentive driving practices.
NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning system does not detect actual driver
fatigue or drowsiness. The system
monitors driving and provides a
warning if it detects inattentive
driving practices.
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
the driver of his/her fatigue level
or inattentive driving practices.
• High sensitivity: The Driver Attention Warning system alerts the
driver of his/her fatigue level or
inattentive driving practices
faster than Normal mode.
The set-up of the Driver Attention
Warning system will be applied
when the vehicle is re-started.
Displaying the driver's attention
level
The driver can monitor his/her driving conditions on the LCD display.
5
Setting and activating the DAW
The Driver Attention Warning system is in the Normal position, when
your vehicle is first delivered to you
from the factory.
To turn ON the Driver Attention
Warning system.
• Turn on the vehicle, and then
select 'User Settings in the cluster
→ Driver Assistance → DAW
(Driver Attention Warning) → High
sensitivity / Normal sensitivity /
Off' on the LCD display.
The driver can select the Driver
Attention Warning system mode.
• Off: The Driver Attention Warning
system is deactivated.
• Normal sensitivity: The Driver
Attention Warning system alerts
OSK3058106NR
OSK3058107NR
5
123
Driving your vehicle
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Taking a break
The "Consider taking a break" message appears on the LCD display and
a warning sounds suggest that the
driver take a break when the driver's
attention level is below 1.
OSK3058085NR
• Select 'User Settings Mode' and
then 'Driver Assistance' on the
LCD display. (For more information, refer to "LCD display" on
page 4-51.)
The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the number is, the more inattentive the driver is.
The number decreases when the
driver does not take a break for a
certain period of time.
OSK3058088NR
The Driver Attention Warning system will not suggest a break, when
the total driving time is shorter than
10 minutes.
CAUTION
The number increases when the
driver attentively drives for a certain period of time.
When other warnings such as the
seat belt warning sound are in operation, they override the DAW alarm-
When the driver turns on the system while driving, it displays 'Last
Break time'.
ing system and DAW warnings may
not occur.
Resetting the Driver Attention
Warning system
The last break time is set to 00:00
and the driver's attention level is set
to 5 (very attentive) when the driver
resets the Driver Attention Warning
system.
5
124
Driving your vehicle
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Type A
OSK3058095NR
The driver attention warning system resets in the following situations.
• The vehicle is turned OFF.
• The driver unfastens the seat belt
and then opens the driver's door
in stop.
• The vehicle is parked for more
than 10 minutes.
The driver attention warning system operates again, when the driver
restarts driving.
DAW disabled
The Driver Attention Warning system enters the ready status and
displays the 'Disabled' screen in the
following situations.
• The camera sensor is unable to
detect the lanes.
• Driving speed remains 110 mph
(177 km/h) or under.
DAW malfunction
When the "Check System" warning
message appears, the system is not
working properly.
OSK3058096NR
Type B
5
OSK3058097NR
In this case, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
WARNING
• The Driver Attention Warning
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. Pay attention to
the road conditions at all times.
5
125
Driving your vehicle
• It may suggest a break according
to the driver's driving pattern or
habits even if the driver doesn't
feel fatigued.
• The driver, who feels fatigued,
should take a break, even though
there is no break suggestion by
the Driver Attention Warning system.
NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning system utilizes the camera sensor on
the front windshield for its operation.
To keep the camera sensor in the
best condition, you should observe
the followings:
• Do not place any reflective objects
(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard. Any light reflection
may prevent the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system from
functioning properly.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera sensor dry.
• Do not arbitrarily disassemble the
camera assembly, or apply any
impact on the camera assembly.
• Playing the vehicle audio system
at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the Driver
Attention Warning system warning sounds.
5
126
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
CAUTION
The Driver Attention Warning system may not provide alerts in the
following situations:
• The lane detection performance is
limited. (For more information,
refer to "Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) System (if equipped)" on
page 5-127.)
• The vehicle is erratically driven or
is abruptly turned for obstacle
avoidance (e.g. construction area,
other vehicles, fallen objects,
bumpy road).
• Forward drivability of the vehicle
is severely undermined (possibly
due to wide variation in tire pres-
•
•
•
•
sures, uneven tire wear-out, toein/toe-out alignment).
The vehicle drives on a curvy road.
The vehicle drives on a bumpy
road.
The vehicle drives through a
windy area.
The vehicle is controlled by the
following driver assistance systems:
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) System.
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC) System
Driving your vehicle
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System (if equipped)
The Lane Keeping Assist system is
designed to detect the lane markers
on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and
assists the driver's steering to help
keep the vehicle in the lanes.
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System
WARNING
• Driver is responsible for being
aware of surroundings and steering the vehicle for safe driving
practices.
• Do not turn the steering wheel
suddenly when the steering wheel
is being assisted by the system.
NOTICE
OSK3058011NR
When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts
the driver with a visual and audible
warning, while applying a slight
countersteering torque, trying to
prevent the vehicle from moving out
of its lane.
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist System is a
supplemental system and is not a
substitute for safe driving practices.
It is the responsibility of the driver
to always pay attention and drive
safely.
• When you replace the windshield
glass, front view camera or system, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have
the system checked to need a calibration.
• The system is designed to detect
lane markers using a front view
camera. If the lane markers are
hard to detect, then the system
may be limited. Always be cautious when using the system.
• When the lane markers are hard
to detect, please refer to "Driver's
Attention" on page 5-132.
• Do not remove or damage parts
of the LKA system.
• Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as
mirrors, white paper, etc. This
may prevent the LKA system
from functioning properly.
• You may not hear warning sound
of LKA if the audio volume is high.
• If you drive with your hands off
the steering wheel, the LKA sys5
127
5
Driving your vehicle
tem will stop controlling the
steering wheel after the hands
off alarm. If you drive with your
hands on the steering wheel
again, the control will be activated
again.
• If the vehicle speed is high, steering torque for assistance may not
be enough to keep your vehicle
within the lane. If so, the vehicle
may move out of its lane. Obey
speed limit when using LKA.
• If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not
assist steering.
• If you attach objects to the steering wheel, hands off alarm may
not work properly.
LKA operation
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System
• Press the LKA button located on
the instrument panel on the lower
left hand side of the driver.
The indicator in the cluster display
will initially illuminate white.
If the indicator (white) was activated in the previous vehicle ON,
the system turns on automatically.
If you press the LKA button again,
the indicator on the cluster display
will go off.
The color of indicator will change
depend on the condition of LKA.
• White: Sensor does not detect the
lane marker or vehicle speed is
less than 40 mph (64 km/h).
• Green: Sensor detects the lane
marker and system is able to control the steering.
• If the function is turned off in
User settings, the system will not
operate. If you select LDW / LKA /
Active LKA in User settings, the
selected function will be activated.
LKA activation
To see the LKA screen on the LCD
display in the cluster, Tab to the
OSK3058026NR
To activate/deactivate the LKA, with
the ignition switch or START/STOP
button in the ON position, take the
following steps:
5
128
ASSIST mode (
).
For further details, refer to "LCD
Display Modes" on page 4-52.
After LKA is activated, if both lane
markers are detected, vehicle speed
is over 40 mph (64 km/h) and all the
Driving your vehicle
activation conditions are satisfied, a
green steering wheel indicator will
illuminate and the steering wheel
will be controlled.
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist system is a
system designed to help prevent the
driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely
rely on the system but always check
the road conditions when driving.
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System
If the speed of the vehicle is over 40
mph (64 km/h) and the system
detects lane markers, the color
changes from gray to white.
When the conditions below are met,
LKA will be enabled to assist steering.
• Vehicle speed is above 40 mph (64
km/h).
• The vehicle is between the lane
markers.
If LKA can assist steering, a green
steering wheel indicator will illuminate.
Warning message
5
If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane
marker you cross will blink on the
LCD display.
OSK3058078NR
OSK3058076NR
OSK3058079NR
5
129
Driving your vehicle
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System
OSK3058077NR
OSK3058080NR
If the vehicle moves out its lane
because steering torque for assistance is not enough, the lane indicator will blink.
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after
several seconds, the system will
only warn the driver when the driver
crosses the lane lines. In this scenario, the system does not provide
any steering inputs into the vehicle
for you. Accordingly, you must take
the necessary steps to maintain
control of the vehicle and keep it
within the lanes.
If all the conditions to activate LKA
are not satisfied, the system will
convert to Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) and warn the driver only
when the driver crosses the lane
markers. In this scenario, the LDW
system does not provide any steering inputs into the vehicle for you.
Accordingly, you must take the necessary steps to maintain control of
the vehicle and keep it within the
lanes.
Keep hands on steering wheel
(When Active LKA is activated, if
equipped)
If the driver takes hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds
while the Active LKA is activated,
the system will warn the driver.
5
130
OSK3058116NR
However, if the driver has their
hands on the steering wheel again,
the system will start controlling the
steering wheel.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• Always keep your hands on the
steering wheel while driving.
• If you hold the steering wheel
with a light grip, the system may
also generate hands off warning.
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System
Keep hands on steering wheel
(When LKA is activated)
If the driver takes hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds
while the LKA is activated, the system will warn the driver.
WARNING
• The LKA system is a supplemental
system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer
the vehicle and to maintain it in its
lane.
• Even though the steering is
assisted by the system, the driver
may control the steering wheel.
• Turn off the LKA system and drive
without using the system in the
following situations:
- In bad weather
- In bad road conditions
- When the steering wheel needs
to be controlled by the driver
frequently.
• The steering wheel may feel
heavier when the steering wheel
is assisted by the system than
when it is not.
OSK3058080NR
5
WARNING
• The warning message may
appear late according to road
conditions. Therefore, always
have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
• If you hold the steering wheel
lightly, the system would generate hands off warning because
LKA can treat the situation as you
do not grab the wheel.
NOTICE
• Even though the steering is
assisted by the system, the driver
may control the steering.
• The steering wheel may feel
heavier when the steering wheel
is assisted by the system than
when it is not.
The system will be canceled when:
• You change lanes with the turn
signal.
- Using the turn signal to change
lanes.
5
131
Driving your vehicle
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5
- If you change lanes without the
turn signal on, the steering
wheel might be controlled.
LKA can transit to steering assist
mode when the car is near to
middle of the lane after system
on or the lane was changed. LKA
cannot assist steering if the vehicle follows lane marker too
closely.
The control of ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle
Stability Management) is activated.
The steering will not be assisted
when you drive fast on a sharp
curve.
The steering will not be assisted
when vehicle speed is below 40
mph (64 km/h). and over 110 mph
(177 km/h). Always obey all traffic laws and drive safely.
The steering will not be assisted
when you change lanes quickly.
The steering will not be assisted
when you brake suddenly.
The steering will not be assisted
when the lane is very wide or narrow.
The steering will not be assisted
when only one side lane marker is
detected.
There are more than two lane
markers such as a construction
area.
Radius of a curve is too small.
When you turn the steering wheel
suddenly, the LKA will be disabled
temporarily.
132
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System
• Driving on a steep slope or hill.
Driver's Attention
The driver must be cautious in the
following situations because the
system is limited when recognition
of the lane marker is poor or limited:
• When lane and road condition is
poor
- It is difficult to distinguish the
lane marker from road when
the lane marker is covered with
dust or sand.
- It is difficult to distinguish the
color of the lane marker from
road.
- There is something that looks
like a lane marker.
- The lane marker is indistinct or
damaged.
- The number of lanes increases/
decreases or the lane lines are
crossing (Driving through a toll
plaza / toll gate, merged/
divided lane).
- There are more than two lane
markers.
- The lane marker is very thick or
thin.
- The lane marker is not visible
due to snow, rain, stain, a puddle or other factors.
- A shadow is on the lane marker
because of a median strip,
guardrail, noise barriers or
other objects.
- When the lane markers are
complicated or a structure sub-
Driving your vehicle
stitutes for the lines such as a
construction area.
- There are crosswalk signs or
other symbols on the road.
- The lane suddenly disappears
such as at the intersection.
- The lane marker in a tunnel is
covered with dirt or oil and etc.
• When external conditions intervene
- The brightness of outside
changes suddenly when entering/exiting a tunnel or passing
under a bridge.
- The headlamps are not on at
night or in a tunnel, or light level
is low.
- There is a boundary structure
in the roadway.
- The light reflects from the
water on the road.
- When light shines brightly from
behind the vehicle.
- The distance from the vehicle
ahead is very short or the vehicle ahead covers up the lane
line.
- You drive on a steep grade or a
sharp curve.
- The vehicle vibrates heavily.
- The temperature near the
rearview mirror is very high due
to direct sun light and etc.
• When front visibility is poor
- The lens or windshield is covered by foreign materials.
- The sensor cannot detect the
lane because of fog, heavy rain
or snow.
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System
- The windshield is fogged by
humid air in the vehicle.
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist system is a
system designed to help prevent the
driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely
rely on the system but always take
the necessary actions for safe driving practices.
LKA malfunction
If there is a problem with the system a message will appear. If the
problem continues the LKA fail indicator will illuminate.
OSK3058081NR
LKA fail indicator
The LKA fail indicator (yellow) will
illuminate with an audible warning if
the LKA is not working properly. In
this case, have the system checked
by authorized Kia dealer.
5
133
5
Driving your vehicle
When there is a problem with the
system do one of the following:
• Turn the system on after turning
the vehicle off and on again.
• Check if the ignition switch or
START/STOP button is in the ON
position.
• Check if the system is affected by
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,
etc.)
• Check if there is foreign matter
covering the camera lens
If the problem is not solved, take
your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system
checked.
LKA function change
The driver can change LKA to Lane
Departure Warning System (LDWS)
or change the LKA mode between
Active LKA, LKA, LDW, OFF from the
User Settings Mode on the LCD display.
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System
Active LKA
The active LKA mode provides more
frequent steering wheel control in
comparison with the LKA mode.
Active LKA can reduce the driver's
fatigue to assist the steering for
maintaining the vehicle in the middle
of the lane.
LKA
The LKA mode guides the driver to
keep the vehicle within the lanes. It
rarely controls the steering wheel,
when the vehicle drives well inside
the lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the
vehicle is about to deviate from the
lanes.
Lane Departure
LDW alerts the driver with a visual
and acoustic warning when the system detects the vehicle leaving the
lane. In this mode, the steering
wheel will not be controlled. When
the vehicle's front wheel contacts
the inside edge of lane line, LKA
issues the lane departure warning.
OFF
LKA/LDW function is OFF.
OSK3058117NR
5
134
Driving your vehicle
Special driving conditions
If driving conditions deteriorate due
to poor weather or road conditions,
you should pay even more attention
than usual to your driving.
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow these suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance for braking.
• Avoid sudden braking or steering.
• When braking with non-ABS
brakes pump the brake pedal with
a light up-and-down motion until
the vehicle is stopped.
• Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,
use the second gear. Accelerate
slowly to avoid spinning the drive
wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, or other nonslip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction when
stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
Special driving conditions
narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety
of offroad applications.
Specific design characteristics give
them a higher center of gravity than
ordinary vehicles. An advantage of
the higher ground clearance is a
better view of the road, which
allows you to anticipate problems.
They are not designed for cornering
at the same speeds as conventional
passenger vehicles, any more than
low-slung sports vehicles are
designed to perform satisfactorily in
off-road conditions. Due to this risk,
driver and passengers are strongly
recommended to buckle their seat
belts.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die
than a person wearing a seat belt.
There are steps that a driver can
make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns
or abrupt maneuvers, do not load
your roof rack with heavy cargo,
and never modify your vehicle in any
way.
Reducing the risk of a rollover
This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility
Vehicle (SUV). Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate
than other types of vehicles. SUV's
have higher ground clearance and a
5
135
5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Rollover
As with other Sports Utility Vehicle
(SUV), failure to operate this vehicle
correctly may result in loss of control, an accident or vehicle rollover.
• Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other
types of vehicles.
• Specific design characteristics
(higher ground clearance, narrower track, etc.) give this vehicle
a higher center of gravity than
ordinary vehicles.
• A SUV is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional vehicles.
• Avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers.
• In a rollover crash, an unbelted
person is significantly more likely
to die than a person wearing a
seat belt. Make sure everyone in
the vehicle is properly buckled up.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide safe ride and
handling capability. Do not use a size
and type of tire and wheel that is
different from the one that is originally installed on your vehicle. It can
affect the safety and performance
of your vehicle, which could lead to
steering failure or rollover and serious injury. When replacing the tires,
5
136
Special driving conditions
be sure to equip all four tires with
the tire and wheel of the same size,
type, tread, brand and load-carrying
capacity.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right
and left to clear the area around
your front wheels. Then, shift back
and forth between R (Reverse) and
any forward gear.
Do not race the vehicle, and spin the
wheels as little as possible. If you
are still stuck after a few tries, have
the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid vehicle overheating and
possible damage to the reduction
gear.
WARNING
Sudden Vehicle Movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if
people or objects are nearby. The
vehicle may suddenly move forward
or backwards as it becomes
unstuck.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle
overheating, reduction gear damage or failure, and tire damage.
CAUTION
Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at
speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/
h). Spinning the wheels at high
speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat
which could result in tire damage
that WARNING - Sudden may injure
bystanders.
The ESC system should be turned
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.
If you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other
Special driving conditions
vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in
areas where there may not be
any street lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. (On vehicles not
equipped with the automatic
headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and
it will take several seconds for
your eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you're not
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider
when driving in the rain:
• A heavy rainfall will make it
harder to see and will increase the
distance needed to stop your
vehicle, so slow down.
• Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape. Replace
your windshield wiper blades
when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield.
5
137
5
Driving your vehicle
• If your tires are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make
it easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large
puddles can affect your brakes. If
you must go through puddles, try
to drive through them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet, apply them
lightly while driving until normal
braking operation returns.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water
slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance
may be affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them
several times while the vehicle is
moving slowly.
Driving off-road
Drive carefully off-road because
your vehicle may be damaged by
rocks or roots of trees. Become
familiar with the off-road conditions
where you are going to drive before
you begin driving.
5
138
Special driving conditions
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the
tires.
WARNING
Under/over inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper
inflation before driving. Underinflated or overinflated tires can
cause poor handling, loss of vehicle
control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even
death. For proper tire pressures,
refer to "Tires and wheels" on page
8-4.
WARNING
Tire tread
Always check the tire tread before
driving your vehicle. Worn-out tires
can result in loss of vehicle control.
Worn-out tires should be replaced
as soon as possible. For further
information and tread limits, refer
to "Tires and wheels" on page 7-34.
Driving your vehicle
Winter driving
Severe weather conditions in the
winter result in greater wear and
other problems.
To minimize the problems of winter
driving, you should follow these
suggestions:
Snowy or icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size
and type of the original equipment
tires. Failure to do so may adversely
affect the safety and handling of
your vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use vehicle
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or
icy roads may cause skids to occur.
You need to keep sufficient distance
between the vehicle in operation in
front of your vehicle. Also, apply the
brake gently. It should be noted that
installing tire chains on the tire will
provide a greater driving force, but
will not prevent side skids.
Winter driving
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before fitting tire
chains.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your
vehicle, make sure they are radial
tires of the same size and load
range as the original tires. Mount
snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle's handling in all
weather conditions. Keep in mind
that the traction provided by snow
tires on dry roads may not be as
high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. You should drive cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and
municipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
WARNING
Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent in
size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety
and handling of your vehicle may be
adversely affected.
5
139
5
Driving your vehicle
Tire chains
When using tire chains, install tire
chains only on the front tires.
OSK3058045NR
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner, they can be damaged by
mounting some types of snow
chains on them. Therefore, the use
of snow tires is recommended
instead of snow chains. Do not
mount tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels;
snow chains may cause damage to
the wheels. If snow chains must be
used, use wire-type chains with a
thickness of less than 0.47 in (12
mm). Damage to your vehicle
caused by improper snow chain use
is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty.
Install tire chains only on the front
tires.
Always check chain installation for
proper mounting after driving
approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5
to 1 km) to ensure safe mounting.
5
140
Winter driving
Retighten or remount the chains if
they are loose.
Chain installation
When installing chains, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and
mount them as tightly possible.
Make sure the snow chains are SAE
class "S" certified. Drive slowly (less
than 20 mph (30 km/h) with chains
installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop
and tighten them. If they still make
contact, slow down until it stops.
Remove the chains as soon as you
begin driving on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning flashers and place a
triangular emergency warning
device behind the vehicle if available.
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the vehicle before installing snow
chains.
• The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)
or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed limit, whichever
is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel
braking.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
Snow chains
• Chains that are the wrong size or
improperly installed can damage
your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
• Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the
cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be
sure to replace or replenish your
coolant refer to "Normal maintenance schedule - Non Turbo Models"
on page 7-9. Before winter, have
your coolant tested to assure that
its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Winter driving
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables (refer to "For
best battery service" on page 7-31).
The level of charge in your battery
can be checked by an authorized Kia
dealer or a service station.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter
weight" oil be used during cold
weather. Refer to "Recommended
lubricants and capacities" on page
8-6 for recommendations. If you
aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be able to thaw it out
by using a heated key. Handle the
heated key with care to avoid injury.
5
141
5
Driving your vehicle
Winter driving
Use approved window washer antifreeze in system
Don't let ice and snow accumulate
underneath
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add
an approved window washer antifreeze solution in accordance with
instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available
from an authorized Kia dealer and
most auto parts outlets. Do not use
vehicle coolant or other types of
anti-freeze as these may damage
the paint finish.
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering.
When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you
should periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the
movement of the front wheels and
the steering components are not
obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Don't let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation
of snow or ice around or near the
rear brakes or if the brakes are wet.
If there is a risk the parking brake
may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the gear shift dial
in P (Park) and block the rear wheels
so the vehicle cannot roll. Then
release the parking brake.
5
142
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand,
shovel, jumper cables, window
scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
Driving your vehicle
Trailer towing
Trailer towing
Vehicle load limit
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
The vehicle load limit is displayed on
the tire and loading information
label on the driver's door.
Tire and loading information label
The label located on the driver's
door sill gives the original tire size,
cold tire pressures recommended
for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and
vehicle capacity weight.
5
OSK3068034NR
Vehicle capacity weight:
860 lbs. (390 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity:
Total: 5 persons (Front seat: 2 persons, Rear seat: 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
5
143
Driving your vehicle
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight
of all of the occupants, and the
weight of the cargo being carried or
towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity:
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants.
Steps For Determining Correct Load
Limit 1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
lbs. or XXX kg'' on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight
of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX lbs. or XXX kg.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. (635 kg) and there will
be five 150 lbs. (68 kg) passengers in your vehicle, the amount
5
144
Vehicle load limit
of available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs. (295 kg).
(1400-750 (5x150) = 650 lbs. or
635-340 (5x68) = 295 kg)
5. Determine the combined weight
of luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.
WARNING
Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured blunt
objects in the passenger compartment of your vehicle (e.g. suit cases
or unsecured child seats). These
items may strike occupant during a
sudden stop or crash.
Example 1
ODEEV078137NR
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle load limit
Example 3
Item
Description
Total
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs. (68 kg) 2
300 lbs.
(136 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
549 lbs.
(249 kg)
Example 2
ODEEV078139NR
ODEEV078138NR
Item
Description
Total
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs. (68 kg) 5
750 lbs.
(340 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
99 lbs.
(45 kg)
Item
Description
Total
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
161 lbs. (73 kg) 5
805 lbs.
(365 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
44 lbs.
(20 kg)
Refer to your vehicle's tire and loading information label for specific
information about your vehicle's
capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the
driver, passengers and cargo should
never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.
5
145
5
Driving your vehicle
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center
pillar.
Vehicle load limit
WARNING
Over loading
Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the
front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings
can affect your vehicle's handling
and braking ability.
The label will help you decide how
much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry.
ODEEV078127NR
This label shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actual loads on your
front and rear axles, you need to go
to a weigh station and weigh your
vehicle. Your dealer can help you
with this. Be sure to spread out your
load equally on both sides of the
centerline.
If you carry items inside your vehicle
- like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, the items will keep going and
can cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
WARNING
Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle. Overloading your vehicle can cause heat
buildup in your vehicle's tires and
possible tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling--all of which may result in a
crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
5
146
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle weight
This chapter will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle and/
or trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating
capability, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the
vehicle design performance. Before
loading your vehicle, familiarize
yourself with the following terms
for determining your vehicle's
weight ratings, with or without a
trailer, from the vehicle's specifications and the compliance label:
Vehicle weight
weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the compliance
label. The total load on each axle
must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight) This is
the Base Curb Weight plus actual
Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the certification label
located on the driver's door sill.
5
Base curb weight This is the weight
of the vehicle including a full tank of
fuel and all standard equipment. It
does not include passengers, cargo,
or optional equipment.
Vehicle curb weight This is the
weight of your new vehicle when
you picked it up from your dealer
plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo weight This figure includes all
weight added to the Base Curb
Weight, including cargo and optional
equipment.
GAW (Gross axle weight) This is the
total weight placed on each axle
(front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
5
147
What to do in an emergency 6
What to do in an emergency
Road warning............................................................................. 6-3
• Hazard warning flasher......................................................... 6-3
In case of an emergency while driving.................................. 6-4
• If the Vehicle Stalls While Driving ........................................ 6-4
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing .................. 6-4
• If you have a flat tire while driving...................................... 6-4
If the engine will not start ...................................................... 6-5
• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly .............. 6-5
• If engine turns over normally but does not start............. 6-5
Emergency starting.................................................................. 6-6
• Jump starting.......................................................................... 6-6
• Push-starting.......................................................................... 6-7
If the engine overheats............................................................ 6-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)............................ 6-9
• Effective Use of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) .................................................................................... 6-10
• Low tire pressure telltale ................................................... 6-11
• Low tire pressure position telltale..................................... 6-11
• Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
indicator ................................................................................ 6-12
• Tire replacement with TPMS.............................................. 6-13
• This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. ...... 6-15
If you have a flat tire ............................................................. 6-15
• Jack and tools........................................................................ 6-15
• Removing and storing the spare tire ................................ 6-16
• Changing tires ....................................................................... 6-17
• Important - use of compact spare tire ............................ 6-20
• Jack label ................................................................................ 6-22
6 What to do in an emergency
Towing.......................................................................................6-23
• Towing without Wheel Dollies when using a Towing
Service ....................................................................................6-24
• Using removable towing hook ............................................6-24
• Emergency towing ...............................................................6-25
What to do in an emergency
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY
Road warning
When in an emergency situation
occurs while driving or when you
park by the edge of the roadway,
you must alert approaching or passing vehicles to be careful as they
pass. For this, you should use the
hazard warning flasher.
Road warning
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the center fascia panel. All turn signal lights
will flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work
when the hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher while
the vehicle is being towed.
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to
exercise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
6
OSK3068001NR
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
6
3
What to do in an emergency
In case of an emergency while
driving
If an emergency situation occurs
while driving, stay calm and take the
following steps.
If the Vehicle Stalls While Driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line.
2. Move cautiously off the road to a
safe place.
3. Turn on your hazard warning
flasher.
4. Try to start the vehicle again. If
your vehicle will not start, contact
an authorized Kia dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing, set the shift lever in
the N (Neutral) position and then
push the vehicle to a safe place.
• If your vehicle has a manual
transmission not equipped with a
ignition lock switch, the vehicle
can move forward by shifting to
the 2 (second) or 3 (third) gear
and then turning the starter
without depressing the clutch
pedal.
6
4
In case of an emergency while driving
If you have a flat tire while driving
• Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the
road as this may cause a loss of
control.
• When the vehicle has slowed to
such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road.
• Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground.
If you are on a divided highway,
do not park in the median area
between the two traffic lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flashers, set the parking brake and put
the transmission in P (for Intelligent Variable Transmission) or in
reverse (Manual Transmission).
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is
away from traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in
this section.
What to do in an emergency
If the engine will not start
If engine doesn't turn over or turns
over slowly
1. If your vehicle has an Intelligent
Variable Transmission, be sure the
shift lever is in N (Neutral) or P
(Park) and the emergency brake is
set.
2. Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the
light dims or goes out when you
operate the starter, the battery is
discharged.
4. Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tightened.
If the engine will not start
If engine turns over normally but
does not start
1. Check the fuel level.
2. With the ignition switch in the
LOCK position, check all connectors at the ignition coils and spark
plugs. Reconnect any that may be
disconnected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine
compartment.
4. If the engine still does not start,
call an authorized Kia dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could cause damage to
your vehicle. Refer to "Jump start-
6
ing" on page 6-6.
WARNING
Push/pull start
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. Push or pull starting may
cause the catalytic converter to
overload and create a fire hazard.
6
5
What to do in an emergency
Emergency starting
When the vehicle will not start
because of low battery power, you
may need to jump start the vehicle.
Jump starting
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
Emergency starting
WARNING
Frozen batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery is
frozen as the battery may rupture
or explode.
WARNING
Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away from
the battery. The battery produces
hydrogen gas which will explode if
exposed to flame or sparks.
WARNING
ODEEV088002NR
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow these jump
starting procedures. If in doubt, we
strongly recommend that you have
a competent technician or towing
service jump start your vehicle.
WARNING
Battery
Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as this may
cause the battery to rupture or
explode.
6
6
Battery cables
Do not connect the jumper cable
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative terminal of the discharged battery,
directly. This can cause the discharged battery to overheat and
crack, degradation.
Make sure to connect one end of the
jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery, and the
other end to a metallic point, far
away from the battery.
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
Sulfuric acid risk
Automobile batteries contain sulfuric acid. When jump starting your
vehicle, be careful not to get sulfuric
acid on yourself, your clothing, or on
the vehicle. This acid is poisonous
and highly corrosive.
Emergency starting
5. Start vehicle with the booster
battery and let it run at 2,000
rpm, then start the vehicle with
the discharged battery.
If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, you should
have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Jump-starting
1. Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative terminal is grounded.
2. If the booster battery is in
another vehicle, do not allow the
vehicles to come in contact.
3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one end of a
jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery
(1), then connect the other end to
the positive terminal of the
booster battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery (3), then the other end to a
solid, stationary, metallic point
away from the battery (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the
battery when making connections.
Make sure to connect one end of the
jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery, and the
other end to a metallic point, far
away from the battery.
Push-starting
Your Manual Transmission-equipped
vehicle should not be push-started
because it might damage the emission control system. Vehicles
equipped with Dual Clutch Transmission/Intelligent Variable Transmission cannot be push-started.
Follow the directions in this section
for jump-starting.
WARNING
Tow starting vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it.
When the engine starts, the vehicle
can suddenly surge forward and
could cause a collision with the tow
vehicle.
6
7
6
What to do in an emergency
If the engine overheats
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine will probably be
too hot.
If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (for
Intelligent Variable Transmission)
or in Neutral for (Manual Transmission) and set the parking
brake.
3. If the air conditioning is on, turn it
off.
4. If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is
coming out from underneath the
hood, stop the engine. Do not
open the hood until the coolant
has stopped running or the
steaming has stopped.
5. If there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be
sure the engine cooling fan is
operating.
1)If the fan is not running, turn
the engine off.
6. Check to see if the water pump
drive belt is missing.
1)If it is not missing, check to see
that it is tight.
2)If the drive belt seems to be
satisfactory, check for coolant
leaking from the radiator, hoses
or under the vehicle. (If the air
conditioning had been in use, it
6
8
If the engine overheats
is normal for cold water to be
draining from it when you
stop).
WARNING
Under the hood
While the engine is running,
keep hair, hands and clothing
away from moving parts
such as the fan and drive
belts to prevent injury.
7. If the water pump drive belt is
broken or engine coolant is leaking out, stop the engine immediately and call the nearest
authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
8. If you cannot find the cause of
the overheating, wait until the
engine temperature has returned
to normal. If coolant has been
lost, carefully add coolant to the
reservoir to bring the fluid level in
the reservoir up to the halfway
mark.
9. Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens
again, call an authorized Kia
dealer for assistance.
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator
cap when the engine is hot.
This may result in coolant
being blown out of the opening and
cause serious burns.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
The tire pressure monitoring system detects the pressure of vehicle's tires and displays it on the LCD
display.
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
OSK3068002NR
6
OSK3068003NR
1. Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS
malfunction indicator
2. Low tire pressure position telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
6
9
What to do in an emergency
Tire Pressure Indicator
• You can check the tire pressure in
the assist mode on the cluster.
- Refer to "User settings mode"
on page 4-54.
• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2
minutes later after driving.
• If tire pressure is not displayed
when the vehicle is stopped,
"Drive to display" message displays. After driving, check the tire
pressure.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit in the user settings mode on
the cluster.
- psi, kPa, bar (Refer to "User
settings mode" on page 4-54).
NOTICE
• The tire pressure may change due
to factors such as parking condition, driving style, and altitude
above sea level.
• The tire pressure shown on the
dashboard may differ from the
tire pressure measured by tire
pressure gauge.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Effective Use of the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure
label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly underinflated. Accordingly, when the low
tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them to
the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire
6
10
What to do in an emergency
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator
to indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This
sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as
the malfunction exists. When the
malfunction indicator is illuminated,
the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may
occur for a variety of reasons,
including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on
the vehicle that prevent the TPMS
from functioning properly.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have
the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
1. The low tire pressure telltale /
TPMS malfunction indicator does
not illuminate for 3 seconds when
the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position or engine is running.
2. The TPMS malfunction indicator
remains illuminated after blinking
for approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low tire pressure position
telltale remains illuminated.
Low tire pressure telltale
6
Low tire pressure position telltale
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illuminated, one or more of your tires
is significantly under-inflated.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function properly.
OSK3068004NR
6
11
What to do in an emergency
If the telltale illuminates, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard
cornering and anticipate increased
stopping distances. You should stop
and check your tires as soon as possible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's
placard or tire inflation pressure
label located on the driver's side
center pillar outer panel. If you cannot reach a service station or if the
tire cannot hold the newly added air,
replace the low pressure tire with
the spare tire.
Then the TPMS malfunction indicator and the Low Tire Pressure telltale may turn on and illuminate
after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before
you have the low pressure tire
repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
In winter or cold weather, the low
tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was
adjusted to the recommended tire
inflation pressure in warm weather.
It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a proportional
lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a
warm area to a cold area or from a
cold area to a warm area, or the
outside temperature is greatly
higher or lower, you should check
6
12
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
the tire inflation pressure and adjust
the tires to the recommended tire
inflation pressure.
When filling tires with more air, conditions to turn off the low tire pressure telltale may not be met. This is
because a tire inflator has a margin
of error in performance. The low
tire pressure telltale will be turned
off if the tire pressure is above the
recommended tire inflation pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Do not drive on low pressure tires.
Significantly low tire pressure can
cause the tires to overheat and fail
making the vehicle unstable resulting in increased braking distances
and a loss of vehicle control.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale will
illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
If the system is able to correctly
detect an underinflation warning at
the same time as system failure
then it will illuminate both the TPMS
malfunction and low tire pressure
position telltales e.g. if Front Left
What to do in an emergency
sensor fails, the TPMS malfunction
indicator illuminates, but if the
Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear Right
tire is under-inflated, the low tire
pressure position telltales may illuminate together with the TPMS
malfunction indicator.
Have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible to determine the cause of
the problem.
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may be illuminated if the vehicle is
moving around electric power
supply cables or radios transmitters such as at police stations,
government and public offices,
broadcasting stations, military
installations, airports, or transmitting towers, etc. This can
interfere with normal operation
of the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS).
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may be illuminated if snow chains
are used or some separate electronic devices such as notebook
computer, mobile charger, remote
starter or navigation etc., are
used in the vehicle. This can interfere with normal operation of the
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Tire replacement with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will come on. Have
the flat tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible
or replace the flat tire with the
spare tire.
CAUTION
Repair Agents
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by Kia to repair
and/or inflate a low pressure tire.
The sealant not approved by Kia
may damage the tire pressure sensor.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem. You
must use TPMS specific wheels. It is
recommended that you always have
your tires serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will remain on until
the low pressure tire is repaired and
placed on the vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the TPMS
malfunction indicator may illuminate after a few minutes because
the TPMS sensor mounted on the
spare wheel is not initiated.
6
13
6
What to do in an emergency
Once the low pressure tire is inflated
again to the recommended pressure
and installed on the vehicle or the
TPMS sensor mounted on the
replaced spare wheel is initiated by
an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS
malfunction indicator and the low
tire pressure telltale will turn off
within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicator has not disappeared
after a few minutes of driving,
please visit an authorized Kia dealer.
If an original mounted tire is
replaced with the spare tire, the
TPMS sensor on the replaced spare
wheel should be initiated and the
TPMS sensor on the original
mounted wheel should be deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on the
original mounted wheel located in
the spare tire carrier still activates,
the tire pressure monitoring system
may not operate properly. Have the
tire with TPMS serviced or replaced
by an authorized Kia dealer.
You may not be able to identify a
low tire by simply looking at it.
Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire's
inflation pressure. Please note that
a tire that is hot (from being driven)
will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold
(from sitting stationary for at least
3 hours and driven less than 1 mile
(1.6 km) during that 3 hour period).
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always
6
14
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven
for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that
3 hour period.
Never use tire sealant if your vehicle
is equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System. The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure
sensors.
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors such
as nails or road debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off
the accelerator, apply the brakes
gradually and with light force, and
slowly move to a safe position off
the road.
NOTICE
Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) components may
interfere with the system's ability
to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with,
modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may void the warranty
for that portion of the vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to oper-
If you have a flat tire
If you have a flat tire
If you have a flat tire, you can
change the flat tire to a spare tire
using tools.
Jack and tools (if equipped)
The jack and wheel lug nut wrench
are stored in the luggage compartment.
ate the device.
6
OSK3068005NR
Remove the panel indicated in the
illustration.
1. Jack handle
2. Jack
3. Wheel lug nut wrench
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
6
15
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
Tire Jack
Do not place any portion of your
body under a vehicle that is only
supported by a jack since the vehicle
can easily roll off the jack. Use vehi-
If you have a flat tire
WARNING
Running vehicle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of the
vehicle while the vehicle is on the
jack as this may cause the vehicle to
fall off the jack.
cle support stands.
WARNING
Changing tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in the
traffic lanes of a public road or high-
To prevent the jack from "rattling"
while the vehicle is in motion, store
it properly.
Removing and storing the spare
tire (if equipped)
way.
• Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the
shoulder before trying to change
a tire. The jack should be used on
a firm level ground. If you cannot
find a firm, level place off the
road, call a towing service company for assistance.
• Be sure to use the correct front
and rear jacking positions on the
vehicle; never use the bumpers or
any other part of the vehicle for
jack support.
• Do not allow anyone to remain in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Make sure any children present
are in a secure place away from
the road and from the vehicle to
be raised with the jack.
6
16
OSK3068040NR
• Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise to remove.
• Store the tire in the reverse order
of removal.
• To prevent the spare tire and
tools from "rattling" while the
vehicle is in motion, store them
properly.
What to do in an emergency
If you have a flat tire
WARNING
Touching surface of the luggage
room floor
Do not touch the metal surface of
the luggage room floor while the
engine is operating or hot. Doing so
could result in serious bodily injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until it
cools down or wear globes to
remove the spare tire from the luggage room.
Changing tires (if equipped)
1. Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2. Place the transmission shift lever
in P (Park) with intelligent variable
transmission and R (Reverse) with
manual transmission.
3. Activate the hazard warning
flashers.
OSK3068042NR
5. Block both the front and rear of
the wheel that is diagonally opposite from the jack position.
WARNING
Jack location
To reduce the possibility of injury,
be sure to use only the jack provided
with the vehicle in the correct jack
position; never use any other part of
the vehicle for jack support.
WARNING
OSK3068041NR
4. Remove the wheel lug nut
wrench, jack and spare tire from
the vehicle.
Changing a tire
• To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always set
the parking brake fully, and
always block the wheel diagonally
opposite the wheel being
changed.
• We recommend that the wheels
of the vehicle be blocked, and that
no person remain in a vehicle that
is being jacked.
6
17
6
What to do in an emergency
If you have a flat tire
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
OSK3068008NR
OSK3068006NR
7. Place the jack at the front (1) or
rear (2) jacking position closest to
the tire you are changing. Place
the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking positions are plates welded to
the frame with two tabs and a
raised dot to line up with the jack.
8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench
into the jack and turn it clockwise,
raising the vehicle until the tire
just clears the ground. This measurement is approximately 1 in
(30 mm).
OSK3068009NR
OSK3068007NR
6
18
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and
remove them with your fingers.
10.Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away.
11.To put the wheel on the hub, pick
up the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them. If this is difficult, tip
What to do in an emergency
the wheel slightly and get the top
hole in the wheel lined up with the
top stud.
12.Jiggle the wheel back and forth
until the wheel can slide over the
other studs.
Wheels may have sharp edges.
Handle them carefully to avoid
possible severe injury. Before putting the wheel into place, be sure
that there is nothing on the hub
or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,
etc.) that prevents the wheel
from fitting solidly against the
hub.
If you have a flat tire
16.Position the wrench as shown in
the drawing and tighten the
wheel nuts. Be sure the socket is
seated completely over the nut.
Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over
the wrench handle.
17.Go around the wheel, tightening
every nut following the numerical
sequence shown in the image
until they are all tight. Doublecheck each nut for tightness.
WARNING
Installing a wheel
Make sure the wheel makes good
contact with the hub when installed.
If the contact of the mounting surface between the wheel and hub is
not good, the wheel nuts could come
loose and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in loss of
control of the vehicle.
13.To install the wheel, hold it on
the studs, put the wheel nuts on
the studs and tighten them finger
tight.
14.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
completely seated, then tighten
the nuts as much as possible with
your fingers again.
15.Insert the wrench into the jack
and lower the vehicle to the
ground by turning the wheel nut
wrench counterclockwise.
6
OSK3068010NR
18.After changing wheels, have an
authorized Kia dealer tighten the
wheel nuts to their proper torque
as soon as possible.
19.To prevent the jack, wheel lug
nut wrench and spare tire from
rattling while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
20.Check the inflation pressures as
soon as possible after installing
the spare tire. Adjust it to the
specified pressure, if necessary.
Refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 8-4.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
79~94 lbf ft (11~13 kgf m)
6
19
What to do in an emergency
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the
correct pressure. If it is too high,
adjust it until it is correct. Always
reinstall the valve cap after checking
or adjusting the tire pressure. If the
cap is not replaced, dust and dirt
may get into the tire valve and air
may leak from the tire. If you lose a
valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible.
After you have changed the wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its
place and return the jack and tools
to their proper storage locations.
CAUTION
Reusing lug nuts
Make certain during wheel removal
that the same nuts that were
removed are reinstalled - or, if
replaced, that nuts with metric
threads and the same chamfer configuration are used. Your vehicle has
metric threads on the wheel studs
and nuts. Installation of a non-metric thread nut on a metric stud will
not secure the wheel to the hub
properly and will damage the stud
so that it must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use
extreme care in checking for thread
style before installing aftermarket
6
20
If you have a flat tire
lug nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they may
lose their ability to retain the wheel.
This could lead to the loss of the
wheel and a collision resulting in
serious injuries.
Important - use of compact spare
tire
Your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regular-size tire. This tire is smaller than
a conventional tire and is designed
for temporary use only.
• You should drive carefully when
the compact spare is in use. The
compact spare should be replaced
by the proper conventional tire
and rim at the first opportunity.
• The operation of this vehicle is
not recommended with more than
one compact spare tire in use at
the same time.
WARNING
Spare tire
The compact spare tire is for emergency use only. Do not operate your
vehicle on this compact spare at
speeds over 50 mph (80 km/h). The
What to do in an emergency
original tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the spare possibly leading
to bodily injury or death.
The compact spare should be
inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
the specified pressure, as necessary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
• Under no circumstances should
you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a
higher speed could damage the
tire.
• Ensure that you drive slowly
enough for the road conditions to
avoid all hazards. Any road hazard, such as a pothole or debris,
could seriously damage the compact spare.
• Any continuous road use of this
tire could result in tire failure, loss
of vehicle control, and possible
personal injury.
• Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum load rating or the load-carrying capacity shown on the
sidewall of the compact spare
tire.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
If you have a flat tire
smaller than the diameter of a
conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 1
inch (25 mm), which could result
in damage to the vehicle.
• Do not take this vehicle through
an automatic vehicle wash while
the compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare tire. Because of
the smaller size, a tire chain will
not fit properly. This could damage the vehicle and result in loss
of the chain.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire's tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same
size and design, mounted on the
same wheel.
• The compact spare tire should not
be used on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other vehicle components may occur.
• Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the
compact spare tire is installed.
6
21
6
What to do in an emergency
If you have a flat tire
Jack label
Type A
OSK3068043NR
Type B
OSK3068044NR
Type C
OSK3068045NR
* The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more
detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point.
8. Move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with intelligent variable transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10.Jack manufacturer
11.Production date
12.Representative company and address
6
22
What to do in an emergency
Towing
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truck service.
Towing service
Towing
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
WARNING
Side and curtain Air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with side
and curtain air bag, ignition switch
to LOCK or ACC position when the
vehicle is being towed.
The side and curtain air bag may
deploy when the ignition switch is
ON, and the rollover sensor detects
the situation as a rollover.
CAUTION
Towing
6
OSK3068017NR
Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent
damage to the vehicle. The use of
wheel dollies (1) or flatbed is recommended.
On FWD vehicles, it is acceptable to
tow the vehicle with the rear wheel
on the ground (without dollies) and
the front wheels off the ground. If
any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or
the vehicle is being towed with the
front wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
OSK3068018NR
OSK3068019NR
• Do not tow the vehicle backwards
with the front wheels on the
ground as this may cause damage
to the transmission.
• Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
6
23
What to do in an emergency
• Do not tow the vehicle with four
wheels in contact with the ground
if it is the vehicle equipped with
DCT or IVT. Otherwise, the transmission will be seriously damaged.
Also, make sure not to tow the
vehicle connecting it with other
vehicles including camper vans.
Towing
Towing without Wheel Dollies when
using a Towing Service
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position
2. Place the transmission shift lever
in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
WARNING
• If you tow the vehicle while the
front wheels are touching the
ground, the vehicle motor may
generate electricity and the
motor components may be damaged or a fire may occur.
• When a vehicle fire occurs due to
the battery, there is a risk of a
second fire. Contact the fire
department when towing the
vehicle.
CAUTION
Towing gear position
Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may
cause internal damage to the vehicle.
Using removable towing hook (if
equipped)
Dinghy towing
OSK3068032NR
OSK3068033NR
Your vehicle is not designed to be
dinghy towed (with 4 wheels on the
ground) behind a motor home. To
avoid serious damage to your vehicle, do not tow your vehicle with
four wheels on the ground.
6
24
What to do in an emergency
Front
Towing
Emergency towing
If towing service is not available in
an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency
towing hook under the front (or
rear) of the vehicle.
Front
OSK3068020NR
Rear
OSK3068022NR
Rear
6
OSK3068021NR
1. Open the liftgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning
it clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
OSK3068023NR
If towing is necessary, have it done
by an authorized Kia dealer or a
commercial tow truck service.
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle. A driver must be in the
vehicle to steer it and operate the
brakes.
6
25
What to do in an emergency
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speed.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its
own power.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier
than the vehicle doing the towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles
should communicate with each
other frequently.
Towing
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it
steadily and with even force.
• To avoid damaging the hook, do
not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight
ahead.
• Use a towing strap less than 16
feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or
red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm)
wide) in the middle of the strap
for easy visibility.
Front
CAUTION
Using a portion of the vehicle other
than the tow hooks for towing may
damage the body of your vehicle.
• Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner
while maintaining tension on the
tow rope or chain to start or drive
the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks
and the vehicle may be damaged.
• Attach a towing strap to the tow
hook.
• Use only a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing
vehicles. Securely fasten the cable
or chain to the towing hook provided.
• Before emergency towing, check
if the hook is not broken or damaged.
6
26
OSK3068024NR
Rear
OSK3068025NR
What to do in an emergency
• Drive carefully so that the towing
strap is not loosened during towing.
• The driver must be in the vehicle
for steering and braking operations when the vehicle is towed
and passengers other than the
driver must not be allowed to be
on board.
WARNING
Emergency Towing Precautions
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle.
• Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which would
place excessive stress on the
emergency towing hook and towing cable or chain. The hook and
towing cable or chain may break
and cause serious injury or damage.
• If the disabled vehicle is unable to
be moved, do not forcibly continue the towing. We recommend
that you contact an authorized
Kia dealer or a commercial tow
truck service for assistance.
• Tow the vehicle as straight ahead
as possible.
• Keep away from the vehicle
during towing.
Towing
Emergency towing precautions
1. Turn the ignition switch to ACC so
the steering wheel isn't locked.
2. Release the parking bake.
3. Press the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will
have reduced brake performance.
4. More steering effort will be
required because the power
steering system will be disabled.
5. If you are driving down a long hill,
the brakes may overheat and
brake performance will be
reduced. Stop often and let the
brakes cool off.
6. If the car is being towed with all
four wheels on the ground, it can
be towed only from the front. Be
sure that the reduction gear is in
neutral. Be sure the steering is
unlocked by the ignition switch in
the ACC position. A driver must be
in the towed vehicle to operate
the steering and brakes.
7. The vehicle should be towed at a
speed of 16 mph (25 km/h) or less
within the distance of 12.4 mile
(20 km).
6
27
6
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
Intelligent Variable Transmission
(IVT)
Vehicles with Intelligent Variable
Transmission (IVT) can only be
towed to an ordinary vehicle when
there is no IVT transmission oil leakage. If towing to an ordinary vehicle
in the event of oil leakage, the
transmission may be damaged. If
towing to an ordinary vehicle in the
event of oil leakage, the transmission may be damaged.
Towing
CAUTION
Intelligent Variable Transmission
• If the car is being towed with all
four wheels on the ground, it can
be towed only from the front.
Be sure that the transmission is in
neutral. Be sure the steering is
unlocked by placing the ignition
switch in the ACC position. A
driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and
brakes.
• To avoid serious damage to the
Intelligent Variable Transmission
limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph
(15 km/h) and drive less than 1
mile (1.5 km) when towing.
• Before towing, check the Intelligent Variable Transmission for
fluid leaks under your vehicle. If
the Intelligent Variable Transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be
used.
6
28
Maintenance 7
Maintenance
Engine compartment ............................................................... 7-4
Maintenance services............................................................... 7-5
Owner maintenance ................................................................. 7-7
Scheduled maintenance service ............................................. 7-8
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items................... 7-15
Engine oil and filter ................................................................ 7-19
• Checking the engine oil level............................................... 7-19
Engine coolant ......................................................................... 7-21
• Checking the coolant level................................................... 7-22
• Changing the coolant ........................................................... 7-23
Brake fluid................................................................................ 7-24
• Checking the brake fluid level............................................. 7-24
Washer fluid............................................................................. 7-25
• Checking the washer fluid level.......................................... 7-25
Parking brake .......................................................................... 7-26
• Checking the parking brake ................................................ 7-26
Air cleaner filter ......................................................................7-26
• Replacing air cleaner filter .................................................. 7-26
Climate control air filter ........................................................ 7-27
• Inspecting and replacing climate control air filter .......... 7-27
Wiper blades ............................................................................ 7-29
• Replacing front windshield wiper blade............................ 7-29
• Replacing rear window wiper blade................................... 7-31
Battery ..................................................................................... 7-31
Tires and wheels ..................................................................... 7-34
• Checking tire inflation pressure ......................................... 7-35
7 Maintenance
• Tire rotation ..........................................................................7-36
• Wheel alignment and tire balance .....................................7-36
• Tire replacement ..................................................................7-37
• Wheel replacement ..............................................................7-37
• Tire traction...........................................................................7-38
• Tire maintenance..................................................................7-38
• Tire sidewall labeling ............................................................7-38
• Tire terminology and definitions .......................................7-41
• All season tires......................................................................7-44
• Summer tires ........................................................................7-44
• Snow tires ..............................................................................7-44
• Tire chains..............................................................................7-45
• Radial-ply tires......................................................................7-45
• Low aspect ratio tire............................................................7-46
Fuses .........................................................................................7-47
• Replacing inner panel fuse ..................................................7-49
• Replacing engine compartment fuse ................................7-50
• Fuse/relay panel description ..............................................7-52
Light bulbs................................................................................7-61
• Headlamp bulb ......................................................................7-64
• Replacing Headlamp (High/Low beam) bulb
(Headlamp Type A,B)............................................................7-65
• Replacing Position lamp/DRL/Front turn signal lamp
bulb (Type A, B) .....................................................................7-65
• Position lamp / Day time running lamp (LED type)
replacement (Headlamp Type B)........................................7-65
• Replacing Headlamp (LED type) (Headlamp Type C)......7-66
• Replacing front fog lamp bulb ............................................7-66
• Replacing side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb ................7-66
Maintenance 7
• Replacing stop/tail and turn signal lamp (bulb type)
bulb (Rear combination lamp Type A)............................... 7-67
• Replacing tail/back-up lamp bulb
(Rear combination lamp Type A) ....................................... 7-67
• Replacing stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb
(Rear combination lamp Type B) ....................................... 7-68
• Replacing high mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb ...... 7-69
• Replacing high mounted stop lamp (bulb type) bulb...... 7-69
• Replacing license plate lamp bulb ......................................7-70
• Replacing map lamp (bulb type) bulb................................ 7-71
• Replacing map lamp (LED type) bulb ................................ 7-71
• Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb .................................... 7-71
• Replacing room lamp (bulb type) bulb .............................. 7-72
• Replacing room lamp (LED type) bulb............................... 7-73
• Replacing glove box lamp .................................................... 7-73
• Replacing liftgate room lamp bulb .................................... 7-73
Appearance care ..................................................................... 7-74
• Exterior care.......................................................................... 7-74
• Interior care........................................................................... 7-80
Emission control system ....................................................... 7-82
California perchlorate notice ................................................ 7-85
Maintenance
Engine compartment
MAINTENANCE
Engine compartment
Gasoline Engine (Gamma 1.6 TGDI)
OSK3078001NR
Gasoline Engine (Nu 2.0L MPI)
OSK3078053NR
* The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake / clutch fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Negative battery terminal
7. Positive battery terminal
8. Engine oil dipstick
9. Radiator cap
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
7
4
Maintenance
Maintenance services
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever
performing any maintenance or
inspection procedures.
Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing
of your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have an authorized
Kia dealer perform this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factory-trained technicians and genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle
properly. For expert advice and
quality service, see an authorized
Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-
cient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle
that could lead to vehicle damage,
an accident, or personal injury.
Owner's responsibility
NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this
Maintenance services
information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your
vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Warranty & Consumer Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required
as a result of improper maintenance
or a lack of required maintenance
are not covered.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer. An authorized
Kia dealer meets Kia's high service
quality standards and receives technical support from Kia in order to
provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.
NOTICE
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) has issued
a general warning to all vehicle owners of all brands regarding the risks
associated with vehicle underbody
corrosion. From your initial purchase, take the following steps to
prevent unsafe corrosion damage to
your vehicle:
• Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly during the winter
and whenever your vehicle has
7
5
7
Maintenance
•
•
•
•
Maintenance services
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
Do a thorough washing of the
undercarriage at the end of the
winter.
Use professional service technicians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for
corrosion.
Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually aware of corrosion flaking or
scaling or if you become aware of
a change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongy brakes,
fluids leaking, impairment of
directional control, suspension
noises or rattling metal straps.
NHTSA further advises that after
a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essential that you take these indicated
maintenance steps to ensure that
you protect yourself from unsafe
corrosion conditions.
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section
gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section,
several procedures can be done only
by an authorized Kia dealer with
special tools.
7
6
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during
the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Warranty & Consumer
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about
any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING
Maintenance work
Do not wear jewelry or loose clothing while working under the hood of
your vehicle with the engine running. These items can become
entangled in moving parts, if you
must run the vehicle in the engine
while working under the hood, make
certain that you remove all jewelry
(especially rings, bracelets, watches,
and necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose clothing
before getting near cooling fans.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts (including
strut bars) while the vehicle is operating or hot. Doing so could result in
serious bodily injury. Turn the vehicle off and wait until the metal parts
cool down to perform maintenance
work on the vehicle.
Maintenance
Owner maintenance
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized Kia dealer at the frequencies
indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your
dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks
are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in coolant
reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated
tires. Check if the front of the
radiator and condenser are clean
and not blocked with leaves, dirt
or insects etc. If any of the above
parts are extremely dirty or you
are not sure of their condition,
take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer.
Owner maintenance
WARNING
Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure.
While operating your vehicle:
• Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice any increased
steering effort or looseness in the
steering wheel, or change in its
straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or "pulls" to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission
P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the
air conditioning system during or
after use is normal).
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the
coolant reservoir.
7
7
7
Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance service
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights,
turn signals and hazard warning
flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires
that are worn, show uneven wear,
or are damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year (i.e., every
Spring and Fall):
• Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
At least once a year:
• Clean the body and door drain
holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and
check the hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weatherstrips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
7
8
Scheduled maintenance service
Follow the Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the following conditions apply.
If any of the following conditions
apply, follow the Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance
of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10
miles (16 km) in freezing temperature.
• Extensive engine idling or low
speed driving for long distances.
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads.
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather.
• Driving in heavy dust condition.
• Driving in heavy traffic area.
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road repeatedly.
• Towing a trailer or using a
camper, or roof rack.
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing.
• Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h).
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition.
If your vehicle is operated in any of
the prior listed conditions, you
should inspect, replace or refill more
frequently, using the severe usage
maintenance schedule instead of
the normal usage maintenance
schedule.
Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance service
Normal maintenance schedule - Non Turbo Models
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good
emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission
services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown,
the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months
12 24 36 48 60R 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles 1,000
7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
Km 1,000
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months, after that,
inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months
Drive belts*1
Engine oil and
engine oil filter
Nu 2.0L
MPI
R
R
R
I
I
I
Fuel additives*2
Air cleaner filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
I
Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months
R
Spark plugs
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
R
Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km)
Climate control air filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Vacuum hose
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, after that,
replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
Coolant (Engine)
Battery condition
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake discs and pads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering gear rack, linkage
and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Drive shaft and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Suspension ball joints and
mounting bolts
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner compressor/
refrigerant
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust system
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Cooling system
-
-
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT) fluid
Manual transmission fluid*3
7
No check, No service required
-
-
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
7
9
Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance service
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months
12 24 36 48 60R 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles 1,000
7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
Km 1,000
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap -
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
Fuel tank air filter*4
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Parking brake
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
*1. The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
*2. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are
available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix
other additives.
*3. Manual transmission fluid should be changed anytime it has been submerged in water.
*4. Fuel tank air filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended as the
level of maintenance will be dependent upon the quality fuel used in the vehicle.
7
10
Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance service
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used
under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R: Replace
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
R
Every 3,750 miles (6,000
km) or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H,
I, J, K
Air cleaner filter
R
More frequently
C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently
A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid
R
Every 60,000 miles
(100,000 km)
A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Dual clutch transmission fluid
R
Every 75,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Manual transmission fluid
R
Every 75,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Brake discs and pads, calipers and
rotors
I
More frequently
C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Steering gear rack, linkage and
boots
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G
Suspension ball joints and
mounting bolts
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G
Drive shafts and boots
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
I
More frequently
C, E, G
Maintenance item
Engine oil and
engine oil filter
Nu 2.0L MPI
Severe Driving Conditions
A: Repeatedly driving short distance
of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16
km) in freezing temperature.
B: Extensive low speed driving for long
distances.
C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads.
D: Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather.
7
E: Driving in heavy dust condition.
F: Driving in heavy traffic area.
G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads.
H: Towing a trailer or using a camper
on roof rack.
I: Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing.
J: Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go
conditions
7
11
Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance service
Normal maintenance schedule - Turbo Models
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good
emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission
services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown,
the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months
Miles 1,000
Km 1,000
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
6
12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months, after that,
inspect every 12,000 miles (20,000 km) or 24 months
Drive belts *1
Engine oil and
engine oil filter
Gamma
1.6L T-GDI
R
R
R
I
I
I
Fuel additives *2
Air cleaner filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
Add every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months
Spark plugs
R
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
R
I
Replace every 42,000 miles (70,000 km)
Valve clearance *3
Inspect every 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months
Climate control air filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Vacuum hose
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Coolant (Engine)
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years, after that,
replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
Battery condition
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake discs and pads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering gear rack, linkage and
boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Drive shaft and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Suspension ball joints and
mounting bolts
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner compressor/
refrigerant
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust system
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Intercooler, in/out
Gamma
hose, air intake
1.6L T-GDI
hose
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Cooling system
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7
12
Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance service
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months
Miles 1,000
Km 1,000
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
6
12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Automatic transmission fluid
No check, No service required
Dual clutch transmission fluid
Inspect every 37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 30 months
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
*4
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
I
-
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Parking brake
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel tank air filter
*1. The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
*2. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are
available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix
other additives.
*3. Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized
Kia dealer perform the operation.
*4. Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for
this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality.
7
7
13
Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance service
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Turbo Models
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used
under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R: Replace
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Maintenance item
Engine oil and
engine oil filter
Gamma 1.6L
T-GDI
Maintenance
operation
R
Air cleaner filter
R
Spark plugs
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
Every 3,750 miles (6,000 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H,
km) or 6 months
I, J, K
More frequently
C, E
R
More frequently
A, B, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid
R
Every 60,000 miles
(96,000 km)
A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Dual clutch transmission fluid
R
Every 75,000 miles
(120,000 km)
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Brake discs and pads, calipers and
rotors
I
More frequently
C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Steering gear rack, linkage and
boots
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G
Suspension ball joints and mounting bolts
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G
Drive shafts and boots
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
R
More frequently
C, E, G
Severe Driving Conditions
A: Repeatedly driving short distance
of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16
km) in freezing temperature.
B: Extensive low speed driving for long
distances.
C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads.
D: Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather.
E: Driving in heavy dust condition.
7
14
F: Driving in heavy traffic area.
G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads.
H: Towing a trailer or using a camper
on roof rack.
I: Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing.
J: Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go
conditions
Maintenance
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
The following parts require scheduled maintenance.
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized Kia dealer
replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately.
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel filter
Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped with
a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular
maintenance or replacement is generally not needed. This may vary
depending on fuel quality. If you
experience any of the following: fuel
flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, or a hard starting issue,
inspection and, if necessary,
replacement may be needed. Have
the fuel filter inspected or replaced
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure that a new
vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should
be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources,
such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving components which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are pres7
15
7
Maintenance
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
ent. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
Manual transmission fluid (if
equipped)
Air cleaner filter
Inspect the manual transmission
fluid according to the maintenance
schedule.
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Automatic transmission fluid (if
equipped)
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
Valve clearance (if equipped)
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. An authorized Kia dealer
should perform the operation.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system components, such as the radiator, coolant
reservoir, hoses and connections for
leakage and damage. Replace any
damaged parts.
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions. But in severe conditions,
the fluid should be changed at an
authorized Kia dealer in accordance
to the scheduled maintenance at
the beginning of this section.
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color is
usually red. As the vehicle is driven,
the automatic transmission fluid will
begin to look darker.
It is the normal condition and you
should not judge the need to replace
the fluid based upon the changed
color.
CAUTION
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Transmission fluids
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transmission mal-
function and failure. Use only specified automatic transmission fluid.
(Refer to "Recommended lubricants
and capacities" on page 8-6.)
7
16
Maintenance
Dual clutch transmission Fluid
Inspect the dual clutch transmission
fluid according to the maintenance
schedule.
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration
and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immedi-
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
2. Monitor the brake system for
signs of corrosion by having regular professional inspections and
watching for signs of problems,
including loss of brake fluid,
unusual leaks and soft or spongy
feel in the brake pedal.
3. Replace the entire brake pipe
assembly if you find severe corrosion that causes scaling or flaking
of brake components.
ately.
NOTICE
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
NHTSA has warned all vehicle owners of all brands that they must
maintain their vehicles in a manner
which will prevent brake hose and
brake line failures due to corrosion
when such vehicles are exposed to
winter road salt and related chemicals. While serious corrosion conditions typically only manifest
themselves as safety issues after 7
years of vehicle use, the corrosion
process starts immediately and
thus underbody cleaning maintenance must commence from your
vehicle's first exposure to road salts
and chemicals. NHTSA urges vehicle
owners to take the following steps
to prevent corrosion:
1. Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly throughout the
winter and do a thorough washing
in the spring to remove road salt
and other de-icing chemicals.
Brake/clutch fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir. The level
should be between "MIN" and "MAX"
marks on the side of the reservoir.
Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever (or
pedal) and cables.
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks,
deterioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
7
17
7
Maintenance
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
Brake discs, pads, calipers and
rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and off,
check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
7
18
Checking fluid levels
When checking engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer
fluid, always be sure to clean the
area around any filler plug, drain
plug, or dipstick before checking or
draining any lubricant or fluid. This
is especially important in dusty or
sandy areas and when the vehicle is
used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the
plug and dipstick areas will prevent
dirt and grit from entering the
engine and other mechanisms that
could be damaged.
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Checking the engine oil level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to
reach normal operating temperature.
WARNING
Engine oil and filter
CAUTION
• Do not overfill the engine oil. It
may damage the engine.
• Do not spill engine oil, when adding or changing engine oil. If you
drop the engine oil on the engine
room, wipe it off immediately.
• When you wipe the oil level gauge,
you should wipe it with a clean
cloth. When mixed with debris, it
can cause engine damage.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
Gamma 1.6L T-GDI
Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may be
hot enough to burn you.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a
few minutes (about 5 minutes)
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
7
OSK3078002NR
Nu 2.0L MPI
OSK3078088NR
7
19
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
6. If it is near or at L, add enough oil
to bring the level to F.
Gamma 1.6L T-GDI
Changing the engine oil and filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
OSK3078003NR
Nu 2.0L MPI
OSK3078071NR
Do not overfill. Use a funnel to
help prevent oil from being spilled
on engine components. Use only
the specified engine oil. (Refer to
"Recommended lubricants and
capacities" on page 8-6.)
7
20
Used engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged
periods of time. Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused
cancer in laboratory animals. Always
protect your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil.
Maintenance
Engine coolant
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year
round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season,
and before traveling to a colder climate.
WARNING
Radiator/Inverter cap
Never attempt to remove the radiator or inverter cap while the engine
is operating or hot. Doing so might
lead to cooling system and engine
damage and could result in serious
personal injury from escaping hot
coolant or steam.
Engine coolant
which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.
• The cooling circuit of a vehicle
equipped with a heat pump system may freeze in extremely low
temperature when the concentration of the antifreezing liquid is
below 45%.
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
Ambient Temperature
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Antifreeze
Water
5 F (-15 C)
35
65
-13 F (-25 C)
40
60
-31 F (-35 C)
50
50
-49 F (-45 C)
60
40
WARNING
Radiator cap
Recommended coolant
When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the
factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or damage.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the
specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze
or less than 35% antifreeze,
7
OSK3078004NR
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam
may blow out under pressure which
may result in serious injury.
7
21
Maintenance
Engine coolant
Checking the coolant level
NOTICE
Make sure the coolant cap is properly closed after refill or coolant.
Otherwise the engine could be overheated while driving.
1. Check if the radiator cap label is
straight In front.
Engine room front view
WARNING
Removing radiator cap
Never attempt to remove the
radiator cap while the engine
is operating or hot. Doing so might
lead to cooling system damage and
could result in serious personal
injury from escaping hot coolant or
steam.
1. Turn the vehicle off and wait until
it cools down.
2. Use extreme care when removing
the radiator cap. Wrap a thick
towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop.
ODEEV098003NR
2. Maker sure that the tiny protrusions inside the coolant cap are
securely interlocked.
Engine room rear view
OSK3078004NR
OSK3078005NR
7
22
3. Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
4. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press
down on the cap, using a thick
towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
Maintenance
WARNING
Cooling fan
Use caution when working
near the blade of the cooling
fan. The electric motor (cooling fan) is controlled by coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure and vehicle speed. it may
sometimes operate even when the
vehicle is not running.
5. Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses
and heater hoses.
6. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.
7. Check the coolant level. The coolant level should be filled between
F and L marks on the side of the
coolant reservoir when the engine
room is cool.
8. If the coolant level is low, add
enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing
and corrosion. Bring the level to F,
but do not overfill.
Engine coolant
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
CAUTION
Put a thick cloth or fabric around
the radiator cap before refilling the
coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine
parts such as the alternator.
7
If frequent additions are required,
see an authorized Kia dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
7
23
Maintenance
Brake fluid
Brake fluid
The brake fluid acts to transmit
force to the brake when the driver
depresses the brake pedal. Brake
fluid must be maintained periodically to ensure that the brakes
operate smoothly.
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
OSK3078006NR
1. Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap
thoroughly to prevent brake fluid
contamination.
CAUTION
Proper fluid
Only use brake fluid in the brake
system. Small amounts of improper
fluids can cause damage to the
brake system.
7
24
2. If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX level. The level will fall with
accumulated mileage. This is a
normal condition associated with
the wear of the brake linings. If
the fluid level is excessively low,
have the brake system checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Use only the specified brake fluid.
(Refer to "Recommended lubricants
and capacities" on page 8-6.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
When changing and adding brake
fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it
come in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid should come in contact
with your eyes, immediately flush
them with a large quantity of fresh
tap water. Have your eyes examined
by a doctor as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Brake fluid
Do not allow brake fluid to contact
the vehicle's body paint, as paint
damage will result.
Brake fluid, which has been exposed
to open air for an extended time
should never be used as its quality
cannot be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly.
Maintenance
Washer fluid
Washer fluid
Washer fluid is used when wiping
the windshield of the vehicle with a
windshield wiper. You should check
and refill washer fluid periodically to
make sure that it doesn't run out.
Checking the washer fluid level
WARNING
Flammable Fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to
come in contact with open flames or
sparks. The windshield washer fluid
reservoir is flammable under certain
circumstances. This can result in a
fire.
WARNING
Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid res-
OSK3078087NR
The reservoir is translucent so that
you can check the level with a quick
visual inspection.
• Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if
necessary. Plain water may be
used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent
with antifreeze characteristics in
cold climates to prevent freezing.
ervoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed on
the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control.
WARNING
Windshield fluid
Do not drink the windshield washer
fluid. The windshield washer fluid is
poisonous to humans and animals.
7
25
7
Maintenance
Parking brake
Parking brake
Air cleaner filter
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever (or
pedal) and cables.
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Checking the parking brake
1. Check the stroke of the parking
brake by counting the number of
"clicks'' heard while fully applying
it from the released position.
Replacing air cleaner filter
Air cleaner filter must be replaced
when necessary, and should not be
washed.
OSK3078072NR
OSK3058007NR
Also, the parking brake alone
should securely hold the vehicle
on a fairly steep grade.
2. If the stroke is more or less than
specified, have the parking brake
adjusted by an authorized Kia
dealer.
You can clean the filter when
inspecting the air cleaner element.
Clean the filter by using compressed
air.
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover
attaching clips and open the cover.
Stroke: 5~7 "clicks" at a force of 44
lbs. (20 kg, 196 N)
OSK3078073NR
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
7
26
Maintenance
Climate control air filter
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
OSK3078074NR
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover
attaching clips.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in
extremely dusty or sandy areas,
replace the element more often
than the usual recommended intervals. (Refer to "Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions - Non
Turbo Models" on page 7-11.)
Inspecting and replacing climate
control air filter
When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing
the following procedure, and be
careful to avoid damaging other
components.
7
CAUTION
Air filter maintenance
• Do not drive with the air cleaner
removed; this will result in exces-
OSK3048012NR
sive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a
non-genuine part could damage
the air flow sensor.
7
27
Maintenance
Climate control air filter
1. Open the glove box.
4. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise
and the effectiveness of the filter
may be reduced.
OSK3078007NR
2. With the glove box open, pull the
support strap (1). Push in Both
sides (2) of the glove box as
shown.
OSK3078008NR
3. Replace the climate control air filter.
OSK3078009NR
7
28
Maintenance
Wiper blades
Wiper blades
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manually.
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
Blade inspection
are not wiping properly, clean both
the window and the blades with a
good cleaner or mild detergent, and
rinse thoroughly with clean water.
CAUTION
Wiper blades
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them.
Replacing front windshield wiper
blade
Type A
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose
the plastic locking clip.
7
ODEEV098012NR
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic vehicle washes have been
known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the
effectiveness of the windshield wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot
wax treatments used by some commercial vehicle washes. If the blades
ODEEV098013NR
7
29
Maintenance
Wiper blades
CAUTION
Wiper arms
• Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it
may chip or crack the windshield.
• Do not pull wiper arm forward,
since arm could chip hood paint.
Type B
1. Raise the wiper arm.
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then
pull down the blade assembly and
remove it.
2. Compress the clip and slide the
blade assembly downward.
ODEEV098016NR
3. Install the new blade assembly.
ODEEV098016NR
3. Lift it off the arm.
ODEEV098017NR
4. Return the wiper arm on the
windshield.
5. Turn ignition to the ON position
and wiper arms will return to the
normal operating position.
ODEEV098015NR
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
7
30
Maintenance
Battery
Replacing rear window wiper blade
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out
the wiper blade assembly.
Battery
The battery powers the engine in
order to move the vehicle as well as
supplying power to the various
devices installed in the vehicle.
For best battery service
ODEEV098018NR
2. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
OSK3078010NR
ODEEV098019NR
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, have an
authorized Kia dealer replace the
wiper blade.
• Keep the battery securely
mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and
dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal
grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.
7
31
7
Maintenance
Battery
WARNING
Risk of explosion
Keep lit cigarettes and all
other flames or sparks
away from the battery.
The battery contains
hydrogen -- a highly combustible gas which will
explode if it comes in contact with a
flame or spark.
Keep batteries out of the
reach of children because
batteries contain highly
corrosive SULFURIC ACID
and electrolytes. Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection when
charging or working near a
battery. Always provide
ventilation when working
in an enclosed space.
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate
medical attention. If electrolyte gets
on your skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel pain or
burning sensation, get medical
attention immediately.
7
32
An inappropriately disposed battery can be
harmful to the environment and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
The battery contains lead.
Do not dispose of it after
use. Please return the battery to an authorized Kia dealer to
be recycled.
Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are
connected.
WARNING
Risk of electrocution
Never touch the electrical ignition
system while the vehicle is running.
This system works with high voltage which can "zap" you.
NOTICE
If you connect unauthorized electronic devices to the battery, the
battery may be discharged. Never
use unauthorized devices.
WARNING
Recharging battery
Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are
connected.
Maintenance
Battery
WARNING
Battery lead compound
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds. Wash hands after
handling.
•
•
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenancefree, calcium-based battery
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for
example, the headlights or interior lights were left on while the
vehicle was not in use), recharge it
by slow charging (trickle) for 10
hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric
load while the vehicle is being
used, recharge it at 20~30 A for
two hours.
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in an
area with good ventilation.
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
flame near the battery.
• Watch the battery during
charging, and stop or reduce the
charging rate if the battery cells
begin gassing (boiling) violently or
if the temperature of the electro-
•
•
lyte of any cell exceeds 120 F (49
C).
Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger
main switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp
from the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
Before performing maintenance
or recharging the battery, turn
off all accessories and stop the
vehicle.
The negative battery cable must
be removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
Reset items
The following items should be reset
after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been
disconnected.
• Auto up/down window (Refer to
"Window opening and closing" on
page 4-25)
• Trip computer (Refer to "Trip
information (Trip computer)" on
page 4-60)
• Climate control system (Refer to
"Automatic climate control system" on page 4-115)
7
33
7
Maintenance
Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire inflation
pressures
All tire pressures should be checked
when the tires are cold. "Cold Tires"
means the vehicle has not been
driven for at least three hours or
driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 8-4.
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side center
pillar.
WARNING
Tire underinflation
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Regularly check the tire
inflation pressure, and correct it as
needed: at least twice a month and
before any long trips on the road. If
you fail to observe this precaution,
you may be driving on underinflated
tires, which may not only compromise your vehicle's driving stability,
but also lead to tire damage and the
risk of an accident. This risk is much
higher on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
Failure to maintain specified pressure may result in excessive wear,
poor handling, reduced fuel economy, deformation of tire and/or
wheel, harsh ride conditions, possibility for additional damage from
road hazards, or result in tire failure.
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the tires
are cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
hasn't been driven more than 1
mile (1.6 km) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your spare
tire each time you check the pressure of other tires.
ODEEV098028NR
7
34
Maintenance
• Never overload your vehicle. Be
careful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
equipped with one.
• Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by
4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to
adjust the pressure or the tires
will be underinflated.
WARNING
Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect
vehicle handling, and lead to sudden
tire failure. This could result in loss
of vehicle control and potential
injury.
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Use a good quality gauge to check
tire pressure. You cannot tell if your
tires are properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when
they're underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
or at least three hours or driven no
more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Tires and wheels
1. Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem.
2. Press the tire gauge firmly onto
the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and
loading information label, no further adjustment is necessary.
3. If the pressure is low, add air until
you reach the recommended
amount.
4. If you overfill the tire, release air
by pushing on the metal stem in
the center of the tire valve.
5. Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
6. Be sure to put the valve caps back
on the valve stems. They help
prevent leaks by keeping out dirt
and moisture.
Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear and
damage. Always use a tire pressure
gauge.
Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing
poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading
to accidents, injuries, and even
death. The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver's side
center pillar.
7
35
7
Maintenance
Tires and wheels
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated
every 6,500 miles (10,000 km) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for
uneven wear and damage. Abnormal
wear is usually caused by incorrect
tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, out of-balance wheels, severe
braking or severe cornering. Look
for bumps or bulges in the tread or
side of tire. Replace the tire if you
find either of these conditions.
Replace the tire if fabric or cord is
visible. After rotation, be sure to
bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug
nut tightness.
Refer to "Tires and wheels" on page
8-4.
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are
rotated.
front to rear and not from right to
left.
WARNING
Mixing tires
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances. This
may cause unusual handling characteristics.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire
life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may
need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road,
your wheels may need to be rebalanced.
CAUTION
ODEEV098029NR
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
7
36
Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels.
Use only approved wheel weights.
Maintenance
Tires and wheels
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread
wear indicator will appear as a solid
band across the tread.
Replacing just one tire can seriously
affect your vehicle's handling.
NOTICE
We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally
supplied with the vehicles. If not,
that affects driving performance.
Wheel replacement
ODEEV098030NR
This shows there is less than 1/16
inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the
tire. Replace the tire when this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before
replacing the tire.
The ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
works by comparing the speed of
the wheels. The tire size affects
wheel speed. When replacing tires,
all 4 tires must use the same size
originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can
cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) and ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) to work irregularly.
It is best to replace all four tires at
the same time. If that is not possible, or necessary, then replace the
two front or two rear tires as a pair.
When replacing the metal wheels
for any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
A wheel that is not the correct size
may adversely affect wheel and
bearing life, braking and stopping
abilities, handling characteristics,
ground clearance, body-to-tire
clearance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper
height.
CAUTION
Wheels
Wheels that do not meet Kia specifications may fit poorly and result in
damage to the vehicle or unusual
handling and poor vehicle control.
7
37
7
Maintenance
Tires and wheels
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces.
Tires should be replaced when tread
wear indicators appear. Slow down
whenever there is rain, snow or ice
on the road to reduce the possibility
of losing control of the vehicle.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to
decrease tire wear.
If you find a tire is worn unevenly,
have your dealer check the wheel
alignment.
ODEEV098031NR
The TIN can be used to identify the
tire in case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort
and tire life. Additionally, a tire
should always be rebalanced if it is
removed from the wheel.
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your vehicle. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Tire sidewall labeling
Example tire size designation:
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification.
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
7
38
P235/65R17 108T
• P: Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix "P" are
intended for use on passenger
Maintenance
•
•
•
•
•
•
vehicles or light trucks; however,
not all tires have this marking).
235: Tire width in millimeters.
65: Aspect ratio. The tire's section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R: Tire construction code (Radial).
17: Rim diameter in inches.
108: Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
T: Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with
important information that you
need if you ever have to replace one.
The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size
designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.0JX17
• 7.0: Rim width in inches.
• J: Rim contour designation.
• 17: Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the
different speed ratings currently
being used for passenger vehicle
tires. The speed rating is part of the
tire size designation on the sidewall
of the tire. This symbol corresponds
to that tire's designed maximum
safe operating speed.
Tires and wheels
Speed Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S
112 mph (180 km/h)
T
118 mph (190 km/h)
H
130 mph (210 km/h)
V
149 mph (240 km/h)
Z
Above 149 mph (240 km/h)
3. Checking tire life (TIN: Tire Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
should be replaced by new ones. You
can find the manufacturing date on
the tire sidewall (possibly on the
inside of the wheel), displaying the
DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series
of numbers on a tire consisting of
numbers and English letters. The
manufacturing date is designated
by the last four digits (characters)
of the DOT code.
DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four
numbers indicate week and year
manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1619 represents
that the tire was produced in the
16th week of 2019.
7
39
7
Maintenance
Tires and wheels
WARNING
Tire age
Replace tires within the recommended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended can
result in sudden tire failure, which
could lead to a loss of control and an
accident.
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber- coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which
include steel, nylon, polyester, and
others. The letter "R" means radial
ply construction; the letter "D"
means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means
belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure.
Refer to "Tire and loading information label" on page 5-143 for recommended inflation pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
7
40
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
• TREADWEAR 200
• TRACTION AA
• TEMPERATURE A
Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, we recommend that tires be replaced after
approximately six (6) years of normal service. Heat caused by hot climate or frequent high loading
conditions can accelerate the aging
process.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate
of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified
government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear
one-and-a-half times (1 ) as well
on the government course as a tire
graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
Maintenance
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle
tires. The tires available as standard
or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight-ahead
braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire's resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
Tires and wheels
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger vehicle tires
must meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Tire terminology and definitions
Refer to the following for detailed
definitions of the terms that are
found in the tire description.
Air Pressure The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward on
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight This means the
combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional
accessories are automatic
transmission, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt A rubber coated layer of cords
that is located between the plies
and the tread. Cords may be made
from steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
7
41
7
Maintenance
Tires and wheels
Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
always face outward when mounted
on a vehicle.
Cold Tire Pressure The amount of
air pressure in a tire, measured in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built
up heat from driving.
Light truck (LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on
lightweight trucks or multipurpose
passenger vehicles.
Curb Weight This means the weight
of a motor vehicle with standard
and optional equipment including
the maximum capacity of fuel, oil
and coolant, but without passengers
and cargo.
Load ratings The maximum load
that a tire is rated to carry for a
given inflation pressure.
DOT Markings A code molded into
the sidewall of a tire signifying that
the tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of Transportation
motor vehicle safety standards. The
DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanu-
Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for
air pressure.
Load Index An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity
of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure The
maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto
the sidewall.
meric designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date of
production.
Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that
tire.
GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating
for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating
for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall The side
of an asymmetrical tire that must
7
42
Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Maintenance
Occupant Distribution Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall The side of
a asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward
when mounted on a vehicle. The
outward facing sidewall bears white
lettering or bears manufacturer,
brand, and/or model name molding
that is higher or deeper than the
same moldings on the inner facing
sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire A tire
used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
Pneumatic tire A mechanical device
made of rubber, chemicals, fabric
and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive
wheel, provides the traction and
contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.
Production options weight The
combined weight of installed regular
production options weighing over 5
lbs. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not
previously considered in curb weight
or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,
heavy duty battery, and special
trim.
Tires and wheels
Recommended Inflation Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure and
shown on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to
the beads are laid at 90 degrees to
the centerline of the tread.
Rim A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are
seated.
Sidewall The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating An alphanumeric code
assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction The friction between the
tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
7
Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands,
sometimes called "wear bars," that
show across the tread of a tire
when only 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of
tread remains.
UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards, a tire information system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce7
43
Maintenance
Tires and wheels
dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions
multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus
the rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and driving by 2.
Vehicle Placard A label permanently
attached to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.
All season tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good performance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road conditions.
All season tires are identified by ALL
SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and
Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
7
44
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior performance on dry roads.
Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice.
Summer tires do not have the tire
traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow)
on the tire side wall. if you plan to
operate your vehicle in snowy or icy
conditions, Kia recommends the use
of snow tires or all season tires on
all four wheels.
Snow tires
If you equip your vehicle with snow
tires, they should be the same size
and have the same load capacity as
the original tires.
Snow tires should be installed on all
four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the
standard tires on the tire label on
the driver's side of the center pillar,
or up to the maximum pressure
shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph
(120 km/h) when your vehicle is
equipped with snow tires.
Maintenance
WARNING
Do not use summer tires at temperatures below 45 F (7 C) or
when driving on snow or ice. At
temperatures below 45 F (7 C),
summer tires can lose elasticity, and
therefore traction and braking
power as well. Change the tires on
your vehicle to winter or allweather tires of the same size as
the standard tires of the vehicle.
Both types of tires are identified by
the M+S (Mud and Snow) marking.
Using summer tires at very cold
temperatures could cause cracks to
form, thereby damaging the tires
permanently.
Tire chains
Tire chains, if necessary, should be
installed on the front wheels.
Be sure that the chains are installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear, do
not continue to use tire chains when
they are no longer needed.
• When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at less
than 20 mph (30 km/h).
• Use the SAE "S" class or wire
chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
Tires and wheels
chain to avoid contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driving
0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels.
In unavoidable circumstance, use
a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.47
inches (12 mm) to prevent damage to the chain's connection.
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance
and smoother high speed ride.
The radial-ply tires used on this
vehicle are of belted construction,
and are selected to complement the
ride and handling characteristics of
your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have
the same load carrying capacity, as
bias-ply or bias belted tires of the
same size, and use the same recommended inflation pressure.
Mixing of radial-ply tires with biasply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combinations of
radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to
follow is: Identical radial-ply tires
should always be used as a set of
four.
7
45
7
Maintenance
Tires and wheels
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear.
It is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and
punctures in radial-ply tires are
repairable only in the tread area,
because of sidewall flexing. Consult
your tire dealer for radial-ply tire
repairs.
Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires
are optimized for handling and
braking, it may be more uncomfortable to ride in and there is more
noise compare with normal tires.
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than the
normal, the wheel and tire of the
low aspect ratio tire is easier to be
damaged. So, follow the instructions
below.
• When driving on a rough road or
off road, drive cautiously because
tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect
tires and wheels.
• When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
7
46
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not damaged.
• If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the tire
condition or contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
• To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,900 miles (3,000
km).
• It is not easy to recognize the tire
damage with your own eyes. But
if there is the slightest hint of tire
damage, even though you cannot
see the tire damage with your
own eyes, have the tire checked
or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from
the tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving
on a rough road, off road, pothole,
manhole, or curb stone, it will not
be covered by the warranty.
• You can find out the tire information on the tire sidewall.
Maintenance
Fuses
Fuses
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload
damage by fuses.
Blade type
ODEEV098032NR
Cartridge type
ODEEV098077NR
Multi fuse
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,
one located in the driver's side panel
bolster, the other in the engine
compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work,
check the appropriate circuit fuse. If
a fuse has blown, the element inside
the fuse will melt.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver's side
fuse panel.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.
Avoid using the system involved and
immediately consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating,
cartridge type, and multi fuse for
higher amperage ratings.
WARNING
ODEEV098078NR
BFT
ODEEV098079NR
* Left side: Normal, Right side:
Blown
7
Fuse replacement
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly a fire.
• Never install a wire or aluminum
foil instead of the proper fuse even as a temporary repair. It
may cause extensive wiring damage and a possible fire.
• Do not arbitrarily modify or addon electric wiring to the vehicle.
7
47
Maintenance
Fuses
NOTICE
• When replacing a fuse, Turn ignition to the OFF position and turn
off switches of all electrical
devices then remove battery (-)
terminal.
• The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
WARNING
Electrical Fire
Always ensure replacements fuses
and relays are securely fastened
when installed. Failure to do so can
result in a vehicle fire.
Do not remove fuses, relays and
terminals fastened with bolts or
nuts. The fuses, relays and terminals may be fastened incompletely,
and it may cause a possible fire. If
fuses, relays and terminals fastened
with bolts or nuts are blown, we
recommend that you consult with
an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
When replacing a blown fuse or
relay, make sure the new fuse or
relay fits tightly into the clips. Failure to tightly install the fuse or
relay may cause damage to the wiring and electric systems.
7
48
CAUTION
• Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into fuse/
relay terminals such as a screw-
driver or wiring. It may cause contact failure and system
malfunction.
• Do not plug in screwdrivers or
aftermarket wiring into the terminal originally designed for fuse
and relays only. The electrical
system and wiring of the vehicle
interior may be damaged or
burned due to contact failure.
• If you directly connect the wire on
the taillight or replace the bulb
which is over the regulated capacity to install trailers etc., the inner
junction block can get burned.
WARNING
Electrical wiring repairs
All electrical repairs should be performed by authorized Kia dealerships using approved Kia parts.
Using other wiring components,
especially when retrofitting multimedia or theft alarm system, car
phone or radio may cause vehicle
damage and increase the risk of a
vehicle fire.
Maintenance
Fuses
NOTICE
Remodeling Prohibited
Do not rewire your vehicle in any
way as doing so may affect the performance of several safety features
in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehicle
may also void your warranty and
cause you to be responsible for any
subsequent vehicle damage which
may result.
Replacing inner panel fuse
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
OSK3078075NR
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits
tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a
fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating
the vehicle, such as the power outlet
fuse.
OSK3078011NR
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided on the engine fuse panel
cover.
If the head lamp, turn signal lamp,
stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail
lamp, HMSL do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in
the engine compartment. If a fuse is
blown, it must be replaced.
7
49
7
Maintenance
Fuses
NOTICE
CAUTION
If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn signal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction
even without any problem to the
lamps, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
Replacing engine compartment
fuse
1. Turn the Turn ignition and all
other switches off.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the
cover up.
Always securely install the fuse
panel cover in the engine compartment to protect against electrical
failure which may occur from water
contact. Listen for the audible clicking sound to ensure fuse panel cover
is securely fastened.
Multi fuse
OSK3078077NR
OSK3078076NR
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits
tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely,
consult an authorized Kia dealer.
7
50
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the
picture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5. Reverse these steps to reinstall
the multi fuse.
Maintenance
Fuses
NOTICE
NOTICE
Do not disassemble nor assemble
the multi fuse when it is secured
with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or
partial assembly torque may cause
a fire. Have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The electronic system may not
function correctly even when the
engine compartment and internal
fuse box's individual fuses are not
disconnected. In such case the cause
of the problem may be disconnection of the main fuse (BFT type),
which is located inside the positive
battery terminal (+) cap.
Since the main fuse is designed
more intricately than other parts,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Main fuse
NOTICE
OSK3078078NR
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the
picture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5. Reverse these steps to reinstall
the multi fuse.
Do not disassemble nor assemble
the multi fuse when it is secured
with nuts and bolts. Incorrect or
partial assembly torque may cause
a fire. Have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
7
51
7
Maintenance
Fuses
Battery fuse
Fuse/relay panel description
If the battery fuse is blown, it must
be removed as follows:
1. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
2. Remove the nuts shown in the
picture below.
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
OSK3078079NR
3. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
NOTICE
If the battery fuse is blown, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap to
ensure it is securely closed. If the
battery cap is not securely closed,
moisture may enter the system and
damage the electrical components.
7
52
Maintenance
Fuses
Driver's side fuse panel
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle. It is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse
panel in your vehicle, refer to the
fuse panel label on the inside of the
fuse cover. This diagram will provide
you with the specific information
for your vehicles.
OSK3078012NR
7
OSK3078068NR
7
53
Maintenance
Fuses
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
Description
Fuse rating
POWER OUTLET
20 A
MODULE2
10 A
HEATED MIRROR
10 A
Protected component
Front Power Outlet LH
Sound Mood Lamp, E/R Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay),
Audio, DC-DC Converter, Front/Rear USB Charger, Wireless
Charger, AMP, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Range Lamp,
Power Outside Mirror Switch, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,
IBU
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module, ECM
IG1
25 A
PCB Block (Fuse - ABS3, ECU5, SENSOR4, TCU2)
AIR BAG1
15 A
Occupant Detection Sensor, SRS Control Module
A/BAG IND
7.5 A
Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module
IBU2
7.5 A
IBU
CLUSTER
7.5 A
HUD, Instrument Cluster
MDPS
7.5 A
MDPS Unit
MODULE3
7.5 A
ATM Shift Lever, Stop Lamp Switch
MODULE4
7.5 A
Multifunction Camera, IBU, Smart Cruise Control Radar,
Crash Pad Switch, Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH
MODULE5
10 A
Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, A/C Control Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Front Seat Warmer Control
Module, ATM Shift Lever Indicator, Rear Seat Warmer Module, Audio
7
A/C1
7.5 A
E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay, PTC Heater #1/#2 Relay),
A/C Control Module
WIPER FRT2
25 A
Front Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)
WIPER RR
15 A
Rear Wiper Motor, ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay)
WASHER
15 A
Multifunction Switch
MODULE6
7.5 A
IBU
MODULE7
7.5 A
Front/Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Heated Box (Front Heated
LH Relay)
WIPER FRT1
10 A
Front Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay),
IBU, ECM/PCM
A/C2
10 A
ECM/PCM, A/C Control Module, Blower Resistor, Blower
Motor, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)
START
7.5 A
[W/O Smart Key & IMMO.] ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm
Relay), [With Smart Key or IMMO.] Transmission Range
Switch, IBU,ECM/PCM, E/R Junction Block (Start Relay)
P/WINDOW LH
25 A
Power Window LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window
Module
54
Maintenance
Description
Fuses
Fuse rating
Protected component
P/WINDOW RH
25 A
Power Window RH Relay, Passenger Safety Power Window
Module
TAILGATE OPEN
10 A
Tail Gate Open Relay
SUNROOF
20 A
Sunroof Motor
AMP
25 A
[W/O ISG] AMP, [With ISG] DC-DC Converter
S/HEATER FRT
20 A
Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation
Seat Control Module
P/SEAT (DRV)
25 A
Driver Seat Manual Switch
P/SEAT (PASS)
25 A
Passenger Seat Manual Switch
S/HEATER RR
20 A
Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
DOOR LOCK
20 A
Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (T/Turn Unlock
Relay)
BRAKE SWITCH
10 A
Stop Lamp Switch, IBU
IBU1
15 A
IBU
AIR BAG2
10 A
SRS Control Module
MODULE1
7.5 A
Hazard Switch, Key Interlock Solenoid, Rain Sensor, Data
Link Connector
MEMORY1
10 A
Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module, HUD
MULTI MEDIA
15 A
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, DC-DC Converter
7
7
55
Maintenance
Fuses
Engine compartment fuse panel
OSK3078080NR
OSK3078069NR
7
56
Maintenance
Fuses
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
Alternator, E/R Junction Block (Fuse - MDPS (Motor
Driven Power Steering), ESC (Electronic Stability Control)1, ESC (Electronic Stability Control)2)
ALT
150 A (G4FJ)
180 A (G4NH)
MDPS
80 A
MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
B+5
60 A
PCB (Printed Circuit Board) Block (Engine Control Relay,
Fuse - ECU3, ECU4, HORN, A/C)
B+2
60 A
ICU Junction Block (IPS (1CH), IPS Control Module)
B+3
60 A
ICU Junction Block (IPS Control Module)
B+4
50 A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH,
TAILGATE OPEN, SUNROOF, AMP, S/HEATER FRT, P/SEAT
(DRV), P/SEAT (PASS)
COOLING FAN
60 A
[G4FH] Cooling Fan #1 Relay
REAR HEATER
40 A
Rear Heater Relay
BLOWER
40 A
Blower Relay
IG1
40 A
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] E/R
Junction Block (PDM (ACC) #2 Relay, PDM (IG1) #3 Relay)
IG2
40 A
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch, Start #1 Relay, [With
Smart Key] E/R Junction Block (PDM (IG2) #4 Relay),
Start #1 Relay
PTC HEATER 1
50 A
PTC Heater #1 Relay
PTC HEATER 2
50 A
PTC Heater #2 Relay
ABS1
40 A
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module, ABS (Anti-lock
Brake System) Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
ABS2
40 A
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module, ABS (Anti-lock
Brake System) Control Module
POWER OUTLET 1
40 A
Power Outlet Relay
POWER OUTLET 2
20 A
Front Power Outlet RH
POWER OUTLET 3
20 A
Rear Power Outlet
OIL PUMP
40 A
Electronic Oil Pump
VACUUM PUMP
20 A
Electric Vacuum Pump
TCU1
15 A
TCM (Transmission Control Module)
H/LAMP HI
10 A
Head Lamp (High) Relay
FUEL PUMP
20 A
Fuel Pump Relay
COOLING FAN
40 A
[G4NH] Cooling Fan #1/#2 Relay
B+1
40 A
ICU Junction Block (Long Term Load Latch Relay, Fuse BRAKE SWITCH, MODULE1, IBU1, AIR BAG2,DOOR LOCK,
S/HEATER RR)
7
57
7
Maintenance
7
Fuses
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
DCT1
40 A
TCM (Transmission Control Module)
Circuit Protected
DCT2
40 A
TCM (Transmission Control Module)
ECU3
15 A
[GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [NU
2.0L MPI] PCM (Power train Control Module)
ECU4
15 A
[GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [NU
2.0L MPI] PCM (Power train Control Module)
HORN
15 A
Horn Relay
A/C
10 A
A/C COMP Relay
IGN COIL
20 A
Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4
SENSOR3
10 A
E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
INJECTOR
15 A
[NU 2.0L MPI] Injector #1/#2/#3/#4
ECU2
10 A
[GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module)
SENSOR1
15 A
Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)
SENSOR2
10 A
A/C COMP Relay, Canister Close Valve, [GAMMA 1.6L TGDI] Oil Control Valve #1/#2, Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #1 Relay), Turbo Recirculation Valve [NU 2.0L MPI] PCM (Power train Control
Module)
ABS3
10 A
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module, ABS (Anti-lock
Brake System) Control Module, Data Link Connector,
Multipurpose Check Connector
ECU5
10 A
[GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [NU
2.0L MPI] PCM (Power train Control Module)
SENSOR4
15 A
[GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI] Electric Vacuum Pump [NU 2.0L
MPI] Electronic Oil Pump
TCU2
15 A
[GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI] TCM (Transmission Control Module), Transmission Range Switch [NU 2.0L MPI]
Transmission Range Switch
58
Maintenance
Fuses
Refer to the following table for the
relay type.
Relay Name
Type
PTC HEATER 2 Relay
MICRO
COOLING FAN 2 Relay
MICRO
PDM 3 (IG1) Relay
MICRO
START #1 Relay
MICRO
HEAD LAMP HI Relay
MICRO
PDM 4 (IG2) Relay
MICRO
FUEL PUMP Relay
MICRO
PDM 2 (ACC) Relay
MICRO
COOLING FAN 1 Relay
MINI
BLOWER Relay
MINI
PTC HEATER 1 Relay
MICRO
REAR DEFPGGER Relay
MICRO
POWER OUTLET Relay
MICRO
7
7
59
Maintenance
Fuses
Battery terminal cover
OSK3078015NR
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle. It is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse
panel in your vehicle, refer to the
fuse panel label.
7
60
Maintenance
Light bulbs
Light bulbs are installed in various
parts of the vehicle to provide lighting inside and outside the vehicle as
well as to alert other vehicles.
Bulb replacement precaution
Please keep extra bulbs on hand
with appropriate wattage ratings in
case of emergencies.
Refer to "Bulb wattage" on page 83.
When changing lamps, first turn off
the vehicle at a safe place, firmly
apply the parking brake and detach
the battery's negative (-) terminal.
WARNING
Working on the lights
Prior to working on the light, firmly
apply the parking brake, ensure that
the vehicle start/stop button is in
OFF position and turn off the lights
to avoid sudden movement of the
vehicle and burning your fingers or
receiving an electric shock.
Use only bulbs of the specified
wattage.
CAUTION
Light replacement
Be sure to replace the burned-out
bulb with one of the same wattage
Light bulbs
rating. Otherwise, it may cause
damage to the fuse or electric wiring system.
CAUTION
Headlamp Lens
To prevent damage, do not clean the
headlamp lens with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
NOTICE
• If the light bulb or lamp connector
is removed while the lamp is still
on, the fuse box's electronic system may log it as a malfunction.
Therefore, a lamp malfunction
incident may be recorded as a
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in
the fuse box.
• It is normal for an operating lamp
to flicker momentarily. This is due
to a stabilization function of the
vehicle's electronic control device.
If the lamp lights up normally
after momentarily blinking, then
it is functioning as normal.
However, if the lamp continues to
flicker several times or turns off
completely, there may be an error
in the vehicle's electronic control
device. Please have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer immediately.
7
61
7
Maintenance
Light bulbs
NOTICE
We recommend that the headlight
aiming be adjusted by an authorized
Kia dealer after an accident or after
the headlight assembly is reinstalled.
NOTICE
After driving in heavy rain or washing, headlamp and taillamp lenses
could appear frosty. This condition
is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside
and outside. This is similar to the
condensation on your windows
inside your vehicle during the rain
and doesn't indicate a problem with
your vehicle. If the water leaks into
the lamp bulb circuitry, we recom-
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle. If non-genuine parts or
substandard bulbs are used, it may
lead to blowing a fuse or other wiring damages.
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to
the vehicle. If additional lights are
installed, it may lead to lamp malfunctions and flickering. Additionally, the fuse box and other writing
may be damaged.
Light bulb position (Front)
Head lamp - Type A
mend that you have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
If you don't have the necessary
tools, the correct bulbs and the
expertise, consult an authorized Kia
dealer. In many cases, it is difficult
to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle
must be removed before you can
get to the bulb. This is especially
true if you have to remove the
headlamp assembly to get to the
bulb(s).
OSK3078016NR
Head lamp - Type B
OSK3078017NR
7
62
Maintenance
Light bulbs
Head lamp – Type C
Light bulb position (Rear)
Rear combination lamp - Type A
OSK3078018NR
Fog lamp
OSK3078020NR
Rear combination lamp - Type B
OSK3078019NR
1. Front turn signal lamp (Bulb Type)
2. Headlamp (Low/High)
3. Position lamp/Daytime running
lamp (Bulb Type)
4. Side marker (Bulb/LED Type)
5. Front turn signal lamp (LED Type)
6. Headlamp (LED) (Sub Low)
7. Headlamp (LED) (Low)
8. Position lamp/Daytime running
lamp (LED Type)
9. Front fog lamp (LED Type)
10.Front fog lamp (Bulb Type)
7
OSK3078021NR
License plate lamp
OSK3078038NR
7
63
Maintenance
Light bulbs
High mounted stop lamp
OSK3078022NR
1. Tail lamp (Bulb type)
2. Tail and stop lamp (Bulb type)
3. Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
4. Back-up lamp (Bulb type)
5. Side marker (Bulb/LED Type)
6. Tail lamp (LED type)
7. Stop lamp (LED type)
8. License plate lamp (Bulb type)
9. High mounted stop lamp (Bulb or
LED type)
Light bulb position (Side)
OSK3078027NR
1. Side repeater lamp (LED type)
7
64
Headlamp bulb
OSK3078081NR
WARNING
Halogen bulbs
Handle halogen bulbs with care.
• Halogen bulbs contain pressurized
gas that will produce flying pieces
of glass if broken.
• Always handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact
with liquids. Never touch the glass
with bare hands. Residual oil may
cause the bulb to overheat and
burst when lit. A bulb should be
operated only when installed in a
headlamp.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
down before handling it.
Maintenance
Light bulbs
Replacing Headlamp (High/Low
beam) bulb (Headlamp Type A,B)
Type B
If the Headlamp (High/Low) (1) does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Type A / Type B
OSK3078065NR
OSK3078040NR
Replacing Position lamp/DRL/Front
turn signal lamp bulb (Type A, B)
Type A
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the bulb socket-connector by turning it counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb from the lamp
assembly.
4. Install a new bulb.
5. Connect the bulb socket-connector.
Position lamp / Day time running
lamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type B)
If the position lamp + DRL (LED) (1)
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OSK3078041NR
OSK3078023NR
7
65
7
Maintenance
Light bulbs
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamps
have to be replaced with the unit. A
skilled technician should check or
repair the position lamp + DRL (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Replacing front fog lamp bulb (if
equipped)
If the front fog lamp (1) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Type A
Replacing Headlamp (LED type)
(Headlamp Type C)
If the Low/High beam lamp, Day
time running lamp/Position lamp
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OSK3078026NR
Type B
OSK3078024NR
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamps
have to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the head lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
7
66
OSK3078066NR
Replacing side repeater lamp (LED
type) bulb
If the side repeater lamp (LED), does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Maintenance
Light bulbs
3. Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
4. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
OSK3078027NR
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamps
have to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the side repeater lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Replacing stop/tail and turn signal
lamp (bulb type) bulb (Rear combination lamp Type A)
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining screws with a screwdriver.
OSK3078054NR
OSK3078033NR
5. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it
until it locks into place.
7. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly and
turning the socket clockwise.
8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to
the body of the vehicle.
Replacing tail/back-up lamp bulb
(Rear combination lamp Type A)
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the service cover assembly to the body of the vehicle.
7
67
7
Maintenance
Light bulbs
(Loosen the lamp assembly
retaining screws and remove the
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle for back-up lamp)
Back-up lamp
OSK3078090NR
OSK3078083NR
3. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
Tail lamp
OSK3078055NR
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it
until it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
7. Install the service cover by putting
it into the service hole.
Replacing stop and tail lamp (LED
type) bulb (Rear combination lamp
Type B)
If the stop and tail lamp (LED)
(1,2),does not operate, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
7
68
Maintenance
Light bulbs
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamps
have to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the high mounted stop lamp
(LED), for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
OSK3078028NR
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because it is
an integrated unit. The LED lamps
have to be replaced with the unit.
Replacing high mounted stop lamp
(bulb type) bulb
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the cover.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the stop and tail lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Replacing high mounted stop lamp
(LED type) bulb
If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)
(1), does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
7
OSK3078056NR
3. Loosen the retaining bolts and
remove the hose (1).
OSK3078057NR
OSK3078029NR
7
69
Maintenance
Light bulbs
4. Pull out the bulb-socket from the
high mounted stop lamp assembly using the driver.
Replacing license plate lamp bulb
OSK3078036NR
OSK3078058NR
5. Replace the bulbs by pulling it out
from the socket.
OSK3078059NR
6. Reinstall in the reverse order.
7
70
1. Remove the lamp assembly by
using a flat-blade screwdriver.
2. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
3. Remove the bulb from bulbsocket by pulling it out.
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
5. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.
6. Install the lamp assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
Maintenance
Light bulbs
Replacing map lamp (bulb type)
bulb
Replacing map lamp (LED type)
bulb
If the map lamp (LED) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
OSK3078084NR
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OSK3078085NR
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because they
are part of an integrated unit. The
LED lamps have to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the map lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb
ODEEV098065NR
7
71
7
Maintenance
Light bulbs
WARNING
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button
is depressed to avoid burning your
fingers or receiving an electric
shock.
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the "OFF" button
is depressed to avoid burning your
fingers or receiving an electric
shock.
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly
from interior.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Replacing room lamp (bulb type)
bulb
ODEEV098066NR
7
72
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the ODE076049 lens, lens tab, and
plastic housings.
Maintenance
Light bulbs
Replacing room lamp (LED type)
bulb
Replacing glove box lamp
If the Room lamp (LED) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
OSK3078044NR
ODEEV098067NR
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because they
are part of an integrated unit. The
LED lamps have to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the Room lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly
from interior.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Replacing liftgate room lamp bulb
OSK3078045NR
7
73
7
Maintenance
Appearance care
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
If the Liftgate room lamp (LED) does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single component because they
are part of an integrated unit. The
LED lamps have to be replaced with
the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the Liftgate room lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Appearance care
Use the information in the following
sections to keep the exterior and
interior of your vehicle clean.
Exterior care
Use the information in the following
sections to maintain the exterior of
your vehicle. Keeping the exterior
clean is not only aesthetically pleasing, but it also helps to prolong the
life of the vehicle.
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the
label directions when using any
chemical cleaner or polish. Read all
warning and caution statements
that appear on the label.
Finish maintenance
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
7
74
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after
each off-road trip. Pay special
attention to the removal of any
accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and
other foreign materials. Make sure
the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are
kept clear and clean.
Maintenance
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle's
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove
all these deposits. A mild soap, safe
for use on painted surfaces, may be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle
thoroughly with lukewarm or cold
water. Do not allow soap to dry on
the finish.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
CAUTION
• Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do
not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the
vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the side
windows of your vehicle, especially with high-pressure water.
Water may leak through the win-
Appearance care
High-pressure washing
When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient
distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
Do not spray the camera, sensors or
its surrounding area directly with a
high pressure washer. Shock applied
from high pressure water may
cause the device to not operate
normally.
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
dows and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the plastic
parts and lamps, do not clean with
chemical solvents or strong
detergents.
7
75
7
Maintenance
Appearance care
CAUTION
Wetting engine compartment
metal trim to protect it and to
maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be
sure to re-wax these areas even if
the rest of the vehicle does not yet
need waxing.
CAUTION
OSK3078047NR
• Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure
water washing may cause the
failure of electrical circuits located
in the engine compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.
• To prevent damage to the
charging door, make sure to close
and lock the vehicle doors when
washing (high-pressure washing,
automatic car washing, etc.) the
vehicle.
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer's instructions. Wax all
7
76
Drying vehicle
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, acid detergents or
strong detergents containing high
alkaline or caustic agents on
chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in
damage to the protective coating
and cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or
replacement, be sure the body shop
Maintenance
applies anti-corrosion materials to
the parts repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
To remove road tar and insects, use
a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
To protect the surfaces of bright
metal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Appearance care
and whenever your vehicle has
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
• Do a thorough washing of the
undercarriage at the end of the
winter.
• Use professional service technicians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for
corrosion.
• Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually aware of corrosion flaking or
scaling or if you become aware of
a change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongy brakes,
fluids leaking, impairment of
directional control, suspension
noises or rattling metal straps.
Underbody maintenance
Aluminum wheel maintenance
Road salt and other corrosive chemicals are used in cold weather states
to melt snow and prevent ice accumulation. If these chemicals are not
regularly removed, they will corrode
the vehicle underbody and over time
damage fuel lines, the fuel tank
retention system, the vehicle sus-
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum
wheels. They may scratch or
damage the finish.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corro-
pension, the exhaust system, and
even the body frame.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration has warned all vehicle owners of all brands of the need
to take the following steps:
• Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly during the winter
sion.
7
77
7
Maintenance
Appearance care
• Avoid washing the wheels with
high speed vehicle wash brushes.
• Do not use any alkaline or acid
detergents It may damage and
corrode the aluminum wheels
coated with a clear protective finish.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat corrosion, we produce vehicles
of the highest quality. However, this
is only part of the job. To achieve
the long-term corrosion resistance
your vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that
is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your
vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some
7
78
of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust
control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are
just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept
in contact with the vehicle's surface
by moisture that evaporates slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be
dry, it can still retain the moisture
and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other
materials. This applies not only to
the visible surfaces but particularly
to the underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
beginning by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
Maintenance
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
If you live in a high-corrosion area —
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you should
take extra care to prevent corrosion.
In winter, hose off the underside of
your vehicle at least once a month
and be sure to clean the underside
thoroughly when winter is over.
When cleaning underneath the vehicle, give particular attention to the
components under the fenders and
other areas that are hidden from
view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather
than washing it away will accelerate
corrosion rather than prevent it.
Water under high pressure and
steam are particularly effective in
removing accumulated mud and
corrosive materials.
When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for
corrosion. This is particularly true if
Appearance care
you wash your vehicle in the garage
or drive it into the garage when it is
still wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the
attention of a qualified body and
paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings: Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
7
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is
dry. Use particular care if you carry
fertilizers, cleaning materials or
chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in
proper containers and any spills or
leaks should be cleaned up, flushed
with clean water and thoroughly
dried.
7
79
Maintenance
Appearance care
Interior care
Taking care of leather seats
Use the information in the following
sections to maintain the interior of
your vehicle.
• Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the
seat. It will prevent abrasion or
damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
• Wipe the natural leather seat
cover often with dry or soft cloth.
• Sufficient use of a leather protective may prevent abrasion of the
cover and helps maintain the
color. Be sure to read the instruc-
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand
cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior
parts, wipe them off immediately. If
necessary, use a vinyl cleaner, see
product instructions for correct
usage.
CAUTION
Electrical components
Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle
as this may damage them.
CAUTION
Leather
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol
content solutions. If you use high
alcohol content solutions or acid/
alkaline detergents, the color of the
leather may fade or the surface
may get stripped off.
7
80
tions and consult a specialist
when using leather coating or
protective agents.
• Leather with bright colors (beige,
cream beige) is easily contaminated and clear in appearance.
Clean the seats frequently.
• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It
may cause the surface to crack.
Cleaning the leather seats
Remove all contaminations
instantly. Refer to instructions
below for removal of each contaminant.
• Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
- Apply cleansing cream on a
cloth and wipe the contaminated point. Wipe off the cream
with a wet cloth and remove
water with a dry cloth.
• Beverages (coffee, soft drink,
etc.)
Maintenance
- Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
• Oil
- Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover for natural
leather only.
• Chewing gum
- Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
Fabric seat cover (if equipped)
Please clean the fabric seats regularly with a vacuum cleaner in consideration of fabric material
characteristics. If they are heavily
soiled with beverage stains, etc., use
a suitable interior cleaner. To prevent damage to seat covers, wipe
off the seat covers down to the
seams with a large wiping motion
and moderate pressure using a soft
sponge or microfiber cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
objects may cause snagging or
scratches on the surface of the
seats.
Make sure not to rub such objects
against the surface.
Appearance care
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from
fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap
solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive
immediate attention, the fabric can
be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant
properties can be reduced if the
material is not properly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric's appearance and fireresistant properties.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any
mild soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with
the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye
the webbing because this may
weaken it.
7
81
7
Maintenance
Emission control system
Cleaning the interior window glass
Emission control system
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with a
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
The emission control system of
your vehicle is covered by a written
limited warranty. Please see the
warranty information contained in
the Warranty & Consumer Informa-
CAUTION
Rear window
Do not scrape or scratch the inside
of the rear window. This may result
in damage of the rear window
defroster grid.
tion manual in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
1. Crankcase emission control system
2. Evaporative emission control system
3. Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you
have your vehicle inspected and
maintained by an authorized Kia
dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch.
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
7
82
Maintenance
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control system
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered
air to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission control
(including ORVR: Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the
atmosphere. (The ORVR system is
designed to allow the vapors from
the fuel tank to be loaded into a
canister while refueling at the gas
station, preventing the escape of
fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the
fuel tank are absorbed and stored in
the onboard canister. When the
engine is running, the fuel vapors
absorbed in the canister are drawn
into the surge tank through the
purge control solenoid valve.
Emission control system
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel
to the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control system
The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle performance.
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or
durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions
regulations. In addition, damage or
performance problems resulting
from any modification may not be
covered under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle
to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire.
For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.
7
83
7
Maintenance
Emission control system
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if you smell exhaust fumes
of any kind inside your vehicle,
have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all
the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired
immediately.
WARNING
Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous
and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow
the instructions on this page to
avoid CO poisoning.
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in
or out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into
the vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time
with the engine running.
7
84
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to
restart the engine may cause
damage to the emission control
system.
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters
WARNING
Catalytic converter
Keep away from the catalytic converter and exhaust system while
the vehicle is running or immediately thereafter. The exhaust and
catalytic systems are very hot and
may burn you.
WARNING
Fire
• Do not park, idle or drive the vehicle over or near flammable
objects, such as grass, vegetation,
paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust
system can ignite flammable
items under your vehicle.
• Also, do not remove the heat sink
around the exhaust system, do
not seal the bottom of the vehicle
or do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a
fire risk under certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control
device.
Maintenance
California perchlorate notice
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine mal-
California perchlorate notice
function, such as misfire or a
noticeable loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission
control system. All inspections
and adjustments must be made
by an authorized Kia dealer.
• Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of fuel
could cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators,
seatbelt pre-tensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must
be disposed of according to Title 22
California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
7
7
85
Specifications, Consumer informa- 8
tion and Reporting safety defects
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions................................................................................. 8-2
Engine ......................................................................................... 8-2
Bulb wattage ............................................................................. 8-3
Tires and wheels ....................................................................... 8-4
Gross vehicle weight ................................................................ 8-5
Luggage volume........................................................................ 8-5
Air conditioning system........................................................... 8-5
Recommended lubricants and capacities ............................. 8-6
Recommended SAE viscosity number................................... 8-7
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ....................................... 8-8
Vehicle certification label ........................................................ 8-8
Tire specification and pressure label..................................... 8-9
Engine number .......................................................................... 8-9
Air conditioner compressor label ......................................... 8-10
Refrigerant label ..................................................................... 8-10
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only).......................................... 8-11
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) ........................................... 8-13
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only) .................................. 8-14
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only).................. 8-15
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Dimensions
SPECIFICATIONS, CONSUMER INFORMATION AND REPORTING
SAFETY DEFECTS
Dimensions
Item
Size: in (mm)
Overall length
165.2 (4,195)
Overall width
70.9 (1,800)
Without Roof rack
Overall height
With Roof rack
Gasoline 1.6 MPI
Gasoline 2.0 MPI
Front
Tread
Gasoline 1.6 T-GDI
Rear
205/60R16
63.0 (1,600)
215/55R17
63.5 (1,613)
235/45R18
63.6 (1,615)
205/60R16
63.0 (1,600)
215/55R17
63.5 (1,613)
235/45R18
63.6 (1,615)
205/60R16
62.0 (1,575)
215/55R17
61.5 (1,563)
235/45R18
61.4 (1,559)
205/60R16
62.0 (1,576)
215/55R17
61.6 (1,565)
235/45R18
61.5 (1,561)
205/60R16
62.4 (1,584)
215/55R17
61.9 (1,572)
235/45R18
Wheelbase
61.7 (1,568)
102.4 (2,600)
Engine
Gasoline 1.6 (T-GDI)
Gasoline 2.0 (MPI)
Displacement: cu in (cc)
Item
97.08 (1591)
121.9 (1999)
Bore x Stroke: in (mm)
3.03 x 3.36 (77 x 85.4)
3.18 x 3.81 (81 x 97.0)
Firing order
1-3-4-2
1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders
4, In-line
4, In-line
8
2
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Bulb wattage
Bulb wattage
Light Bulb
Headlamp (Low/High)
55/60
H19
Type B
Headlamp (Low/High)
60
HB3LL
Type C
Headlamp (Low/High)
LED
LED
Front turn signal lamps (Bulb)
21
PY21W
Front position lamps
5 (LED*)
PY21/5W
(LED*)
Daytime running lamps
21 (LED*)
PY21/5W
(LED*)
Front fog lamps
LED
LED
Front turn signal lamps
Front
Type C
LED
LED
Front fog lamps*
51
HB4
Side repeater lamps (Outside Mirror)*
5
WY5W
Side repeater lamps (Side Panel)*
5
WY5W
5/21
P21/5W
Rear tail lamps
5
W5W
Rear stop lamps
LED
LED
Rear tail lamps
LED
LED
Rear turn signal lamps
27
PY27W
Back-up lamps
16
W16W
5 (LED*)
W5W (LED*)
5
W5W
Bulb Type
LED Type
Rear tail/stop lamps
High mounted stop lamps
License plate lamps
Rear fog lamps
Interior
Bulb type
Type A
Type A, B
Rear
Wattage
21
H21W
Map lamps
10 (LED*)
W10W (LED*)
Room lamps
10 (LED*)
FESTOON
(LED*)
5
FESTOON
10 (LED*)
FESTOON
(LED*)
Vanity mirror lamps
Luggage lamp
* If equipped
8
3
8
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
Item
Inflation pressure [bar (psi, kPa)]
Load
Speed
Wheel Capacity capacity
size
LI*2 kg SS*3 km/h
Tire
size
205/
6.5J 16 92 630 H
60R16
210
Full size 215/
7.0JX17 94 670 V
tire
55R17
240
235/
7.5J 18 94 670 V
45R18
240
Compact T125/
4.0T 16 97 730 M
spare tire 80D16
130
Normal load*1
Front
Rear
Maximum load
Front
Rear
2.3
2.3
2.5
2.5
(33/230) (33/230) (36/260) (36/260)
Wheel lug nut
torque
lbf ft (kgf m,
N m)
79~94
(11~13,
107~127)
4.2
4.2
4.2
4.2
(60, 420) (60, 420) (60, 420) (60, 420)
*1. Normal load: Up to 3 persons
*2. Load Index
*3. Speed Symbol
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same
size originally supplied with the
vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can
damage the related parts or make
them work irregularly.
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3 psi (21
kPa) to the standard tire pressure
specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1 psi (7 kPa)
for every 12 F (-11 C) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected,
recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly
inflated.
8
4
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally
supplied with the vehicles. If not,
that affects driving performance.
• When driving in high altitude
grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease.
Therefore, please check the tire
pressure and add more air when
necessary.
Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5
psi(10.5 kPa)/km
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Gross vehicle weight
Gross vehicle weight
Item
Gross vehicle weight
lbs. (kg)
G1.6 (T-GDI)
G1.6 T-GDI
G2.0 MPI
7DCT
6MT
IVT
4,101 (1,860)
3,858 (1,750)
4,023 (1,825)
Luggage volume
Item
Luggage volume (SAE)
cu ft (l)
1.6 Engine
2.0 Engine
Min: 24.2 cu ft (686 l)
MAX: 62 cu ft (1,758 l)
MIN: Behind seat upright with out luggage under tray
MAX: Behind seat folded with out luggage under tray
Air conditioning system
Items
Weight of Volume oz (g)
Classification
Refrigerant
15.87 0.88 (450 25)
R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant
4.23 0.35 (120 10)
PAG
Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
8
8
5
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended lubricants and capacities
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability,
use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in
improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant
Engine oil*1*2
Recommends Gasoline
Engine
Manual
transmission
fluid
Gasoline
Engine
Dual clutch
transmission
fluid
Volume
1.6 L T-GDI
2.0 L MPI
API GL-4, SAE 70W
2.01 ~ 2.11
HK DCTF 70W (SK)
US qt.
SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF (H.K.SHELL)
(1.9l~2.0 l)
GS DCTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX)
1.6 L T-GDI
Gasoline
Engine
Brake/Clutch fluid
4.23 US qt.
SAE 5W20 / API Latest (ILSAC Latest)
(4.0 l)
API GL-4, SAE 70W
1.8~1.9 US qt. (Recommended SK HK MTF 70W, SHELL
(1.7~1.8 l) SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W MTF, GS CALTEX GS
MTF HD 70W)
2.0 L
6.9 US qt.
(6.5 l)
Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT)
Coolant
Classification
4.75 US qt. Without GPF: ACEA A5/B5
(4.5 l)
With GPF: ACEA C2/C5
1.6 T-GDI DCT
6.2 US qt.
(5.9 l)
IVT
5.8 US qt.
(5.5 l)
M/T
5.8 US qt.
(5.5 l)
2.0 L
Required
amount
IVTF SP-CVT1*3
Mixture of antifreeze and water (Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for
aluminum radiator)
FMVSS116 DOT-4
14.27 US qt.
Refer to "Fuel requirements" on page 1-2.
(54 l)
Fuel
*1. Refer to "Recommended SAE viscosity number" on page 8-7.
*2. Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits,
they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's
time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3. Use only specified genuine Continuously variable Transmission fluid. The use of non-specified fluid
(even marked as compatible with genuine) could result in shift quality deterioration and vibrations,
eventually, the transmission failure.
8
6
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity number
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscos-
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
CAUTION
ity engine oils can provide better
fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfac-
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining
any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
tory lubrication in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other
than those recommended could
result in engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the
range of temperature your vehicle
will be operated in before the next
oil change. Proceed to select the
recommended oil viscosity from the
chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
C -30
( F)
-20
-10
-10
0
0
20
10
40
20
60
30
80
40
100
50
120
20W-50
Gasoline Engine Oil
15W-40
8
10W-30
5W-20, 5W-30
An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to the
international Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It
is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.
8
7
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Vehicle identification number
(VIN)
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal mat-
Vehicle identification number (VIN)
Vehicle certification label
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver's side center
pillar gives the vehicle identification
number (VIN).
ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
Frame number
OSK3068046NR
OSK3088008NR
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
VIN label
OSK3088002NR
8
8
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Tire specification and pressure
label
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
Tire specification and pressure label
Engine number
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
1.6 T-GDI engine
OSK3088004NR
OSK3088003NR
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
2.0 Gasoline engine
8
OSK3088007NR
8
9
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Air conditioner compressor label
Air conditioner compressor label
Refrigerant label
A compressor label informs you the
type of compressor your vehicle is
equipped with such as model, supplier part number, production number, refrigerant (1) and refrigerant
oil (2).
The refrigerant label is located on
the front body trim.
OSK3088005NR
OSK3068047NR
8
10
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Emergency roadside assistance
Roadside Assistance is provided on
all new current model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is
delivered to the first retail buyer or
otherwise put into use (inservice
date), whichever is earlier, for a
period of 60 months or 60,000
miles, whichever is earlier, subject to
the terms, conditions and exclusions
set forth in the Kia Warranty and
Consumer Information Manual
applicable to your model year vehi-
hours a day, 365 days a year and is
accessible by dialing 1-800-3334Kia (4542).
cle.
KMA reserves the right to limit or
deny services or other benefits to
any owner or driver when, in KMA's
judgment, the claims and/or service
requests are excessive in frequency
or type of occurrence.
Toll free consumer assistance
from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday and is accessible
by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
For more information regarding
assistance available, please refer to
your Kia Warranty & Consumer
Information Manual.
Please note that you must provide
your Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN) to verify coverage at the time
of your call. The VIN can be found on
the dash of your vehicle on the
driver's side, on the door jamb of the
driver's door, your vehicle's registration or proof of insurance card.
Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000
roadside assistance providers.
Should you accidentally run out of
fuel, require a battery jump, or need
help changing a tire, a Kia Roadside
Assistance Representative will dispatch someone to deliver a small
quantity of gas, change a flat tire
with your inflated spare, or arrange
a battery jump to allow you to proceed to your destination. We have
access to a network of over 10,000
locksmiths to help you should you
become locked out of your Kia.
In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehicle undriveable due to a warranty-related
concern, Kia's Roadside Assistance
Representative will arrange to
transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an authorized
Kia alternative service location.
8
11
8
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Your vehicle must be accessible to
our dispatch transport vehicle, as
determined by our driver, to receive
this service.
NOTICE
Roadside Assistance benefits are
not available for any Kia vehicle that
has ever been or should be issued a
"salvage" title or similar "branded"
title under any state's law or has
been declared a "total loss" or
equivalent by a financial institution
or insurance company.
Trip interruption
Trip interruption expense benefits
are provided in the event that a
warranty-related disablement
occurs more than 150 miles from
your home, and the repairs require
more than 24 hours to complete.
Reasonable reimbursement is
included for meals, lodging, or rental
vehicle expenses. Trip interruption
coverage is limited to $100 per day
subject to a three day maximum
limit per incident. You must contact
the Kia Roadside Assistance Center
to obtain pre-authorization of
expenses. Once the Kia Roadside
Assistance Center gives authorization for trip interruption benefits,
they will assist you in making the
necessary arrangements. Insurance
deductibles, expenses, and claims
8
12
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
paid by your insurance company or
other providers are not eligible for
reimbursement.
Fleet vehicles are excluded from
reimbursement under Kia's Trip
Interruption Policy.
Registering your vehicle in a foreign
country
If you plan to register your vehicle in
a foreign country, you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in that country. Even if you
successfully register the vehicle in a
foreign country, you may experience the following problems and
should therefore consider the possibility of having to deal with them:
1. The fuel specified for your vehicle
may be unavailable. If other than
the specified fuel is used, it could
cause damage to the engine, the
fuel injection system, and other
fuel-related parts which may not
be covered under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty.
2. We must, therefore, clearly state
that when you leave the country
in which you purchased your Kia
new and register it in another
country, problems arising from
the use of fuel other than the
specified fuel are not subject to
manufacturer's warranty.
Because vehicles like yours may
not be marketed in the new country of registration, parts, servic-
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
ing techniques and tools
necessary to maintain and repair
your vehicle may be unavailable.
Even if vehicles like yours are sold
there, mechanical specifications
required by the government may
vary enough from the country of
purchase to cause additional
problems.
3. There may not be an Authorized
Kia Dealer in the area in which you
plan to register your vehicle. You
may additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services in a
foreign country for any number
of reasons.
Further, we cannot assume any
responsibility for problems that
result from unsatisfactory service
or lack of service outside of the
United States.
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)
The electrical system of your vehicle
is designed to perform under all
reasonably expected operating conditions.
However, before any additional electrical equipment is installed in your
vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia
Dealer, in order to ensure that you
do not void your warranty.
Certain electrical equipment, or the
way in which it is installed, may
adversely affect the operation of
your vehicle, including such systems as the engine control system,
the audio system and the electrical
charging system and thus potentially void all or part of your warranty.
We assume no responsibility for any
expense you may incur or for any
malfunction of your vehicle or any
of its components or systems that
may result from the installation of
additional electrical equipment that
is not supplied, or recommended for
installation by, Kia.
Installation of a mobile two-way
radio system
If a mobile two-way radio system is
installed improperly, or if an excessively powerful type of system is
used, other electronic systems may
be adversely affected. To avoid
8
13
8
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
damage to your vehicle, consult an
Authorized Kia Dealer concerning
the proper equipment and installation.
Kia motor vehicles are designed and
manufactured to meet or exceed all
applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we
strongly urge you to read and follow
all directions in this Owner's Manual,
particularly the information under
the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION"
and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you
have any questions regarding the
operation of your vehicle, safety
issues and defects please contact
your Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line as below:
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia Motors America, Inc.
P.O. Box 52410
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
1-800-333-4Kia (4542)
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
only)
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition
to notifying Kia Motors America, Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect
exists in a group of vehicles, it may
order a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot become
involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or Kia
Motors America, Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar
mobile application; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New
Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC
20590. You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
8
14
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only)
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only)
The following publications are available on www.KiaTechinfo.com.
Service manual
This manual covers maintenance
and recommended procedures for
repair to engine and chassis components. It is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple enough
for most mechanically inclined owners to understand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual
This manual complements the Service Manual by providing indepth
troubleshooting information for
each electrical circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual
This manual describes the overall
features and operating procedures
for the vehicle.
8
8
15
Abbreviation A
Abbreviation
Abbreviation
ABBREVIATION
EPS
Electronic Power Steering
ABS
Anti-lock Brake System
ESC
Electronic Stability Control
AGM
Absorbent Glass Mat
AKI
Anti Knock Index
FCA
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist
FCC
BCW
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
CRS
Child Restraint System
DAW
Driver Attention Warning
DCT
Federal Communications Commission
FMVSS
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards
FRT
Front
Dual Clutch Transmission
DRL
GAW
Gross Axle Weight
Daytime Running Light
DTC
GAWR
Gross Axle Weight Rating
Diagnostic Trouble Code
EBD
GVW
Gross Vehicle Weight
Electronic Brake force Distribution
ECM
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Electric Chromic Mirror
EDR
HAC
Hill-start Assist Control
Event Data Recorder
EFD
HBA
High Beam Assist
Emergency Fastening Device
EPA
HMSL
High Mounted Stop Lamp
Environmental Protection Agency
HUD
Head-Up Display
A
2
Abbreviation
ILSAC
International Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee
IPS
Intelligent Power Switch
ISG
Idle Stop and Go
IVT
Intelligent Variable Transmission
KMA
Kia Motors America
LATCH
Lower Anchors and Tether for
CHildren
LDW
Lane Departure Warning
LH
Left Hand
LI
Load Index
LKA
Lane Keeping Assist
LT
Light Truck
MDPS
Motor Driven Power Steering
MIL
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
MMT
Manganese, Mn
NHTSA
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration
ODS
Occupant Detection System
ORVR
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery
PCB
Printed Circuit Board
PCM
Power train Control Module
PCSV
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
PCV
Positive Crankcase Ventilation
RCCA
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist
RCCW
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
RH
Right Hand
RR
Rear
SCC
Smart Cruise Control
SRS
Supplemental Restraint System
A
3
Abbreviation
SRSCM
SRS Control Module
SS
Speed Symbol
TBT
Turn By Turn
TCM
Transmission Control Module
TCS
Traction Control System
TIN
Tire Identification Number
TPMS
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number
VSM
Vehicle Stability Management
W/O
without
A
4
Index I
Index
automatic climate control
system
INDEX
A
adjusting steering wheel angle
4-40
and height
air bag collision sensors
3-59
air bag warning label
3-63
air bag warning light
3-44
air bags
3-41
3-59
air bag collision sensors
air bag warning label
3-63
3-44
air bag warning light
3-57
curtain air bag
driver’s and passenger’s front air
3-53
bag
3-60
inflation conditions
inflation conditions of the air bag 3-60
non-inflation conditions
3-61
3-47
occupant detection system
operation
3-42
3-55
side air bag
3-62
SRS care
SRS components and functions 3-44
air cleaner filter
7-26
air conditioner compressor
8-10
label
air conditioning system
8-5
air ventilation seat
4-135
anti-lock brake system (ABS) 5-42
appearance care
7-74
exterior care
interior care
applying the parking brake
armed stage
armrest (rear)
assist mode
audio system
antenna
USB port
auto light
I
2
7-74
7-80
5-41
4-15
3-15
4-53
4-146
4-146
4-146
4-91
4-115
4-121
air conditioning
air conditioning refrigerant label 4-126
automatic ventilation
4-122
checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
4-125
compressor lubricant
climate control air filter
4-124
4-120
controlling air intake
4-121
controlling fan speed
heating and air conditioning
automatically
4-116
manual heating and air
4-117
conditioning
4-118
mode selection
system operation
4-122
4-119
temperature control
turning off the front air climate
4-122
control
B
battery
for best battery service
recharging the battery
reset items
7-31
7-31
7-33
7-33
4-89
5-8
battery saver function
before driving
blind-spot collision warning (BCW)
BCW alert
5-104
5-105
detecting sensor (radar)
limitations
5-108
operating conditions
5-103
setting and activating
5-102
setting the warning volume of the
5-103
blind-spot collision warning
warning message
5-106
bonnet, see the hood
4-29
brake fluid
7-24
checking the brake fluid level
7-24
brake system
5-39
anti-lock brake system (ABS)
5-42
5-41
applying the parking brake
electronic stability control (ESC)
good braking practices
hill-start assist control (HAC)
parking brake
power brakes
releasing the parking brake
vehicle stability management
(VSM)
5-44
5-49
5-49
5-40
5-39
5-41
5-47
bulb replacement precaution 7-61
bulb wattage
8-3
C
California Perchlorate notice 7-85
camera (rear view)
4-88
capacities (lubricants)
8-6
care
care of seat belts
exterior care
interior care
SRS care
tire care
care of seat belts
cargo area cover
center console storage
central door lock switch
certification label
chains - tire
check exhaust system
checking tire inflation
pressure
child restraint system
3-30
7-74
7-80
3-62
7-34
3-30
4-143
4-130
4-19
5-146
5-140
5-7
7-35
3-31
securing a child restraint seat with
3-37
tether anchor
securing a child restraint with a
lap/shoulder belt
3-39
securing a child restraint with the
3-36
LATCH anchors
child-protector rear door lock 4-20
climate control air filter
7-27
7-27
filter inspection
replacing filter
7-27
clothes hanger
4-141
combined instrument, see
instrument cluster
consumer assistance
coolant
changing the coolant
checking the coolant level
recommended coolant
cooling fluid, see coolant
cruise control switch
cruise control system
4-46
8-11
7-21
7-23
7-22
7-21
7-21
5-76
5-75
accelerating temporarily with the
5-78
cruise control on
cancelling cruise control
5-78
5-76
cruise control switch
5-77
decreasing the cruising speed
increasing cruise control set
5-77
speed
resuming cruising speed at more than
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) 5-78
setting cruise control speed
5-76
5-79
turning cruise control off
cup holder
4-132
curtain air bag
3-57
D
dashboard illumination, see
instrument cluster control
dashboard, see instrument
cluster
day/night rearview mirror
4-47
4-46
4-42, 4-43
4-90
4-126
4-103
8-2
4-16
daytime running light
defogging (windshield)
defroster (rear window)
dimensions
disarmed stage
displays, see instrument
cluster
door locks
central door lock switch
child-protector rear door lock
I
4-46
4-17
4-19
4-20
3
from inside the vehicle
from outside the vehicle
4-18
4-17
drinks holders, see cup
4-132
holders
drive mode integrated control
5-99
system
5-100
SPORT mode
driver attention warning
(DAW)
5-123
5-125
DAW disabled
displaying the driver’s attention
5-123
level
malfunction
5-125
5-124
resetting
setting and activating
5-123
5-124
taking a break
driver’s 3-point system with
emergency locking retractor 3-22
driver’s and passenger’s front
3-53
air bag
driver’s seat belt
adjusting height
fastening seat belt
driver’s seat belt warning
driving at night
driving in flooded areas
driving in the rain
driving off-road
dual clutch transmission
(DCT)
ignition key interlock system
operation
paddle shifter
shift lock system
shift-lock override
transmission ranges
transmission temperature
transmission temperature gauge
warning message
warning messages
3-23
3-22
3-20
5-137
5-138
5-137
5-138
5-27
5-37
5-27
5-35
5-36
5-36
5-33
5-29
5-29
5-29
5-31
dual clutch transmission shift
4-51
indicator
I
4
E
electric chromic mirror (ECM)
with UVO service
electrical equipment
electronic power steering
electronic stability control
(ESC)
emergency starting
jump starting
jump-starting
push-starting
emergency while driving
engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing
flat tire while driving
vehicle stalls while driving
emission control system
engine
engine compartment
engine coolant temperature
gauge
engine number
engine oil
engine oil filter
engine overheats
engine start/stop button
4-43
8-13
4-38
5-44
6-6
6-6
6-7
6-7
6-4
6-4
6-4
6-4
7-82
8-2
2-9
4-48
8-9
7-19
7-19
6-8
5-12
illuminated engine start/stop
5-12
button
position
5-12
starting and stopping the engine for
5-16
turbocharger intercooler
starting the engine
5-15, 5-16
starting the engine with smart
5-16
key
stopping the engine (manual
transmission)
5-18
explanation of scheduled
maintenance items
air conditioning refrigerant
brake discs, pads, calipers and
rotors
brake fluid
7-15
7-18
7-18
7-17
brake hoses and lines
coolant
cooling system
drive shafts and boots
steering gear box, linkage and
boots/lower arm ball joint
suspension mounting bolts
exterior care
exterior features
roof rack
exterior overview
7-17
7-16
7-16
7-18
7-18
7-18
7-74
4-144
4-144
2-2
F
FCC
flat tire
changing tires
jack and tools
jack label
jacking instructions
removing and storing the spare
tire
use of compact spare tire
4-149
6-15
6-17
6-15
6-22
6-15
6-16
6-20
4-142
4-93
floor mat anchor(s)
fog light (front)
folding the outside rearview
4-45
mirror
folding the rear seat
3-15
forward collision-avoidance assist
5-51
(FCA) (camera type)
brake operation
front view camera sensor
limitations
malfunction
prerequisite for activation
setting and activation
setting initial warning activation
time
warning message and brake
control
warning message and warning
light
5-54
5-55
5-57
5-56
5-52
5-51
5-52
5-53
forward collision-avoidance assist
5-62
(FCA) (SCC equipped)
brake operation
front radar/camera sensor
limitations
malfunction
prerequisite for activation
recognizing pedestrians
setting and activation
setting initial warning activation
time
warning message and brake
control
warning message and warning
light
5-65
5-66
5-69
5-68
5-63
5-73
5-62
5-63
5-63
5-67
front passenger and rear seat belt
fastening seat belt
releasing seat belt
3-23
3-25
front passenger’s seat belt
warning
front seat adjustment for
manual seat
forward and backward
seatback angle
3-21
3-8
3-8
3-9
front seat adjustment for power
3-10
seat
forward and backward
lumbar support for driver’s seat
seat height
seatback angle
fuel filler lid
fuel gauge
fuel requirements
fuses
battery fuse
fuse/relay panel description
main fuse
multi fuse
replacing inner panel fuse
replacing motor compartment
fuse
3-10
3-11
3-10
3-10
4-31
4-48
1-2
7-47
7-52
7-52
7-51
7-50
7-49
7-50
5-55
I
5
inside rearview mirror
instrument cluster
G
gauges
glove box
good braking practices
gross vehicle weight
4-47
4-130
5-49
8-5
H
hazard warning flasher
head up display (HUD)
headlight (headlamp) escort
function
headlight position
headrest (front)
6-3
4-78
4-89
4-91
3-11
adjusting the height up and down 3-12
reinstalling the headrest
3-13
3-12
removing the headrest
headrest (rear)
3-14
adjusting the height up and down 315
removal and reinstallation
3-15
heated steering wheel
4-40
heating and air conditioning
4-116
automatically
high beam assist
4-93
highway driving
5-138
hill-start assist control (HAC) 5-49
hood
4-29
closing the hood
hood open warning
opening the hood
horn
4-30
4-29
4-29
4-41
I
ignition switch position
illuminated engine start/stop
button
illuminated ignition switch
immobilizer
indicator lights
I
6
gauges
instrument cluster control
4-42
4-46
4-47
4-47
2-7
instrument panel overview
intelligent variable transmission
5-21
(IVT)
good driving practices
ignition key interlock system
moving yp a steep grade from a
standing start
operation
shift lock system
shift-lock override
transmission ranges
5-25
5-25
5-27
5-21
5-24
5-25
5-22
intelligent variable transmission
4-50
shift indicator
interior care
7-80
interior features
4-132
4-135
air ventilation seat
4-143
cargo area cover
clothes hanger
4-141
cup holder
4-132
4-142
floor mat anchor(s)
power outlet
4-136
seat warmer
4-133
sun visor
4-135
4-137
USB charger
wireless smart phone charging system
4-138
interior light
4-100
automatic turn off function
4-100
4-102
liftgate room lamp
map lamp
4-101
room lamp
4-100
vanity mirror lamp
4-102
interior overview
2-5
5-10
5-12
5-9
4-13
4-74
J
jump starting
jump-starting
6-6
6-7
K
key
folding key
smart key
key positions
ignition switch position
starting the engine
stopping the gasoline engine
(manual transmission)
4-6
4-6
4-7
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
L
label
air conditioner compressor label 8-10
8-10
refrigerant label
7-38
tire sidewall labeling
tire specification and pressure
label
8-9
8-8
vehicle certification label
lane keeping assist (LKA)
5-127
5-128
activation
5-132
driver’s attention
function change
5-134
5-133
malfunction
operation
5-128
warning message
5-129
LCD display
4-51
assist mode
4-53
4-51
LCD display control
LCD display modes
4-52
master warning mode
4-54
trip computer mode
4-53
4-53
turn by turn (TBT) mode
user settings mode
4-54
LCD display modes
4-52
LCD displays
4-60
trip information (trip computer) 4-60
liftgate
4-21
closing the liftgate
4-22
emergency liftgate safety
4-22
release
opening the liftgate
4-21
liftgate room lamp
4-102
light bulbs
7-61
7-61
bulb replacement precaution
position lamp/DRL (LED type)
replacement (Headlamp Type B) 7-65
replacing back-up lamp bulb
(Rear combination lamp Type A) 7-67
replacing front fog lamp bulb
7-66
replacing glove box lamp
7-73
replacing headlamp (High/Low beam)
7-65
bulb (headlamp Type A,B)
replacing headlamp (LED type)
(headlamp Type C)
7-66
replacing high mounted stop lamp
(bulb type) bulb
7-69
replacing high mounted stop lamp
(LED type) bulb
7-69
replacing license plate lamp bulb 7-70
replacing liftgate room lamp bulb 7-73
replacing map lamp (bulb type)
bulb
7-71
replacing map lamp (LED type)
7-71
bulb
replacing position lamp/DRL/front
turn signal lamp bulb (Type A, B) 7-65
replacing room lamp (bulb type)
7-72
bulb
replacing room lamp (LED type)
bulb
7-73
replacing side repeater lamp
7-66
(LED type) bulb
replacing stop and tail lamp
(LED type) bulb (Rear combination
7-68
lamp Type B)
replacing stop/tail and turn signal
lamp (bulb type) bulb
(Rear combination lamp Type A) 7-67
replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb 7-71
lighting
4-89
4-91
auto light
battery saver function
4-89
daytime running light
4-90
4-93
front fog light
headlight (headlamp) escort
function
4-89
I
7
headlight position
high beam assist
operating high beam
parking tail light
turn signals
lubricants and capacities
luggage volume
4-91
4-93
4-91
4-90
4-92
8-6
8-5
M
map lamp
master warning mode
mirrors
4-101
4-54
4-42
day/night rearview mirror 4-42, 4-43
electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
UVO service
4-43
folding the outside rearview
4-45
mirror
inside rearview mirror
4-42
outside rearview mirror
4-44
maintenace
engine oil
engine oil filter
parking brake
7-19
7-19
7-26
maintenance
air cleaner filter
appearance care
battery
brake fluid
climate control air filter
coolant
emission control system
engine compartment
explanation of scheduled
maintenance items
fuses
light bulbs
maintenance services
owner maintenance
scheduled maintenance service
tire maintenance
washer fluid
wiper blades
7-26
7-74
7-31
7-24
7-27
7-21
7-82
7-4
7-15
7-47
7-61
7-5
7-7
7-8
7-38
7-25
7-29
maintenance schedule
maintenance under severe usage
conditions
7-11, 7-14
normal maintenance schedule 7-9, 7-12
maintenance services
7-5
owner maintenance precautions 7-6
7-5
owner’s responsibility
manual transmission
5-18
5-20
good driving practices
manual transmission shift
indicator
I
8
4-50
O
occupant detection system
odometer
online factory authorized
manuals
operating high beam
outside rearview mirror
outside temperature gauge
overheats
owner maintenance
3-47
4-49
8-15
4-91
4-44
4-49
6-8
7-7
P
parking brake
5-40, 7-26
parking distance warning
4-84
non-operational conditions
operation
self-diagnosis
4-86
4-84
4-88
parking distance warning-reverse
non-operational conditions
operation
precautions
self-diagnosis
4-81
4-82
4-81
4-83
4-83
4-90
parking tail light
position lamp/DRL (LED type)
replacement (Headlamp Type B)
power brakes
power outlet
power window lock button
7-65
5-39
4-136
4-27
pre-tensioner seat belt
push-starting
3-26
6-7
R
rear cross-traffic collision
avoidance assist (RCCA)
detecting sensor
limitations
setting and activating
warning message
5-111
5-116
5-119
5-112
5-117
rear cross-traffic collision
warning (RCCW)
5-111
5-116
detecting sensor
5-119
limitations
operating conditions
5-113
5-113
RCCW alert
setting and activating
5-112
setting the initial warning activation
5-112
time
setting the warning volume of the rear
5-113
cross-traffic collision warning
warning message
5-117
rear cross-traffic collisionavoidance assist (RCCA)
RCCA alert
5-114
4-88
rear view monitor
recommended lubricants and
capacities
record your key number
refrigerant label
releasing the parking brake
remote keyless entry
battery replacement
immobilizer
transmitter precautions
8-6
4-6
8-10
5-41
4-10
4-12
4-13
4-11
replacing back-up lamp bulb (Rear
7-67
combination lamp Type A)
replacing front fog lamp bulb 7-66
replacing glove box lamp
7-73
replacing headlamp (High/Low
beam) bulb (headlamp Type A,B)
replacing headlamp (LED type)
7-66
(headlamp Type C)
replacing high mounted stop
7-69
lamp (bulb type) bulb
replacing high mounted stop
7-69
lamp (LED type) bulb
replacing license plate lamp
7-70
bulb
replacing liftgate room lamp
7-73
bulb
replacing map lamp (bulb type)
7-71
bulb
replacing map lamp (LED type)
7-71
bulb
replacing position lamp/DRL/front
turn signal lamp bulb (Type A, B)
7-65
replacing room lamp (bulb type)
7-72
bulb
replacing room lamp (LED type)
7-73
bulb
replacing side repeater lamp
7-66
(LED type) bulb
replacing stop and tail lamp
(LED type) bulb (Rear combination
7-68
lamp Type B)
replacing stop/tail and turn signal
lamp (bulb type) bulb (Rear
7-67
combination lamp Type A)
replacing vanity mirror lamp
7-71
bulb
reporting safety defects
8-14
resetting the sunroof
4-37
risk of burns when parking or
1-5
stopping vehicle
road warning
6-3
rocking the vehicle
5-136
roof rack
4-144
room lamp
4-100
rotation (tire)
7-36
7-65
I
9
S
SAE viscosity number
scheduled maintenance
service
8-7
7-8
maintenance under severe usage
conditions
7-11, 7-14
normal maintenance
7-9, 7-12
schedule
seat belt precautions
3-28
seat belt restraint system
3-19
seat belts
3-19
3-30
care of seat belts
driver’s 3-point system with
emergency locking retractor
3-22
3-20
driver’s seat belt warning
front passenger’s seat belt
3-21
warning
pre-tensioner seat belt
3-26
3-28
seat belt precautions
3-19
seat belt restraint system
seat warmer
4-133
seatback pocket (front)
3-14
seats
3-5
3-15
armrest (rear)
feature of seat leather
3-8
3-15
folding the rear seat
front seat adjustment for manual
seat
3-8
front seat adjustment for power
3-10
seat
headrest (front)
3-11
headrest (rear)
3-14
important safety precautions
3-3
3-14
seatback pocket (front)
securing a child restraint seat
3-37
with tether anchor
securing a child restraint with a
3-39
lap/shoulder belt
securing a child restraint with
3-36
the LATCH anchors
sliding the sunroof
4-35
smart cruise control system 5-79
I
10
accelerating temporarily with
smart cruise control on
5-83
adjusting the sensitivity
5-89
converting to cruise control mode 5-90
decreasing smart cruise control set
speed
5-82
increasing smart cruise control set
5-82
speed
limitations
5-90
resuming smart cruise control
5-85
setting vehicle-to-vehicle
5-85
distance
smart cruise control switch
5-81
smart cruise control temporarily
canceled
5-83
5-81
speed setting
turning smart cruise control off 5-85
smart key
4-7
4-12
battery replacement
functions
4-7
4-13
immobilizer
4-9
precautions
smooth cornering
5-137
snow tires
5-139
snowy or icy conditions
5-139
special driving conditions
5-135
5-137
driving at night
driving in flooded areas
5-138
driving in the rain
5-137
5-138
driving off-road
hazardous driving conditions
5-135
highway driving
5-138
reducing the risk of a rollover 5-135
5-136
rocking the vehicle
smooth cornering
5-137
speedometer
4-47
SRS care
3-62
SRS components and
3-44
functions
starting and stopping the engine
for turbocharger intercooler 5-16
starting difficulties, see vehicle
6-5
will not start
starting the engine with smart
5-16
key
steering wheel
4-38
adjusting steering wheel angle and
4-40
height
electronic power steering
4-38
heated steering wheel
4-40
4-41
horn
tilt and telescopic steering
4-39
storage compartment
4-129
4-130
center console storage
4-130
glove box
4-130
sunglass holder
sun visor
4-135
sunglass holder
4-130
sunroof
4-34
4-37
resetting the sunroof
sliding the sunroof
4-35
4-38
sunroof open warning
sunshade
4-37
4-36
tilting the sunroof
sunroof open warning
4-38
sunshade
4-37
T
tachometer
theft-alarm stage
theft-alarm system
armed stage
disarmed stage
theft-alarm stage
4-47
4-16
4-15
4-15
4-16
4-16
4-39
4-36
tilt and telescopic steering
tilting the sunroof
tire and loading information
5-143
label
tire chains
5-140
tire pressure indicator
6-10
tire pressure monitoring system
6-9
(TPMS)
effective use of TPMS
6-10
low tire pressure position telltale 6-11
6-12
malfunction indicator
tire pressure indicator
tire replacement with TPMS
6-10
6-13
7-37
7-36
tire replacement
tire rotation
tire specification and pressure
8-9
label
tires and wheels
7-34, 8-4
all season tires
checking tire inflation pressure
low aspect ratio tire
radial-ply tires
recommended cold tire inflation
pressures
snow tires
summer tires
tire care
tire chains
tire maintenance
tire pressure
tire replacement
tire rotation
tire sidewall labeling
tire terminology and definitions
tire traction
wheel alignment and tire
balance
wheel replacement
towing
emergency towing
removable towing hook
towing service
without wheel dollies
transmission shift indicator
7-44
7-35
7-46
7-45
7-34
7-44
7-44
7-34
7-45
7-38
7-34
7-37
7-36
7-38
7-41
7-38
7-36
7-37
6-23
6-25
6-24
6-23
6-24
4-50
dual clutch transmission shift
4-51
indicator
intelligent variable transmission
4-50
shift indicator
manual transmission shift
indicator
4-50
transmitter, see remote keyless
4-10
entry
trip computer mode
4-53
I
11
trip information
(trip computer)
turn by turn (TBT) mode
turn signals
window opening and closing
4-60
4-53
4-92
U
USB charger
user settings mode
4-137
4-54
V
vanity mirror lamp
4-102
vehicle break-in process
1-4
vehicle certification label
8-8
vehicle data collection and event
1-5
data recorders
vehicle identification number
8-8
(VIN)
vehicle load limit
5-143
5-146
certification label
tire and loading information label 5-143
vehicle stability management
5-47
(VSM)
vehicle weight
5-147
vehicle will not start
6-5
W
warning and indicator lights
4-68
4-74
4-68
warning lights
4-68
washer fluid
7-25
checking the washer fluid level 7-25
welcome system
4-103
indicator lights
warning lights
wheel alignment and tire
balance
wheel replacement
window opening and closing
windows
power window lock button
I
12
7-36
7-37
4-25
4-24
4-27
windshield defrosting and
defogging
windshield washers
winter driving
snow tires
snowy or icy conditions
tire chains
wiper blades
blade inspection
replacing blade
replacing rear window wiper
blade
4-25
4-126
4-97
5-139
5-139
5-139
5-140
7-29
7-29
7-29
7-31
wipers and washers
operating windshield washer
rear window wiper and washer
windshield washers
windshield wipers
4-98
4-99
4-97
4-96
wireless smart phone charging
4-138
system
2019 KIA MOTORS AMERICA. INC.